85+ Easy Dessert Recipes (Mostly with Natural Sugars) - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/dessert/ Tried & True Recipes ยท No Refined Sugars Fri, 28 Nov 2025 20:41:37 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.8.3 https://foolproofliving.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cropped-cropped-Foolproof-Living-Favicon-image-resized-32x32.png 85+ Easy Dessert Recipes (Mostly with Natural Sugars) - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/dessert/ 32 32 Thanksgiving Fruit Salad https://foolproofliving.com/thanksgiving-fruit-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/thanksgiving-fruit-salad/#respond Mon, 24 Nov 2025 20:47:16 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=84688 Ingredients You’ll Need You’ll need two sets of ingredients for this festive fruit salad recipe: Mostly fall fruits for the…]]>
Aysegul from the front view.

When I think about Thanksgiving, my mind immediately goes to the turkey, all the cozy vegetable sides, and of course, the pies. What we do not often think about is having something on the lighter side.

I first made this fall fruit salad a few years ago for a big family gathering where we had both kids and older relatives at the table. 

The pies still stole the show, but a few people quietly thanked me for having an option that felt a little lighter without taking away from the holiday spirit. I especially love it because:

  • It uses a mix of everyday fall fruit like apples, pears, oranges, and pomegranates that you probably have on hand.
  • The maple-citrus dressing comes together quickly and helps keep the apples and pears from browning.

Yes, there is a bit of chopping, but once everything is in the bowl, it adds something fresh to all the richer dishes on the table.

Ingredients You’ll Need

You’ll need two sets of ingredients for this festive fruit salad recipe: Mostly fall fruits for the salad and just a few basic ingredients for the dressing.

You can find the full ingredient list in the recipe card, and below are some notes from my recipe testing. 

Fruit Salad Ingredients

Fruits used in the recipe in small bowls from the top view.

Apples: You can easily make this fall fruit salad with one variety of apples, but if you have it, combining two types, like Gala or Honeycrisp with Fuji, gives a way better balance of sweetness and texture. If you prefer a little tartness, you can also mix in one Granny Smith apple. There are no strict rules here, just pick apples that are firm and not overly ripe.

Pears: The same principle goes for pears as well. Bartlet and Anjou are my favorites, but any type would work. When shopping, choose pears that are ripe but still firm so they hold their shape in the salad. 

Grapes: I’m using seedless green grapes for their sweet-tart flavor, but red grapes would work as well. Go with whichever you like best, but I recommend choosing seedless grapes for the best texture in the salad. I like to cut them in half, but if they are too large, you can quarter them as well.

Oranges: Any type of oranges, Navel, Cara Cara, or even Blood Oranges would work beautifully in this autumn fruit salad recipe. You can cut them into small cubes or section them if you have a few extra minutes.

If you need a shortcut, you can also use canned mandarin oranges, but keep in mind that most brands have added sugars, so your Thanksgiving fruit salad will be sweeter. Regardless, if you go down that route, be sure to drain them well.

Kiwi: Look for kiwi that is a little soft when you press it, soft enough to be sweet, but not mushy.

Pomegranate seeds: I love adding pomegranate to this salad because it feels so festive and adds a bright, tart flavor. You can certainly de-seed it yourself, but nowadays, stores sell fresh arils ready to use, which is definitely a good time saver.

If you do not have pomegranate seeds or prefer an alternative, dried cranberries are a good substitute. The dried fruit would give a welcome chewiness and a bit more sweetness to the overall recipe.

Pecans: This is my secret ingredient. The salad tasted good the first time I tried it without pecans, but once I added them, it completely transformed the dish, taking it to a whole other level. They add the best crunch. Walnuts could work too, but pecans are my favorite here.

If you prefer a nut-free option, you can omit it or use pumpkin seeds instead.

Dressing Ingredients

The dressing for this salad is light and simple, and the best part is that it comes together in less than a minute. You will need:

The dressing ingredients from the top view.

Maple syrup: You can use either maple syrup or honey in this dressing. I also recommend adjusting the amount based on how sweet your fruit is. If your fruit is very sweet, you may want a little less, and vice versa.

Orange juice: I use freshly squeezed orange juice because it not only flavors the salad but also helps keep the apples and pears from browning with its acidity. You could also use store-bought orange juice, just make sure to choose one without added sugars since both the fruit and maple syrup are already plenty sweet.

Ground cinnamon: I’m using it here because it complements the fall fruits very well, but you can also use apple pie spice or pumpkin pie spice if you prefer a slightly different fall flavor.

How to Make Fruit Salad For Thanksgiving

When I first tested this recipe, I chopped all the fruit, set it in a bowl, and then mixed the dressing. The apples and pears started browning right away, which wasn’t ideal.

What worked so much better was starting with the dressing in a large bowl, then adding the fruit as I cut it. The acid in the orange juice helps slow browning and keeps everything looking fresh. So, grab a big bowl and follow along.

A collage of images showing the steps of make the dressing and adding the apples and pears in there.

Step 1 – Make the dressing: Add the maple syrup, orange zest, orange juice, vanilla extract, and cinnamon to a large salad bowl, whisking until well combined.

Step 2 – Prep and add the fruit: Once the dressing is ready, start chopping the fruit. I like to start with apples and pears first so I can ensure they interact with the acid in the bowl, which slows browning. From there, you can continue with kiwi, pomegranate seeds, oranges, and grapes.

Gently toss all your fruit to coat it with the dressing.

Thanksgiving fruit salad recipe in a bowl before and after it is mixed.

Step 3 – Add the pecans and garnish: Right before serving, add the pecans to keep them crisp. If you want to add a little color and freshness, add a handful of torn fresh mint leaves. Give everything one last gentle toss, and it’s ready to serve.

Make-Ahead, Storage & Serving Tips

While this Thanksgiving fruit salad is always best the day it’s made, you can also prepare it in advance if you coat the fruit well with the citrus dressing. Here’s how to make it ahead, store it, and serve it so it still tastes fresh:

Make ahead: You can prepare this fruit salad 2-3 days in advance, which is especially helpful for busy holiday cooking. Just be sure your apples and pears are well coated in the citrus dressing, as the orange juice helps prevent them from browning. I also keep the pecans separate until right before serving so they don’t get soggy.

Storage: You can store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator. It will taste its best within the first 2-3 days. If the fruit looks a little soft after it’s been in the fridge, a squeeze of fresh orange juice or lemon juice, or a small drizzle of maple syrup or honey, brightens it back up.

Freezing: I do not recommend freezing fruit salad. The fruit becomes mushy once thawed and loses its fresh texture.

Expert Tips for Perfect Fruit Salad for Your Thanksgiving Table

Slightly ripened fruit works best: When shopping for this recipe, take a few minutes to pick fruit that’s ripe but not overly soft. You want that sweet-juicy moment when you bite in, without the fruit turning mushy once everything is mixed.

Coat apples and pears in citrus right away: Apples and pears oxidize quickly, so I always mix the orange dressing in the bottom of the bowl first, then add the apples and pears. The citrus coats the fruit the moment it goes in, keeping it fresh.

Cut the fruit into equal sizes: Aim for roughly ½-inch bite-sized pieces so the salad feels balanced and you get a little bit of everything in each bite.

Add pecans right before serving: Pecans soften if they sit in the dressing too long, so add them in at the end. If you have a few extra minutes and want to take this fall fruit salad recipe up a notch, toast your pecans in a dry pan for a few minutes to bring out more of their earthy flavors.

Use a mix of seasonal colors and textures: It’s optional, but I really encourage you to play with different varieties of fruit. For example, instead of sticking to one type of orange, try using both a Navel and a Cara Cara. You can do the same with apples and pears. It gives the salad a nicer mix of textures and a little more interest in every bite.

Chill before serving: Refrigerating the salad for 10-15 minutes before serving is optional, but it makes this fruit salad even more refreshing.

Serve in small jars: When I make this for Thanksgiving or Friendsgiving, I like to spoon it into little jars, almost like jam jars. It makes it easier because it is already portioned out. Plus, your guests won’t have to worry about it getting lost on a crowded plate.

Fruit salad for Thanksgiving in a bowl from the top view.

What to Serve It With

This autumn fruit salad is versatile and pairs well with so many things, whether you’re serving it to kids, having it for breakfast, or adding it to a holiday spread. Here are a few ideas:

  • If you’re serving this to kids, you can add my Fruit Dip Recipe on the side. It makes the salad feel more like a treat and is always a favorite with little ones.
  • You can also spoon some fruit salad over a bowl of  Vanilla Yogurt for a quick breakfast or snack. 
  • And if you want to take things up a notch for the holidays, serve the fruit salad with a dollop of my light and airy Maple Whipped Cream. It adds just the right touch of sweetness, making the whole dish feel extra special.

FAQs

How do you keep fruit salad from turning brown?

The best way to prevent apples and pears from browning is to coat them with an acidic ingredient, such as orange juice, which helps slow down the oxidation.

Can I make a fruit salad the night before?

Yes, this fruit salad holds up well when made the night before. Just be sure the apples and pears are fully coated in the orange juice mixture (to prevent them from browning), then give the salad a gentle toss before serving.

What fruits should I avoid in fruit salad?

Most people don’t like adding bananas to fruit salads because they turn mushy as they sit. In my opinion, it is a personal preference, and there are no strict rules. Instead, the important thing is to pick fruit that is neither overly ripe nor soft, and vice versa.

Can I use canned fruit in Thanksgiving fruit salad?

Yes, you technically can. However, keep in mind that most canned fruit is packed in a sugary liquid or juice, which will make your fruit salad sweeter. If you decide to go down that route, be sure to adjust the amount of maple syrup you use in the dressing so it is not overly sweet.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Other Fruit Salads You Might Like

If you enjoyed this Thanksgiving fruit salad, here are a few more fresh and delicious fruit salads I think you’ll love:

  • If you want something light to enjoy in the mornings, my Breakfast Fruit Salad is a simple recipe you can also make ahead. It’s easy to make and perfect for quick breakfasts or weekend brunch.
  • For something more festive, my Christmas Fruit Salad includes a mix of seasonal fruit tossed in a similar maple-citrus dressing. It’s a great way to add a pop of festive color to your Christmas celebrations.
Thanksgiving fruit salad in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Thanksgiving Fruit Salad Recipe

A crowd pleaser, this Thanksgiving Fruit Salad is a lighter addition to your dessert lineup made with fall fruits like apples, pears, oranges, and pomegranate arils. No cooking required and comes together quickly.
Course Vegan side dish
Cuisine American Vegan
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 8 servings
Calories 208kcal

Ingredients

For the dressing:

  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup or honey
  • 1 teaspoon orange zest
  • ½ cup orange juice freshly squeezed
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • teaspoon ground cinnamon or apple spice

For the fruit:

  • 2 medium apples cut into cubes ~ 3 cups
  • 2 medium pears cut into cubes ~ 3 cups
  • 1 cup seedless green grapes cut in half
  • 1 cup pomegranate arils
  • 2 oranges cut into small pieces ~ 2 cups
  • 1 kiwi cut into cubes ~ ½ cup
  • 1 cup pecans or walnuts

Optional Garnish:

  • A handful of fresh mint leaves torn

Instructions

  • To make the dressing, mix together maple syrup, orange zest, orange juice, vanilla extract, and cinnamon in a large bowl until combined.
  • Add in the cubed apples and pears to the bowl and give it a quick toss to ensure they are coated with the dressing (aka the acid in the orange juice) to prevent browning.
  • Then add in the grapes, pomegranate arils, oranges, and kiwi to the bowl. Toss to combine.
  • When ready to serve, add the pecans and toss. If using, garnish with fresh mint leaves and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields about 8-9 cups of fruit salad, ideal for 8 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Make Ahead: You can make this recipe a day (or two) in advance. Just follow the recipe as written (except adding the pecans and mint garnish), place in an airtight container, and store it in the fridge. When ready to serve, transfer it to a serving platter and garnish with pecans and fresh mint leaves, if using.

Nutrition

Calories: 208kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Sodium: 3mg | Potassium: 361mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 24g | Vitamin A: 171IU | Vitamin C: 41mg | Calcium: 44mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/thanksgiving-fruit-salad/feed/ 0
Vegan Apple Crisp https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-apple-crisp/ https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-apple-crisp/#comments Sun, 14 Sep 2025 13:56:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=35696 Every fall, my husband and I make it a point to go apple picking. And like most apple-picking trips, we…]]>

Every fall, my husband and I make it a point to go apple picking. And like most apple-picking trips, we always come home with more apples than we need. When that happens, this simple vegan apple crisp is the first thing I turn to.

What I love about this version is that it delivers all the comfort of a traditional crisp but with a lighter approach. Instead of the usual butter-flour-sugar crumble, the topping is made with rolled oats, almond flour, shredded coconut, and a touch of coconut oil.

It’s still golden, crisp, and satisfying, just a little more in line with how I like to bake at home.

And the best part? It’s vegan, dairy-free, and gluten-free, so it’s one of those desserts you can easily share or enjoy yourself, no special occasion needed.

Ingredients You’ll Need

As it is with any fruit crisp recipe, this no-sugar-added apple crisp recipe consists of two sets of ingredients: the apple layer and the crispy topping. You’ll find the full list in the recipe card below, but here are a few notes on  key ingredients to help you get the best results:

Ingredients for butterless apple crisp from the top view.

For The Apple Layer:

Apples: You can use any type of apples you like. Use one type of apple or a combination of apples that offer different flavors. I usually use Fuji, Gala, and Honeycrisp apples, as they are sweeter than most other types, which helps make the crisp minimally sweetened. I also like to incorporate a Granny Smith apple for a little tartness.

Maple syrup: I use a small amount of maple syrup to coat the apples, but you can also use one tablespoon of coconut sugar, brown sugar, agave, or even regular sugar.

Lemon juice: Freshly squeezed lemon juice brightens everything up and keeps your apples from browning before baking. For this recipe, I wouldn’t recommend bottled juice.

Salt: I use kosher salt here. Don’t skip it, because even that tiny pinch enhances the sweetness coming from apples and makes the crisp taste richer.

Arrowroot powder: This helps the apple juices thicken as they bake, so you don’t end up with a watery crisp. An equal amount of cornstarch would be a great alternative.

For The Crisp Topping:

Oats: Use rolled oats (also called old-fashioned oats) for the best chewy texture. Quick oats will not work as they are thinner and tend to disappear into the bake. If you are curious about the difference, check out my Rolled Oats vs. Quick Oats guide for a full breakdown.

If you are following a gluten-free diet, make sure to purchase gluten-free certified rolled oats.

Almond flour: Almond flour and almond meal both work in this recipe. I often use Blue Diamond Almond Flour because it is finely ground and easy to find, but Trader Joe’s almond meal is a good choice, too. 

If you can’t find almond flour at the store (or need a cheaper alternative), you can make it at home following my comprehensive guide on How to Make Almond Flour.

How to Make The Best Vegan Apple Crisp: Step-by-Step Instructions

This easy vegan apple crisp might look like something that belongs on a holiday table and takes hours to pull off, but it is actually super simple to make. Here’s how I do it:

Step 1 – Prepare the apples: Chop your apples into small cubes. I prefer smaller chunks so they bake evenly and get soft all the way through. Once they’re cut, toss them in a medium bowl with maple syrup, lemon juice, cinnamon, salt, and arrowroot until everything looks coated. 

A collage of images showing the making of vegetarian apple crisp's topping.

Step 2 – Make the crisp topping: In a large bowl, stir together the oats, almond flour, shredded coconut, cinnamon, salt, coconut oil, maple syrup, and pecans. Mix until it starts to clump together in little bits because those clumps are what bake into those crunchy clusters everyone loves.

Rolled oats are the best choice here since they hold their shape in the oven and give you that real “crisp” texture. Quick oats are thinner and tend to disappear into the mix. 

Side by side photos showing the assembly of the recipe for vegan apple crisp.

Step 3 – Assemble the crisp: Spread the apple mixture evenly in a 9 or 10-inch baking dish. You can use a glass or ceramic pie plate or a square baking pan. The important thing is to ensure that cubed apples are spread evenly at the bottom of the dish.

Spread the topping on top. No need to worry about making it perfect. The uneven clusters are what make this simple apple crisp extra crunchy in the end.

A photo of the freshly baked no butter added apple crisp from the top view.

Step 4 – Bake: Bake in a preheated 350°F (177 °C) oven for about 40 to 45 minutes. You’ll know it’s ready when the topping is golden brown and you see the apples bubbling around the edges.

I did not experience this, but if the topping browns a little too quickly, you can cover the dish loosely with foil towards the end.

Step 5 – Cool and serve: Let the crisp rest for about 10 minutes before serving so the juices settle and the topping stays crunchy. I know it’s hard to wait, but it’s worth it.

How To Store, Reheat, and Freeze Apple Crisp

This gluten-free apple crisp is at its best when it comes out of the oven warm and sizzling, but you can definitely make it ahead or save leftovers to enjoy later. Here’s what I’ve found works best:

Storage: This recipe yields approximately 6 servings, and while it typically disappears quickly, any leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 or 5 days.

Reheating: When you are ready to serve, warm it in the oven at 300°F (149 °C) to 350°F (177 °C) for about 10 to 15 minutes. The microwave works in a pinch, but the topping will soften instead of staying crisp.

Freezing: Apple crisp freezes well for up to 2 months, and you have two options:

  • Freeze before baking: Assemble the crisp in a freezer-safe dish, cover tightly, and freeze. When you are ready, bake it straight from frozen at 350°F (177 °C), adding a little extra time until the apples are tender and the top is golden. This is the best option if you want the topping to stay crunchy.
  • Freeze after baking: Let the crisp cool completely, then wrap it well (to prevent freezer burn) and freeze. When you are ready to enjoy, thaw it overnight in the fridge and warm it in the oven at 350°F (177 °C) for 15 to 20 minutes. The topping will be softer than when freshly baked, but the flavor will still be delicious.
Apple crisp topped off with three scoops of vegan vanilla ice cream.

Expert Tips for the Best Apple Crisp

Even though this vegan apple dessert is one of the easiest desserts you can make, a few small details can really change the outcome. Here are my best tips from testing this recipe:

  • Cut the apples into small pieces: Aim for evenly cut, ½-inch cubes. Larger chunks take longer to cook and soften, which makes the baking time longer.
  • Prevent a watery filling: If your apples are extra juicy (like Honey Crisp), add ½ teaspoon more arrowroot powder or cornstarch to keep the filling from being too watery.
  • Let it rest before serving: Allow it to cool down for about 10-15 minutes before serving so the juices have time to settle.

Variations & Substitutions 

One of the best things about this butterless apple crisp is how easy it is to adapt to your own needs and preferences. Here are a few ideas from my recipe testing:

  • Nut-Free: If you want to skip the nuts, swap the almond flour for oat flour and leave out the pecans. The crisp topping will not be as crunchy, but it can be a good substitute.
  • Sugar-Free Keto: For a keto or sugar-free version, replace the maple syrup with monk fruit sweetener or your favorite keto sweetener. Alternatively, if you want to make a sugar-free apple crisp, you can omit adding maple syrup completely. It won’t have the subtle sweetness that maple syrup offers, but it will still be delicious.
  • Mix-ins and spices: Try soaking raisins in warm apple juice and stirring them into the filling along with a pinch of ground cloves for a bit more spiciness. You can also experiment with chopped dates and even add a dash of cardamom if you are a fan of those cozy spices.

FAQs

Do I need to peel the apples?

It is totally up to you. I prefer not to peel mine, but either way would work.

What is the best way to cut apples?

Use a sharp knife to cut the apple in half, remove the core, and then cut it into ½-inch to ¾-inch cubes. The important thing here is that they are equal in size, so they bake evenly.

How do I keep the topping crunchy?

The key to keeping the topping crunchy is to let it cool for 10 to 15 minutes before serving. This way, the apple crisp has some time to settle and harden before it is served.

What is the difference between an apple crisp and an apple crumble?

They are very similar apple desserts, with a minor difference. A crisp is usually made with oats and nuts in the topping, whereas a crumble typically has a topping made with just flour, sugar, and butter, so it’s more like a streusel.

Serving Suggestions

One of the best parts of this no-butter apple crisp is how versatile it is. It’s the perfect fall dessert to enjoy straight from the oven or dress it up with a few simple add-ons to make it extra special. Here are some of my favorite pairings:

A Glass of milk: Serve it with a glass of cold milk, or for a plant-based option, try my Homemade Almond Milk to balance the sweetness of the warm apples.

Ice Cream: You can never go wrong with a scoop of vegan vanilla ice cream on top. Alternatively, you can try my Coconut Milk Ice Cream for another dairy-free option or my Homemade Honey Ice Cream for a vegetarian option. 

Whipped Cream: If you prefer something lighter than ice cream, a dollop of Maple Whipped Cream on top adds just the right amount of sweetness without overpowering the apples.

Yogurt: You can even use this vegan apple crumble as a topping on my Vanilla Yogurt Recipe. It’s perfect for turning leftovers into a cozy breakfast the next day.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

More Apple Recipes You Might Like

If you loved this apple dessert, there are plenty of other apple recipes you can try this season:

  • My No Sugar Crockpot Applesauce is one of the simplest ways to use up extra apples and makes the perfect snack or baking staple during the fall months.
  • For a quick breakfast, try my Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal. It’s ready in 15 minutes and has all the warm fall flavors we love in a bowl. 
  • Or, if you’re feeding a crowd, Baked Apple Oatmeal is the ultimate make-ahead breakfast, perfect for fall.

This post may contain affiliate links. If you purchase through these links, I may earn a small commission, at no additional cost to you.

Apple crisp in a bowl with a spoon in the bowl.
Print

Vegan Apple Crisp Recipe

The best vegan apple crisp recipe made without the use of butter and refined sugar (sweetened with maple syrup and fresh apples). Caramelized apples topped with almond flour-oat topping for a perfect vegan apple crumble for fall. Vegan, gluten-free, dairy-free, refined sugar free.
Course Breakfast Sweets, Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 45 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 6 servings
Calories 481kcal

Ingredients

For The Apple Layer:

  • 4 apples medium sized – cut into ½ inch cubes*
  • 1 tablespoon maple syrup
  • 1 teaspoon lemon juice
  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon 2 gr
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 2 tablespoons arrowroot powder or cornstarch – 14 gr

For The Crisp Topping:

  • 1 cup rolled oats not the quick-cooking kind- 100 gr
  • 1 cup almond flour 120 gr. (or almond meal)
  • ½ cup unsweetened shredded coconut 40 gr (optional)
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 7 tablespoons coconut oil melted and cooled
  • cup maple syrup
  • ½ cup pecans roughly chopped 50 gr

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 degrees F.

To prepare the apples:

  • Place apples, maple syrup, lemon juice, ground cinnamon, kosher salt, and arrowroot powder in a bowl. Give it a stir. Place it in a 9 or 10-inch baking dish.

To prepare the crisp:

  • Mix together the rolled oats, almond flour, shredded coconut, ground cinnamon, kosher salt, coconut oil, maple syrup and pecans in a bowl. Mix until well combined.
    Person making crumb topping.

To Assemble & Bake:

  • Distribute the crisp topping onto the apples in an even layer.
    Collage of images showing the assembly of the apple crisp.
  • Bake for 40-45 minutes or until the topping turns lightly golden.
    Freshly baked apple crisp from the top view.
  • Serve with a scoop of vanilla ice cream or a cup of almond milk on the side.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 6 generous servings (approximately 3/4 to 1 cup per serving). The nutritional values below are per serving and do not include optional ice cream on top.
  • * What kind of apples should I use? Feel free to use any kind of apples you like. I personally prefer using two different kinds for different flavors, but either way would work.
  • Can I make it ahead? You can prep the apples a day in advance and keep them in an airtight container in the fridge until you are ready to use them. They will probably brown a little bit, but since you will bake them, it shouldn’t be a problem. I do not recommend making the vegan crumble topping in advance as it could get soggy. Luckily, it takes no more than 5 minutes to put all the ingredients in a bowl and mix them.
  • How to store the leftovers? This recipe serves 6 servings. I doubt that you will have any leftovers, but if you do, place it in an airtight container and keep it in the fridge for up to 2 days. When ready to serve, warm it in a low heat oven (250-300 degrees F) for 5-10 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 481kcal | Carbohydrates: 48g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 32g | Saturated Fat: 15g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Sodium: 198mg | Potassium: 264mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 26g | Vitamin A: 72IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 89mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-apple-crisp/feed/ 10
Crockpot Applesauce (No Sugar Added) https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-unsweetened-applesauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-unsweetened-applesauce/#comments Sat, 13 Sep 2025 23:28:36 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=10762 Whether you enjoy it warm straight from the pot, spooned over oatmeal, used as a natural sweetener in baking, or…]]>

Whether you enjoy it warm straight from the pot, spooned over oatmeal, used as a natural sweetener in baking, or frozen for later, this homemade applesauce recipe is a cozy and versatile fall staple you’ll want to make again and again.

It seems to happen every fall. We go apple picking, and I come home with more apples than I know what to do with. On our last trip to Ellijay in North Georgia, I thought I had planned better, but once again, we returned with bags and bags of apples. 

That is when I turn to this homemade applesauce recipe. The slow cooker does all the work, and the best part is that no sugar is needed.

As the apples cook low and slow, their natural sugars become richer and sweeter, giving you an applesauce that tastes just right without any extra sugars. 

Over the years, I have tried this recipe with many different apple varieties and found that a mix of sweet and tart apples gives the best flavor and balance, which is why this is the version I keep coming back to.

Jars of applesauce from the front view.

Notes on the Ingredients You’ll Need

You really only need three main ingredients to make this applesauce crock pot recipe: apples, water, and some lemon juice. Everything else is optional. 

You can find the exact measurements in the recipe card below, but here are some notes from my testing on base ingredients:

Apples: Any type of apple will work here, so use the ones you love most or mix a few. Apples like Fuji, Honeycrisp, and Gala are sweeter, while a Granny Smith apple or Cortland are a bit more tart. 

I usually go with a mix of Fuji, Honeycrisp, and Gala, and add one Granny Smith. And you do not need all of those. One or two types are sufficient.

You’ll need about 3 pounds total (6-8 medium apples), which makes around 4 cups of applesauce. If your apples are very different in size, weighing them is the easiest way to make sure you have enough.

I peel my apples because I prefer a creamy and smooth applesauce. However, if you prefer to cook them with their skin on, you certainly could, but just know your applesauce won’t be as smooth.

Water: You only need about 1/2 cup for 3 pounds of apples. If you want a sweeter applesauce, you can swap the water for apple juice.

Lemon juice: A little squeeze of fresh lemon juice brightens the flavor and keeps the applesauce from browning as it cooks. I’ve tested this recipe with and without it, and the version with lemon offered a more complex flavor.

Spices: Since I like to use this applesauce in baking and cooking, I keep the spices to a minimum, but feel free to pick and choose as you prefer. I find that a couple of cinnamon sticks, cloves, and a pinch of freshly ground nutmeg work beautifully.

Sweetener (Optional): Since the cooked apples are already sweet, I prefer not to add any sugar. However, if you want yours sweeter, you can sweeten it with granulated or brown sugar, honey, or maple syrup after it is cooked. Start with a small amount (about ¼ cup), taste, and adjust from there.

How to Make Applesauce in a Crockpot: Step-by-Step Instructions

The beauty of making applesauce in a slow cooker is that it’s almost completely hands-off. Simply peel and chop the apples and toss them into the crock pot, and let it do its thing. Here’s how I make it, step by step:

Step 1 – Prep the Apples: Peel, core, and chop about 3 pounds of apples. While you do not need to cut them perfectly, it is best to aim for medium chunks. This way, they can cook evenly and soften without turning mushy too quickly.

A photo of apples and cinnamon in a crockpot from the front view.

Step 2 – Load the Slow Cooker: Add the apples, lemon juice, water, spices, and a pinch of salt to the crockpot. Give everything a quick toss so the apples are coated. It may look like there is not enough liquid at first, but the apples will release a lot of their juices as they cook.

Step 3 – Cook: Cover with the lid and cook on high for 3 to 4 hours or on low for 5 to 6 hours. Use high heat if you want applesauce ready the same day, or low heat if you prefer to set it in the morning and come back to it later. If you can, stir it once or twice to keep the apples cooking evenly.

Step 4 – Mash or Blend: Once the apples are soft and falling apart, it is time to blend. The tool to use depends on the texture you are going for. Use:

I have tested all three, and it really comes down to what you like best.

Step 5 – Taste and Adjust: This applesauce is usually sweet enough on its own. But if you prefer a sweeter flavor, add a little sugar, honey, or maple syrup at this stage. I would recommend starting with a small amount, tasting it, and adding more if needed.  

Step 6 – Let it Cool: Enjoy warm, or let it cool completely before transferring to mason jars or airtight containers.

How to Store, Freeze, and Reheat Your Applesauce

Chances are you will end up with more applesauce than you can eat in one sitting, and personally, that is the best part. It keeps so well that you can enjoy it all week or even freeze it for later. 

Storage: Bring your applesauce to room temperature and scoop it into glass jars. It will stay fresh in the refrigerator for up to 5 days. 

Freezing: Divide it into smaller portions (I usually do 1 cup) and store in freezer-safe containers. I like using Weck jars because, unlike mason jars, they can be used to freeze food. Alternatively, you can use reusable bags (such as Stasher Bags) to save space in your freezer.

Thawing and Reheating: To enjoy, just thaw it overnight in the fridge. When you are ready to eat, warm it gently on the stovetop or in the microwave until it is heated through.

Notes from My Kitchen: What I Learned Making This Recipe

While this slow cooker applesauce recipe is simple, here are a few things I learned during testing that will help you get the best results:

  • Flavors get more intense as they cook: As apples cook down, the flavors concentrate. The apples become sweeter, lemon juice tastes more sour, and cinnamon gets stronger. Keep add-ins minimal at first. You can always add more later, but you cannot remove it.
  • Whole spices vs ground spices: In my first recipe testing, I used a small amount of ground cinnamon, but in the finished applesauce, the flavor was overpowering. Whole spices, such as cinnamon sticks or cloves, provide a more balanced result. If you only have ground spices, start with just a pinch and adjust to taste after blending.
  • Make it your own: Store-bought applesauce often comes in different flavors, but you can easily flavor your homemade version. My favorites are Maple-Vanilla (a splash of maple syrup and vanilla, which I love with pancakes on the weekend) and Pumpkin Spice (just a pinch is enough for a cozy fall twist).
  • Baby-friendly: If you are planning to serve this applesauce to your baby, keep it simple by skipping the spices and blending until very smooth. Freeze in silicone trays or small cubes for easy single servings. Always check with your pediatrician for feeding guidance.
Slowcooker applesauce in jars.

Favorite Ways to Use Crockpot Applesauce

You can enjoy your slow cooker apple sauce warm straight from the pot with a spoon, or simply eat it on its own as a snack. And that’s just the tip of the iceberg! Here are a few more ideas:

  • With yogurt or oats: Swirl some applesauce into Overnight Oats with Yogurt for a creamy, grab-and-go breakfast, on top of Slow Cooker Steel Cut Oats for something more cozy, or mix it into Oatmeal with Chia Seeds for an easy morning bowl. 
  • With chia pudding: Try it on top of Chia Pudding with Yogurt. The applesauce makes it sweeter while still keeping it quick and simple.
  • Sweeten your muesli: Mix a spoonful into your morning Muesli for a natural way to sweeten it. It blends in smoothly with the oats, nuts, and seeds, requiring no extra sugar.
  • As a baking swap: While the amount will depend on the exact recipe, you can use applesauce to replace oil or eggs in baked goods to keep them soft and moist. It also sweetens them in a natural way. I use it in my Cinnamon and Apple Baked Oatmeal recipe to keep oats moist and sweet.
  • Ice cream topping: Add a spoonful of applesauce over vanilla ice cream and top it off with a handful of pecans for a fall twist.

FAQs

What are the best apples for crockpot applesauce?

Any type of apple will work, but for the best flavor, I recommend using a mix of sweet and tart varieties. Fuji, Gala, and Honeycrisp add natural sweetness, while Granny Smith brings just enough tartness for balance.

Do I need to peel the apples?

It depends on the texture you are after. If you prefer a super smooth applesauce, it is best to peel them. However, some people prefer to leave it on to get more texture and fiber.

Can I use apple juice instead of water?

Yes, you can. If you do, I recommend skipping the addition of any sugar so it won’t be overly sweet.

Can I make this without a slow cooker?

Yes, you can cook it on the stovetop by simmering the apples with the same ingredients in a large pot over low heat until they soften (about 25 to 30 minutes). You can also use an Instant Pot on the manual setting for about 5 minutes, then quick-release and mash or blend.

Can you overcook applesauce?

While applesauce is pretty forgiving, it can overcook if left in too long. The sauce will become thicker, darker, and may start to stick to the bottom if there isn’t enough liquid left. To avoid this, keep an eye on the cooking time and check that there is always some liquid in the slow cooker as it cooks.

How does the texture change after frozen applesauce is thawed?

When applesauce is frozen, the water content forms ice crystals. After thawing, those crystals melt and can make the applesauce a little more watery. For best results, I recommend giving it a good stir.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

More Apple Recipes to Try

During the apple season, I make this slow cooker applesauce recipe on repeat, but I also love finding new ways to use apples throughout the week. Here are a few that I make often:

  • My Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal is a quick stovetop breakfast that comes together in just 15 minutes with oats, apples, almond milk, and some maple syrup.
  • For dessert, try my No Butter Apple Crisp. Made with oats and almond flour, it features a crispy topping that is dairy-free and refined sugar-free.
  • If you are looking for something fresh, my 15-minute Kale Apple Slaw is tossed in a tangy maple Dijon vinaigrette, making it the perfect side dish for your favorite protein.

This post may contain affiliate links. If you purchase through these links, I may earn a small commission, at no additional cost to you.

Homemade applesauce in jars.
Print

Crockpot Applesauce Recipe

Learn how to make applesauce in your slow cooker with just a few simple ingredients. Made without any extra sugar, this is the best way to preserve apples and enjoy all year long.
Course Condiment/Sauce
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 4 hours
Total Time 4 hours 10 minutes
Servings 4 cups
Calories 181kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 3 pounds apples peeled, cored and cut into 1-inch cubes – 6-8 apples depending on their size
  • ½ cup water
  • 1 tbs lemon juice
  • 2 cinnamon sticks
  • pinch ground nutmeg optional

Instructions

  • Layer sliced apples in the bowl of a slow cooker. Pour in the water and lemon juice.
  • Add in the cinnamon sticks, salt, and ground nutmeg. Stir to combine.
  • Cook in high heat setting up to 3-4 hours, or in low heat setting for 5-6 hours. Depending on your slow cooker the timing might be slightly different so keep a close eye after the 3-hour mark. I also recommend giving it a stir a few times during the cooking process.
  • Transfer the now-softened-apples into a high power blender (such as Vitamix) and puree until smooth. Alternatively, you can use an immersion blender, but it might take longer for it to be completely pureed.
  • Let it cool completely and then divide it amongst jars.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 4 cups of applesauce. The nutritional values below are per cup.
  • When you first put all the ingredients in the crockpot, you might think that there is not enough liquid. During my recipe testing, I found that if you add more than 1/2 cup of water, the applesauce becomes too watery.
  • I intentionally used cinnamon sticks instead of ground cinnamon. As the apples cook, the flavors of every ingredient amplify. I found that ground cinnamon was a bit overpowering, whereas a cinnamon stick provided a more subtle cinnamon flavor. If you do not have cinnamon sticks, you can use ground cinnamon, but I recommend starting with a small amount, no more than 1/4 teaspoon.
  • Storage: Leftovers will keep fresh in airtight containers for up to 5 days in the fridge.
  • Freezing: Portion your applesauce into freezer-safe containers and freeze for up to 3 months. Thaw in the fridge overnight.

Nutrition

Calories: 181kcal | Carbohydrates: 48g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 5mg | Potassium: 364mg | Fiber: 9g | Sugar: 35g | Vitamin A: 184IU | Vitamin C: 16mg | Calcium: 38mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-unsweetened-applesauce/feed/ 20
Easy Yogurt Fruit Dip https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-fruit-dip/ https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-fruit-dip/#comments Sat, 31 May 2025 14:09:31 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=35031 Key Ingredients Made with only 3 basic ingredients, this fruit dip with yogurt is a great lighter alternative to traditional…]]>

Key Ingredients

Made with only 3 basic ingredients, this fruit dip with yogurt is a great lighter alternative to traditional fruit dips, focusing on wholesome ingredients and natural sweetness. You can find the full list of ingredients in the recipe card below. Below are some helpful notes on the ingredients.

The ingredients for fruit platter dipping sauce.

The Best Yogurt for Fruit Dip

I prefer either Greek yogurt or thick Icelandic yogurt for this recipe. The thickness is essential here, as other types of yogurt will result in a runny fruit dip. I find that whole milk (full-fat) yogurt delivers the creamiest yogurt dipping sauce for fruit, but if you prefer a lighter option, you can use non-fat or low-fat yogurt instead.

You can buy already sweetened yogurt or follow my homemade vanilla yogurt recipe to make it in just a few minutes. 

Alternatively, if you are following a dairy-free (or vegan) diet, you can use plant-based yogurt. While almond yogurt and coconut yogurt are options, I prefer unsweetened cashew yogurt as it offers a neutral flavor.

Sweeteners: Natural Options & Adjustments

Honey or maple syrup: You can use maple syrup or honey interchangeably to make this yogurt fruit dip. Whenever I make it for my family, I use local honey as it helps with my husband’s allergies. Still, feel free to use what you have on hand. 

Jam: Alternatively, you can flavor it with a small amount of jam. Though keep in mind that most store-bought jams are packed with sugar, so a small amount goes a long way.

Sugar alternatives: I won’t lie, I am not a big fan of sugar alternatives (primarily used in keto diets) like stevia or erythritol, but if you are, you can certainly sweeten your fruit dip with your favorite sugar-free sweetener.

Regardless of the sweetener you use, be sure to taste your yogurt before adding sugar to adjust the sweetness.

Flavor Boosters: Vanilla, Citrus & Beyond

While the 3-ingredient fruit dip recipe is wonderful by itself, you can make it your own with any of the optional add ins. Below are a few ideas to help you change it up:

Vanilla: It is no secret that vanilla extract makes everything taste better, but if you have it on hand, you can take it up a notch by using vanilla bean paste (affiliate link). The vanilla seeds spread throughout the yoghurt fruit dip not only make it even more delicious but also visually impressive.

Remember that a small amount goes a long way. I usually use ½ teaspoon per cup of yogurt.

Lemon or Orange zest: A small amount (½ teaspoon or so) of lemon zest or orange zest (for sweeter flavor notes) is an easy way to elevate this fruit dip made with yogurt. The oils and concentrated oils in the zest spread throughout the dip add a layer of depth, especially when served with berries. 

Cinnamon: A small amount of cinnamon is a nice way to warm up the flavors of the dip. I especially like adding cinnamon when serving this yogurt-based fruit dip with sliced apples during the fall and winter months.

Fresh mint: Chopped fresh mint introduces a well-balanced flavor and pairs beautifully with berries. 

How to make fruit dip with yogurt?

You can find the detailed instructions in the recipe card, but below are some helpful detailed notes to help you as you make this recipe.

Person showing how to make yogurt fruit dip.

Step 1 – Whisk the dip base for ultimate creaminess: In a medium-sized bowl, combine the yogurt, honey (or your preferred sweetener), and vanilla extract. If you are using any of the optional add-ins, this is the time to add them as well. Whisk to ensure that everything is thoroughly combined.

Step 2 – Taste and Adjust: Give it a quick taste and add more sweetener, vanilla, etc. if preferred.

Step 3 – Chill for Enhanced Flavor: This is optional, but if you have the time, cover and place in the fridge for 30 minutes or so. This way the flavors get a chance to mingle and concentrate.

Step 4 – Plate with fruit: Grab a large plate and place the vanilla yogurt fruit dip in the middle. Peel (if necessary) and slice the seasonal fruit, and put it around the bowl.

A bowl of yogurt fruit dip surrounded with different kinds of fruit on a wooden cutting board.

Make Ahead and Storage Instructions

Make Ahead: You can prepare this easy fruit dip with yogurt up to 2 days in advance and store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator. If you are using regular yogurt that is not as thick as Greek yogurt, you may notice some liquid (also known as whey) build-up; if that happens, simply drain it before serving.

Storing leftovers: Leftovers can be stored in the fridge for up to 3 days. Just be sure to store it in an airtight container.

Expert Tips: 

While this 5-minute recipe is pretty straightforward, there are a few things I would like to mention as you make your version of the best yogurt dip for fruit:

Consistency and Texture: Achieving that perfect creamy, non-runny dip is all about a few key details. You already know to start with thick yogurt, such as Greek or Icelandic (that’s your base for success!). I would also recommend draining any liquid before using in the recipe. Additionally, letting it chill after mixing will help you achieve a thicker, more creamy consistency without extra effort.

Keep seasonality in mind: The basic recipe I’ve included below works all year round. However, if you choose to add any of the optional add-ins, consider the fruit you plan to use as you make your additions. 

For example, if I plan to serve it with apple slices, then a combination of maple syrup and a dash of cinnamon would complement it better. Conversely, if I am serving it with strawberries, honey, and citrus zest would be a better choice.

A man is holding a strawberry dipped in yogurt dip.

FAQs

Can I use flavored yogurt?

Yes, you can. However, most flavored yogurt tends to be already sweet so be sure to taste it before adding any additional sweeteners.

How long does the dip last in the fridge?

This fruit dip recipe should last for up to 2-3 days as long as it is stored in an airtight container in the fridge.

Can I make this recipe vegan?

You sure can. Simply use vegan yogurt (my favorite is cashew) in place of Greek yogurt.

Variations for this fruit dip made with yogurt:

Depending on the season or the crowd I’m serving, I like to create my own variations of this recipe. While the options are endless, I wanted to include a few of my favorite pairings below:

  • Fall Spices: For a cozy, fall twist, add in a dash of ground cinnamon, allspice, and/or some nutmeg. This variation works beautifully when paired with apples or pears. 
  • Fresh mint and Lime: Flavoring the dip with chopped fresh mint, lime zest, and a squeeze of lime juice works well, especially when serving it with strawberries, blueberries or raspberries.
  • Chocolate: If you are a fan of rich chocolate flavors, you can swirl in a tablespoon of cocoa powder and a bit more sweetener. I love pairing this chocolate version with bananas and strawberries.
    Protein-Packed: The Greek yogurt fruit dip is already high in protein, but if you want to add more, you can stir in a scoop of your favorite protein powder. Alternatively, you can also incorporate a spoonful of peanut butter or any other seed butter for an extra boost of protein.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

More Yogurt Recipes You Might Also Like:

Growing up in a Mediterranean country, yogurt was a staple in our household and I just can’t think of a day without eating a cup of yogurt, which explains why I have so many yogurt recipes on this website. 

If you liked this recipe, below are a few more that you might like:

  • Need a no sugar added dessert? Try my frozen yogurt bark. This is a great summer snack for kids.
  • Chia pudding is wonderful, but did you know that you can make it with yogurt as well? My yogurt chia pudding is a filling breakfast you can make overnight.
  • Keep your money and never order yogurt parfait at Starbucks. My homemade yogurt parfait is just as delicious (if not better) and a great meal prep breakfast.
A bowl of yogurt fruit dip is served with fruit around it.
Print

Yogurt Fruit Dip Recipe

An easy & quick to make 3-ingredient yogurt fruit dip recipe sweetened with honey and flavored with vanilla extract. This is the best fruit platter dipping sauce to serve everyone in your family.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 2 minutes
Total Time 2 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 68kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup Greek yogurt full fat (you can use plain or vanilla yogurt)
  • 2 tablespoons honey or maple syrup or orange juice
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract

Optional add-ins:

  • ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • 1 teaspoon fresh mint thinly sliced/julienned

To Serve:

  • fresh fruit

Instructions

  • Place yogurt, honey (or maple syrup), and vanilla extract in a bowl. Add in the optional ingredients, if you prefer.
  • Whisk until thoroughly combined. *
  • Serve with fruit on the side.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This fruit yogurt dip recipe makes 1 cup that is ideal for serving 4-6 servings. The nutritional information you see below is per serving (of 4).
  • Let it rest *: If you have the time, cover and let it sit in the fridge for 30 minutes before serving. Sitting in the fridge will help thickened your fruit yogurt dip and make it even more creamy.
  • Make ahead: You can prepare this fruit dip up to 2 days in advance and store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator. If you are using regular yogurt that is not as thick as Greek yogurt, you may notice some liquid (also known as whey) build-up; if that happens, simply drain it before serving.
  • Storage: Place leftovers in an airtight container and store in the fridge for up to 3 days. Be sure to give it a stir before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 68kcal | Carbohydrates: 14g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 1mg | Sodium: 48mg | Potassium: 156mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 122mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-fruit-dip/feed/ 8
Almond Flour Brownies https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-brownies/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-brownies/#comments Thu, 13 Feb 2025 18:15:44 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=38940 These homemade brownies with almond flour are so incredibly fudgy that you’d never know they were gluten-free! Sweetened with maple…]]>

These homemade brownies with almond flour are so incredibly fudgy that you’d never know they were gluten-free! Sweetened with maple syrup, this extra chocolatey and easy gluten-free brownie recipe is guaranteed to be your next favorite recipe to bake when the chocolate cravings hit. 

Like my Almond Flour Chocolate Cake and Flourless Chocolate Cupcakes recipes, this easy brownie recipe is easy to make. Plus, it is a great alternative to traditional brownies that are butter and sugar-packed and not so healthy.

Almond Flour Chocolate Brownies on top of each other

Why You’ll Love This Recipe:

  1. Made with everyday ingredients: The almond flour brownie batter comes together in one bowl in just a few minutes and uses only 7 simple ingredients, all of which are pantry staples.
  2. No different than a brownie made with regular flour: You won’t be able to detect any difference when it comes to taste and texture. Perfectly fudgy, almond flour brownies pack the same addictive chocolate flavor you’d expect from a brownie.
  3. Made with diet restrictions in mind: Like all of my almond flour recipes, compared to traditional baked goods made with all-purpose flour and butter, it uses a minimal amount of oil. It is also low-carb, grain-free (great for Passover), and paleo-friendly. Plus, thanks to the healthy fats in ground almonds, you can even count this as a healthy brownie recipe.
Almond brownies sliced into squares from the top view

Ingredients:

The ingredient profile for this gluten-free almond flour fudge brownies recipe is similar to that of my Almond Flour Chocolate Cake recipe and even my Flourless Chocolate Cupcakes recipe. (Can you tell I love almond flour desserts?)

Ingredients for almond flower brownie from the top view

In terms of ingredients, you will need:

Substitutions:

  • Oil: If you don’t have coconut oil on hand, you can substitute another neutral oil like avocado oil.
  • Almond Flour: If you cannot find it, you can make almond flour at home using a blender or food processor. This paleo brownie recipe can also be made with almond meal. However, almond meal brownies will be a tad bit dense compared to brownies made with almond flour.
  • Sweetener: You can swap agave nectar in place of maple syrup. You can also use honey, but I would recommend using less honey (¾ cup to 1 cup) as it is sweeter.
  • Keto Sweetener: If you are after keto almond brownies, I recommend sweetening with Keto Maple Syrup (affiliate link) sweetened with monk fruit. Liquid stevia can also be an acceptable substitute.
  • Nuts: Feel free to swap the walnuts in this almond flour brownie recipe for whichever nuts you prefer. Pistachios, pecans, sliced almonds, and even unsweetened coconut would work beautifully here!
  • Optional – Chocolate Drizzle: If you want to take this almond flour fudge brownies to the next level, I recommend drizzling them with chocolate. I prefer refined sugar free sweeteners like Enjoy Life or Lily’s dark chocolate chips (sugar free chocolate chips for the keto option) (affiliate links) for drizzling, but any of your favorite chocolate brand would work.
  • Optional – Dried or fresh fruit: If you want to make it a little bit colorful, top it off with fresh berries, or do what I do, sprinkle it with dried strawberries (affiliate link).
  • Optional – Sea Salt: You can sprinkle it with sea salt or lightly salted nuts as well. 
  • Serve them with ice cream: I can’t imagine a better way to serve these than a scoop of vanilla ice cream or whipped cream made with maple syrup on top.

How To Make Brownies with Almond Flour?

The steps to making this easy almond flour brownie recipe have 6 folds:

  1. Prepare for baking: Preheat the Oven to 350 Degrees. Line an 8X8 square baking dish with parchment paper.
Person Mixing dry ingredients for brownie with almond flour.
  1. Combine Dry Ingredients: Whisk together almond flour and cocoa powder in a large bowl until homogeneous, and no lumps remain.
Gluten free chocolate brownies batter is being mixed by a woman.
  1. Add Wet Ingredients: Add coconut oil, maple syrup, eggs, and vanilla extract to the bowl of dry ingredients, and whisk until fully incorporated.
  2. Add the Nuts: Fold in half a cup of the nuts.
Almond meal chocolate brownies in the baking pan before and after photos.
  1. Prepare to Bake: Transfer the raw batter into the prepared pan and spread it out evenly using a spatula. Sprinkle it with the rest of the walnuts.
  2. Bake: Cook them for 35-40 minutes in the prepared oven or until a toothpick inserted in the center of the brownies comes out clean (or with a few tiny crumbs). Allow the brownies to cool for 5 minutes, and remove them from the pan onto a wire rack. Let it cool to room temperature before slicing to avoid them falling apart. Serve with coffee, milk, or plant-based milks such as almond milk.
  3. Optional step: If you are like me, and enjoy extra chocolatey, gooey brownies, then I recommend drizzling them with melted chocolate. I think the easiest way to melt chocolate is in the microwave. To do so;
    1. Place 2 oz. of your favorite chocolate chips (both semi-sweetened and unsweetened would work) in a microwave-safe glass bowl. 
    2. Microwave at high for 30 seconds. Give it a stir and then repeat in 30-second intervals until fully melted. Slice your brownies and drizzle them with melted chocolate chips.
Paleo Chocolate brownies cut into squares with a knife on the side

How To Store, Freeze and Thaw?

My favorite thing about these homemade almond flour brownies is that they get better as they sit. I recommend storing them in the refrigerator and warming them slightly before serving.

  • Storage: These gluten-free chocolate brownies will keep for 3-4 days in the fridge in an airtight container or plastic bag. You can also store them on your counter in the same fashion for a day as long as your kitchen stays fairly cool. 
  • Freezing: To freeze, bring brownies to room temperature, individually wrap them with parchment paper, and store them in an airtight container in the freezer for up to a month.
  • Thawing: To thaw, let it sit on the counter for 15 minutes and warm in a low-heat (300 degrees F) oven for 10-15 minutes and serve.
Almond Brownies sliced with a knife on the side.

Expert Tips:

While this recipe for the most fudgy almond flour brownies you see below is pretty straightforward, there are a few things you can do to get the best results on your first try:

  • Room temperature ingredients: As it is with most baked goods when making these brownies, we recommend using ingredients that are at room temperature.
  • Wait for it to cool completely: We know it is hard to wait, but as it is with all almond flour desserts, these brownies need time to cool down. If you slice while they are still warm, the middle section will be (somewhat) wet, looking like it is not fully baked. Therefore, it is imperative to give them enough time to firm up.

FAQs:

Can you make brownies with almond flour?

You sure can. As a matter of fact, due to its high-fat content, brownies made with almond flour are just as fudgy, moist, and chocolate packed with a similar taste and texture to brownies made with traditional flour and butter.

Can I make this recipe without eggs?

This recipe will not work without eggs or egg replacers (i.e., flax eggs or chia eggs). I find that when it comes to baking with almond flour, eggs are crucial for making them rise and stay super fudgy. If you need a vegan brownies recipe, I recommend checking out my Almond Butter Brownies recipe. It’s made with wholesome ingredients like nut butter, spelt flour, Medjool dates, coconut oil, and maple syrup. 

How many calories are in each serving of almond flour brownies?

This recipe makes 9 servings and each serving is 375 calories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Other Almond Flour Recipes You Might Like:

If you are in need of creative and healthier gluten-free recipes made without the use of refined sugars (i.e., white sugar), you’ll like the recipes below:

This almond flour chocolate brownies recipe is adapted from Almond Flour Brownies at Allrecipes.com with changes.

If you try this for Almond Flour Brownies, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Almond flour brownie cut into squares and placed on top of each other from the front view.
Print

Almond Flour Brownies Recipe

Almond Flour Brownies recipe made with only 7 ingredients in one bowl. They are just the trick to satisfy your sweet tooth without going totally overboard. Fudgy, moist, and Paleo-friendly, meaning they’re gluten-free, wheat-free, and dairy-free! Plus, they get their sweetness from maple syrup, making them refined sugar-free, as well.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 55 minutes
Servings 9 servings
Calories 375kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups almond flour 6.3 oz.
  • ½ cup + 2 tablespoons cocoa powder 2.3 oz.
  • ½ cup coconut oil melted and cooled
  • 1 ⅓ cups maple syrup at room temperature
  • 4 large eggs at room temperature
  • 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
  • 1 cup walnuts or pecans chopped & divided

Chocolate Drizzle (Optional)

  • 2 oz. chocolate chips i.e. Naturally sweetened Enjoy Life brand
  • 1 tablespoon dried strawberries

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees. Line an 8X8 square baking pan with parchment paper.
  • Mix together almond flour and cocoa powder in a large mixing bowl until no lumps remain.
  • Add in coconut oil, maple syrup, eggs, and vanilla extract and whisk until fully incorporated.
  • Fold in half a cup of the nuts.
  • Transfer batter to the parchment lined pan and spread it throughout the pan using a spatula.
  • Sprinkle it with the rest of the walnuts.
  • Bake for 35-40 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean (or with a few tiny crumbs).
  • Let it cool for 5 minutes and remove from the pan on to a wire rack. Let it cool before slicing.
  • If you are using chocolate drizzle, place the chocolate chips in a glass bowl and melt in the microwave in 30-second intervals, mixing after each time until fully melted.
  • Drizzle the melted chocolate over the brownie and sprinkle with dried strawberries.
  • Slice & serve.

Video

Notes

  • To Store leftovers: Place the leftover brownies in an airtight container after they come to room temperature. Store in the fridge for up to 4 days. You can also store them on your counter in the same fashion for a day as long as your kitchen stays fairly cool. 
  • Freezing: To freeze, bring brownies to room temperature, individually wrap them with parchment paper, and store them in an airtight container in the freezer for up to a month.
  • Thawing: To thaw, let it sit on the counter for 15 minutes, warm in a low-heat (300 degrees F) oven for 10-15 minutes, and serve.

Nutrition

Calories: 375kcal | Carbohydrates: 38g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 23g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 73mg | Sodium: 32mg | Potassium: 136mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 31g | Vitamin A: 106IU | Calcium: 103mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-brownies/feed/ 35
Christmas Fruit Salad https://foolproofliving.com/christmas-fruit-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/christmas-fruit-salad/#respond Mon, 23 Dec 2024 15:15:59 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=79518 Making a fruit salad for Christmas is probably one of the easiest ways to bring a burst of color, freshness,…]]>

Making a fruit salad for Christmas is probably one of the easiest ways to bring a burst of color, freshness, and flavor to your holiday table with minimal effort. While I focused on red and green fruits to keep it festive, the great thing about this recipe is that you can use virtually any fruits you have on hand.

Christmas salad with fruit in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients and Substitutions:

Like any great salad recipe, this fruit Christmas salad has two main components: the dressing and the fruit. To achieve the best flavor and texture, use ripe—but not overripe—fruits. Here’s everything you’ll need:

For the Dressing:

The dressing ingredients to make Christmas brunch fruit salad.
  • Maple Syrup: With its rich, caramel-like flavor, maple syrup adds a touch of natural sweetness to the salad. If you prefer, honey makes an excellent substitute.
  • Lemon zest: Be sure to zest the lemon before squeezing it, and whatever you do, do not skip using it, as it enhances the dressing by adding a concentrated burst of citrus flavor and aroma.
  • Lemon Juice: The bright, tangy flavor of lemon juice adds a refreshing tartness to the salad, while its acidity helps prevent the apples and pears from oxidizing and browning. However, you can use other citrus and fruit juices like lime juice, pineapple juice or orange juice.
  • Vanilla Extract
  • Spices: Ground cinnamon and a pinch of nutmeg add warm, spiced notes to the dressing, giving it a cozy, festive flavor perfect for the holiday season. 

For the Fruit Salad:

While I am listing a bunch of fruits, feel free to use this as a guide and a place to start to make your own winter fruit salad with whatever fruit you have on hand.

The fruit used in the recipe in bowls.
  • Apples: I used a combination of green apples (such as Granny Smit) and red apples (Gala or Honeycrisp), but any other type of apple would be lovely.
  • Pear (Red, Anjou, or Bosc): Sweet and juicy pears balance the tartness coming from apples. 
  • Oranges: You can use a combination of navel oranges and mandarin oranges (if you can get your hands on them). I know it is an extra step, but take the time to segment the orange for a clean, membrane-free presentation that ensures each piece is tender, juicy, and easy to eat. Alternatively, you can use clementines as a substitute if you can get your hands on them.
  • Kiwis: I included kiwis for their green color and sweet and tart flavor. 
  • Red or green grapes: When buying grapes for making this Christmas day fruit salad, be sure to choose firm, seedless green or red grapes for the best texture and ease of eating.
  • Pomegranate seeds: Many Christmas recipes with fruit feature pomegranate arils, not just for their sweet-tart flavor but also for their vibrant, jewel-like pop of color they bring to the dish. Here is an easy way to cut pomegranate if you need a refresher.
  • Raspberries: I included raspberries for their vibrant red color and to add a delicate, softer texture that balances the crunch of the other fruits in the salad. Strawberries would be a great substitute if you can’t find raspberries.

Optional Toppings:

Many Christmas fruit dishes can end up looking like just a simple pile of fruit in a bowl. While optional, by adding a few thoughtful toppings, you can elevate the presentation and bring in extra pops of color and texture, making the salad as stunning as it is delicious. Try adding:

  • Coconut flakes: If you have the time, toast them to enhance their flavor with a warm, nutty aroma that adds even more depth to the salad.
  • Fresh mint: A few sprigs of fresh mint can add a refreshing aroma and a vibrant pop of green, making your salad look and taste even more festive.

How To Make Christmas Fruit Salad?

Yes, there’s a bit of chopping involved, but don’t let that intimidate you—this xmas fruit salad recipe is super simple to put together. It’s quick to assemble, making it a great choice for busy holiday mornings. Here’s how to do it:

A collage of images showing how to make fruit bowl for Christmas.
  1. Make the Dressing: To keep cleanup simple, prepare the dressing directly in a large bowl. Whisk together the maple syrup, lemon juice, lemon zest, vanilla extract, ground cinnamon, and nutmeg until well combined.
  2. Chop the Fruit: Begin by chopping the apples and pears, then add them to the bowl with the dressing. Coating them in the acidic dressing immediately helps prevent browning. Continue peeling and chopping the rest of the fruit (except raspberries) and place them in the bowl. Give it a toss to ensure all the fruit is evenly distributed and coated with the dressing. If you have the time, chill it for an hour or for upto six hours before serving.
  3. Garnish and serve: Right before serving, top it off with raspberries and garnish with coconut flakes and/or fresh mint, if using. 

How To Make Ahead, Store and Freeze?

Once you’ve made this fruit salad for xmas, you won’t want any of it to go to waste. With a bit of planning, you can keep it fresh and delicious for longer. Here’s how:

  • Make ahead: Prepare the salad dressing and store it in a jar in the fridge for up to two days in advance. You can rinse, peel, and cut all the fruits—except the apples and pear—a day ahead. Keep in mind that pre-cut fruit will release some of their juices. When you’re ready to serve, chop the apples and pear, add them to a bowl with the other fruits, and drizzle everything with the dressing. Add the raspberries and serve.
  • Storage: Store leftovers of this holiday fruit bowl in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Keep in mind that the fruits will release their juices over time, but the salad will still taste great. Give it a good toss before serving.
  • Freezing: The leftovers of this Christmas fruit salad can be used to make smoothies. However, I recommend draining the juices (and the dressing) before freezing. Once drained, portion and place the leftover fruit in freezer-safe bags and freeze for upto 3 months.

Expert Tips:

  • Uniform Cuts: Chop all fruits into similar-sized pieces for even mixing and easy eating. If you have the time, use cookie cutters (affiliate link) to cut apples and pears in fun shapes (like I did in the pictures). This is especially a fun way to make this salad with kids.
A collage of images showing cutting of the fruit using cookie cutters and the finished dish.
  • Presentation: Use a clear trifle dish or a colorful holiday fruit bowl to show off the salad’s vibrant red and green colors, perfect for a Christmas morning fruit salad centerpiece.
  • Add Raspberries Last: I intentionally added the raspberries at the last minute as their soft texture can easily break.
  • Portion Planning: This recipe yields approximately 8 cups, suitable for a small Christmas dinner, but can be multiplied as needed. 
  • Make it your own: This recipe is a perfect starting point for creating your own signature fruit salad for any holiday! While the citrus-maple dressing is my go-to for Christmas, I love switching things up for other occasions. For Thanksgiving, I’ll often use my honey lime dressing for a bright, zesty twist that complements the autumnal flavors of the season. For Easter, I might add a splash of orange blossom water to the dressing for a festive springtime touch. No matter the holiday, this salad is versatile enough to adapt and impress every time!

Serving Suggestions:

This Christmas fruit salad recipe is wonderful when served on its own or as a refreshing side dish, but why not make it extra special for the holidays? Here are a few indulgent serving ideas to take it to the next level:

You Might Also Like

If you make this festive fruit salad recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
Christmas fruit salad in a bowl.
Print

Christmas Fruit Salad Recipe

Celebrate the holidays with this easy Christmas Fruit Salad recipe. Red and green fruits, drizzled with a citrus-maple dressing, make it a light and refreshing addition to your holiday table.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 8 servings
Calories 277kcal

Ingredients

For the dressing

  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup or honey
  • 1 teaspoon lemon zest
  • ¼ cup lemon juice freshly squeezed or lime juice
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • Pinch of nutmeg

For the fruit salad

  • 1 green apple (about 1 ½ cups) peeled, cored and cut into ½ -inch cubes – such as Granny smith apples
  • 1 red apple about 1 ½ cups, peeled, cored and cut into ½ -inch cubes – such as Honey Crisp, Gala or Fuji
  • 1 pear (180g/1 ½ cups) peeled, cored and cut into ½ -inch cubes – such as Red, Anjou or Bosc
  • 2 oranges (140g) peeled and segmented or mandarin oranges
  • 2 kiwis (142g/1 cup) peeled, quartered, and cut into ½- inch cubes
  • 1 cup green grapes 190g cut in half
  • 1 cup pomegranate arils (160g)
  • 6 ounces raspberries (170g)

Optional Garnish

  • Sprigs of mint optional topping

Instructions

  • To make the dressing: In a large salad bowl, whisk together the maple syrup, lemon juice, lemon zest, vanilla extract, cinnamon and nutmeg.
  • To make the salad: Add the apple, pear, orange segments, kiwis, grapes and pomegranate arils. Toss to coat thoroughly. Chill for at least an hour or up to 6 hours in the refrigerator.
  • Right before serving, top it off with raspberries and garnish with fresh mint leaves, if using. Serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes approximately 8 cups of fruit salad, ideal for 8 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Make ahead: Prepare the salad dressing and store it in a jar in the fridge for up to two days in advance. You can rinse, peel, and cut all the fruits—except the apples and pear—a day ahead. When you’re ready to serve, chop the apples and pear, add them to a bowl with the other fruits, and drizzle everything with the dressing. Add the raspberries and serve.
  • Storage: Store leftovers of this holiday fruit bowl in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. 
  • Freezing: The leftovers of this fruit salad can be used to make smoothies. However, I recommend draining the juices (and the dressing) before freezing. Once drained, portion and place the leftover fruit in freezer-safe bags and freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Uniform Cuts: Chop all fruits into bite-sized pieces for even mixing. If you have the time, use cookie cutters to shape the apples and pears into fun designs (like I did in the pictures). It’s a great way to make the salad more festive and a fun activity to enjoy with kids!
  • Presentation: You can serve this salad in a large salad bowl or transfer it into a trifle dish, if you have one. Alternatively, you can place it in a large platter as well.

Nutrition

Calories: 277kcal | Carbohydrates: 57.1g | Protein: 2.8g | Fat: 5.4g | Sodium: 6mg | Potassium: 405mg | Sugar: 40.4g | Calcium: 100mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/christmas-fruit-salad/feed/ 0
Easy Cranberry Apple Cake https://foolproofliving.com/easy-cranberry-and-apple-cake/ https://foolproofliving.com/easy-cranberry-and-apple-cake/#comments Sat, 21 Dec 2024 15:27:01 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1865 Bright red cranberries and tart apples capture the essence of cozy, cold-weather cooking, bringing a festive warmth to your table.…]]>

Bright red cranberries and tart apples capture the essence of cozy, cold-weather cooking, bringing a festive warmth to your table. This apple cranberry cake is the perfect centerpiece for a holiday gathering, whether celebrating with family or hosting friends. 

And if you find yourself with extra cranberries, don’t let them go to waste—transform them into a stunning Cranberry Almond Tart or a versatile Cranberry Maple Sauce to complement your holiday spread.

Cranberry and apple cake being sliced by a person.

Ingredients and Substitutions:

This apple and cranberry cake is made with a list of simple ingredients. Here’s more detail about what we need from the grocery store:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Cranberries: You can use fresh or frozen cranberries. Take the advice of the Barefoot Contessa herself and buy a few extra bags of fresh cranberries when they are widely available in the fall and freeze the extra. Also, sort through the cranberries and pick out any stems.
  • Apples: I recommend a Granny Smith apple since it is tart and balances the sweetness. With that said, you can use any variety of apples you prefer, like Gala, Pink Lady, or Jonagold.
  • Coconut Sugar: Coconut sugar keeps the filling naturally sweetened, but you can use light brown sugar instead.
  • Orange Zest: Be sure to zest the orange before squeezing it.
  • Orange Juice: Freshly squeezed orange juice from a fresh orange will provide the best flavor.
  • Ground Cinnamon
  • Large Eggs: Ina uses extra large eggs in her original recipe, but I can never get my hands on them. Large eggs work just fine.
  • Cane Sugar: I like to use organic cane sugar for the cake recipe, but you can use granulated sugar if that is all you have. Make sure to save some extra for sprinkling on top just before baking.
  • Unsalted Butter: Unsalted butter controls the salt in the recipe. If you only have salted butter, omit the salt in the recipe. It is essential to let it cool before mixing it with the rest of the ingredients.
  • Vanilla Extract: A hint of pure vanilla extract rounds out the flavors.
  • Sour Cream: Full-fat sour cream provides the best texture and tang. Creme fraiche would be a wonderful substitute, or full-fat Greek yogurt, too.
  • All-Purpose Flour: Regular all-purpose flour creates a cohesive cake batter. If you want to make this gluten-free, use 1:1 gluten-free baking flour.
  • Kosher Salt

How to Make Ina’s Cranberry Apple Cake Recipe?

There is nothing to it. This apple cranberry pie recipe is so easy to make, it will become a new holiday staple. Here are the step-by-step instructions:

  1. Preheat oven: Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F/163 C. Grease a 10-inch glass pie plate with butter or cooking spray. 
A collage of images showing how to make the batter for this cranberry and apple cake.
  1. Mix fruit filling: Add fresh cranberries, apple, coconut sugar, orange zest, orange juice, and ground cinnamon to a large bowl. Mix to combine.
  2. Whip eggs: Using a hand mixer, beat the eggs on medium-high speed until thickened, about 2 minutes.
  3. Add wet ingredients: Add the cup of cane (or granulated) sugar, cooled butter, vanilla extract, and sour cream and mix on low speed until combined.
  4. Add dry ingredients: With the mixer still running, add the flour and salt. Mix until just combined. Do not overmix.
A collage of images showing the steps to baking this cake.
  1. Fold in fruit mixture: Fold in the cranberry apple mix with a rubber spatula.
  2. Transfer to baking pan: Pour the cake batter into the prepared baking dish. Sprinkle the top with the remaining tablespoon of sugar.
  3. Bake: Bake for 60-65 minutes, until lightly golden brown. The cake is done when the middle of the cake is pierced with a toothpick, and it comes out clean. Cool for 15 minutes before serving.

What to Serve It With?

It’s important to note, that the flavor of this cake is more sour than sweet, which is why I love to serve it with a creamy component to balance the sourness. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

  • Ice Cream: Serve it with a scoop of vanilla ice cream or our Vanilla Honey Ice Cream if you want to try something new.
  • Whipped Cream: A dollop of whipped cream would be extra delicious, like our Maple Whipped Cream.
  • Creme Fraiche: Creme fraiche is another rich, tangy counterpoint that makes it elegant and divine.
  • Yogurt: Another good idea is Vanilla Yogurt if you don’t have any other toppings on hand.
Freshly baked cake from the top view.

How to Store Leftovers?

This cranberry apple dessert is best served the day it is made, but it can be stored for later with fantastic results. Here are my best storage and reheating tips:

  • Storage: The cake is very moist because of the fresh fruit. For this reason, I allow it to come to room temperature and then store it in an airtight container in the fridge. The cake will last for 3 days.
  • Reheat: While you can enjoy the cake cold, if you prefer it warm, reheat in a low oven (300 degrees F) until warm, about 5-10 minutes, depending on the size of your slice.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this Easy Cranberry Apple Cake recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. If you take some pictures, share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe is adapted from Ina Garten’s cookbook Barefoot Contessa, How Easy Is That?

Cranberry and apple cake is being sliced from the top view.
Print

Easy Cranberry Apple Cake Recipe

An easy to make and quick to put together Cranberry Apple Cake recipe right out of Barefoot Contessa's cookbook. A recipe that I make every year as soon as the fresh cranberries are available in the market.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 15 minutes
Servings 8 servings
Calories 389kcal

Ingredients

  • 12 ounces fresh cranberries rinsed and picked over to remove stems (frozen cranberries can also be used)
  • 1 Granny Smith apple peeled, cored and diced into 1-inch cubes
  • ½ cup coconut sugar or light brown sugar
  • 1 tablespoon orange zest grated zest from 1 orange
  • ¼ cup orange juice
  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • 2 large eggs at room temperature
  • 1 cup cane sugar plus 1 tablespoon to garnish or granulated sugar
  • ¼ pound unsalted butter melted, cooled slightly plus more for greasing the pie plate
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ¼ cup sour cream full fat
  • 1 cup all-purpose flour
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F/163 C. Grease a 10-inch pie plate with butter or cooking spray and set it aside.
  • In a large bowl, add cranberries, diced apple, ½ cup coconut (or brown) sugar, orange zest, orange juice, and ground cinnamon. Mix to combine. Set aside.
  • Using a hand mixer, beat the eggs until frothy, approximately 2 minutes.
  • Add 1 cup of cane (or granulated) sugar, melted and cooled butter, vanilla extract, and sour cream. Beat on low until thoroughly combined.
  • While the mixer is on low, add flour and salt. Mix just until combined. Do not overmix.
  • Fold the batter into the fruit mixture, ensuring that the fruit and batter are evenly distributed and mixed.
  • Pour the mixture into the 10-inch pie place. Sprinkle with the additional tablespoon of cane sugar.
  • Place in the oven and bake for 60-65 minutes* until lightly brown. To test for doneness, insert the cake with a toothpick or sharp knife. It should come out clean when removed.
  • Let cool for 15 minutes and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes a 10-inch cake that serves 8 slices. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Baking dish: You must use a 10-inch baking dish. We tested it with a 9-inch pie pan and the cake batter overflowed. However, if you only have a 9-inch baking dish, place it on a baking sheet before baking it in the oven. The baking sheet will catch any cake batter if the cake starts to overflow.
  • Bake time*: While Ina Garten’s recipe calls for a baking time of 55 – 60 minutes, we found it took longer for us. I recommend you start checking it with the toothpick test at the 55-minute mark. Then, bake in additional 5-minute increments if it is not ready.

Nutrition

Calories: 389kcal | Carbohydrates: 87g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 60mg | Sodium: 133mg | Potassium: 182mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 64g | Vitamin A: 210IU | Vitamin C: 15mg | Calcium: 47mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/easy-cranberry-and-apple-cake/feed/ 20
Mont Blanc Dessert https://foolproofliving.com/mont-blanc-dessert/ https://foolproofliving.com/mont-blanc-dessert/#respond Wed, 04 Dec 2024 17:54:41 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=79170 If you’ve been looking for ideas for what to do with all of those chestnuts you’ve been roasting this holiday…]]>

If you’ve been looking for ideas for what to do with all of those chestnuts you’ve been roasting this holiday season (or boiling, fire-roasting, or air frying, for that matter!), then this Mont Blanc recipe is your elegant, decadent answer to what to do with chestnuts.

While it is a slightly more hands-on recipe than you may be used to here on Foolproof Living, we believe the finished chestnut mont blanc is well worth the effort. The combination of crisp meringue, sweetened cream, and the nutty notes in the chestnut puree is divine! 

Chestnut mont blanc on a plate from the front view.

Below, you will find everything you need to know, including step-by-step photos, equipment to use, and some time-saving tips to help make this Mont Blanc dessert recipe approachable and accessible for you to master as an at-home baker.

What is Mont Blanc dessert made of? 

Our recipe for Mont Blanc is split into three separate components. We’ve listed the ingredients needed for each part of the recipe below—each requires a short list of easy-to-find ingredients.

Mont Blanc Meringue Ingredients:

Ingredients from the top view.
  • Egg whites: You’ll need two large egg whites to make enough for ten individual servings of this French Mont Blanc dessert. It is best to separate the egg whites from the yolks when the eggs are cold—this will help you keep them out of whites, which is essential for a proper meringue. 
  • Cane sugar: We used natural cane sugar in this recipe, but you can also swap in coconut sugar or granulated sugar. 
  • White vinegar and cream of tartar: Both of these ingredients add acidity, which helps aerate the meringue structure quicker and greatly improves the structure. 
  • Vanilla extract: Just a touch adds sweetness and flavor to the meringue discs.

Mont Blanc Chestnut Puree Ingredients:

  • Chestnuts: We’re using store-bought peeled and cooked chestnuts (affiliate link), which are readily available and reduce the preparation time by skipping the roasting and peeling of the chestnuts. But if you’d like to cook the chestnuts yourself, you can follow my recipes for roasted chestnuts in the oven, boiled chestnuts, air fried chestnuts, or roasting chestnuts on an open fire.
  • Milk: We used whole milk in this recipe and recommend sticking to full-fat dairy here rather than skim milk.
  • Kosher salt: Kosher’s granule size is key here, so we recommend not swapping in table salt. 
  • Cane sugar: We used natural cane sugar in this recipe, but you can also use coconut sugar or granulated sugar. 
  • Vanilla extract: If you’d like a richer flavor than extract, feel free to swap in half of a whole vanilla bean with the seeds scraped out. 

Mont Blanc Whipped Cream Ingredients:

Ingredients for the whipped cream from the top view.
  • Heavy cream: Both heavy cream and whipping cream can be used in this recipe. The cream must be cold to whip successfully, so we recommend removing it from the fridge right before using it.
  • Maple syrup: Two tablespoons is enough to sweeten the cream. Make sure to use proper maple syrup rather than maple flavoring—the taste is far superior and perfectly complements the chestnut flavors.
  • Vanilla extract and kosher salt: These two ingredients add flavor and balance to the whipped cream. 

Mont Blanc Dessert Finishing Decor Ingredients (Optional):

  • Powdered (confectioners) sugar: Traditionally, Mont Blanc cake is dusted in powdered sugar over the top of the domed chestnut puree strands. The confectioner’s sugar adds sweetness, making this dessert resemble the highest snowy mountains in the Alps.
  • Edible gold leaf: It is optional, but if you’d like to add a pop of color to this decadent dessert, you can decorate the finished dessert with pieces of gold leaf (affiliate link).

How To Make Mont Blanc Dessert?

While the process below might look intimidating, we covered all the detailed steps to walk you through. After all, this is one of the most iconic chestnut desserts of all time, and we hope that after reviewing each component covered below, you will see that it is actually not that difficult.

Make The Meringue

Start by making mont blanc with the meringue as it takes the most amount of time. Below are the steps to making the meringue:

  1. Get your oven ready: Preheat your oven to 200 degrees F. (93 degrees C.) Line your baking sheet with parchment paper. 
A collage of images showing how to make meringue for this chestnut dessert.
  1. Create a bain-marie: A bain-marie is essentially a double boiler, so if you have one, feel free to use it here. Otherwise, place a bowl over a pan of simmering water—just make sure the pan doesn’t touch the water. 
  2. Dissolve the sugar in warmed egg whites: Add the egg whites and sugar to the bowl and stir continuously with a rubber spatula. Scrape down the sides as you go to ensure all of the sugar is blended into the mixture. Keep stirring until the sugar has completely dissolved and no grains are left. You can test this by rubbing some mixture between your fingers, or when the mixture has reached 160 degrees F. (71 degrees C).
  3. Whisk the egg mixture: Add the egg white mixture to a stand mixer’s bowl and whisk until aerated. Then add the vanilla extract, cream of tartar, and vinegar. 
  4. Whip into peaks: Turn the speed up and whip the mixture until it’s cooled, voluminous, and glossy. When the whisk is lifted out, the mixture should stand in stiff peaks. 
Person showing how to pipe meringue.
  1. Pipe the meringue: Spoon the meringue into a piping bag fitted with a large round tip (affiliate link). You can also cut the end off a ziplock bag, leaving a roughly 1” diameter hole—pipe ten meringue rounds onto a parchment paper-lined baking sheet. The discs should have a dome and be 2 inches or so in diameter. Use the back of a spoon to clean them up if necessary.
  2. Bake the meringues: Transfer the tray to the oven and bake for one and a half hours. Do not open the door at any point. When done, turn the oven off and let the meringues cool in the oven for a couple of hours. In the end, they should be fully cooled and crisp to the touch. 

Make The Chesnut Puree

It is best to make the chestnut puree while the meringues are baking. Below are the basic steps of making chestnut puree (also called chestnut vermicelli). You can learn more about it in our chestnut puree recipe if you need further information.

  1. Soften the chestnuts: Add chestnuts, milk, sugar, vanilla extract, and salt to a saucepan set over medium-high heat on the stovetop. Cook for 20-30 minutes or until the milk has reduced by half. Keep a close eye on it and stir it frequently. 
  2. Strain: Pass the mixture through a strainer, reserving the reduced milk mixture. Let the chestnuts and milk cool for 10 minutes. 
Steps showing how to make chestnut cream in a food processor.
  1. Puree the chestnuts: Add the softened chestnuts to the bowl of a food processor along with ½ cup of the reserved milk mixture. Blend until a smooth puree is formed. Add more milk, if necessary, in one tablespoon increments until you have a perfectly smooth, pipeable consistency. 
  2. Pass the puree through a sieve: Since we’ll pass the puree through the piping tip to turn it into “vermicelli”, it is imperative that the puree have no lumps. Therefore, while it might come as an extra step, pressing it through a fine mesh sieve is best to produce a beautifully smooth chestnut puree. We’ll then cover it and let it rest at room temperature to cool completely.

Make The Whipped Cream:

While it is not traditional, we use our maple whipped cream for this chestnut Mont Blanc dessert recipe. That being said, if you want, you can use more of a traditional whipped cream made with confectioner sugar instead.

A collage of images showing how to make whipped cream.
  1. Gather the ingredients: Add heavy cream, maple syrup, and salt to the bowl of your electric mixer fitted with the whisk attachment. 
  2. Whip the cream to firm peaks: Start whisking on low until the cream has soft peaks. Then, turn the mixer up to medium and continue to whisk until the cream forms a firm peak and holds its shape. 
  3. Cool: Refrigerate until ready to assemble your Mont Blanc.

The Assembly

A collage of images showing how to assemble French mont blanc dessert.
  1. Pipe cream onto meringues: Place the meringues onto a serving platter. Spoon the maple whipped cream into a piping bag fitted with a medium piping tip. Pipe dollops of cream onto the meringue. The shape of the meringue with cream on top should resemble a mountain’s peak. 
  2. Pipe on chestnut puree: Spoon the chestnut paste dessert into a piping bag fitted with a small piping tip (affiliate link) and pipe the puree around the whipped cream until the cream is completely covered. This is called chestnut vermicelli; how thin your piping tip is will determine the thickness of the strands. Don’t worry about them being perfect. Do your best to create the highest mountain you can. It is totally fine for it to look rustic.
  3. Decorate: Dust the top of the meringue liberally with powdered sugar (for white mountains) and decorate it with flakes of edible gold leaf, if preferred. Alternatively, sprinkle broken-up meringue (or grated chocolate) over the top. Serve immediately. 

How To Make Ahead & Store?

This is one of those recipes that definitely benefits from some pre-planning. Here are some helpful tips on how to prep & store the various elements.

  • Make Ahead: All three elements can be made a day before serving. Simply make the meringues the night before and let them cool in the oven overnight. You can make the chestnut puree and whipped cream a day in advance and store them in the refrigerator until you are ready to assemble this chestnut dessert. However, we recommend removing the chestnut puree and letting it come to room temperature before piping.
  • Storage: We recommend assembling your Mont Blanc desserts right before serving, as the meringue will soften and lose its crisp exterior quickly. If you’d like, you can store the separate components individually, though the completed dessert will not hold up.

Expert Tips

As far as dessert recipes with chestnuts go, this one is quite involved. However, if you’re excited to undertake this impressive French delicacy, then these Mont Blanc dessert tips and tricks will help you achieve a gorgeous final product:  

  • Use clean and dry equipment: This is one of the most important factors when making meringue. Your bowl, whisk, and utensils should be clean, dry, and grease-free. Any residue can inhibit the egg whites from whipping to the necessary voluminous peaks.
  • Go low and slow when baking meringue: Don’t be tempted to turn the oven up to speed up the process. The meringue will only brown and have a burnt taste. Baking them in a low-heat oven helps dry out the egg whites, resulting in the signature crisp shell meringues known for.
  • Process your puree for long enough: The chestnut puree must be smooth. Blend it in the food processor thoroughly, scraping the sides and base periodically. The piping tip used to create the chestnut vermicelli is so small that any lumps in the puree will get stuck in the tip when piping around the cream—a smooth, blended texture will avoid this frustration.
  • Chestnut Cream: While testing this recipe, we noticed that some versions incorporate store-bought chestnut cream (a popular brand is Clement Faugier) to thin out the puree. However, since chestnut cream can be hard to find in the US, we opted to make our own puree from scratch using only chestnuts.
  • Be patient when piping: Don’t rush the piping stage. Piping the chestnut puree is the main wow factor of this dessert. Start from the bottom and patiently go around the dome until fully covered. Also, remember that there’s no such thing as too messy. Snow-capped mountains are rustic!
  • Assemble the individual Mont Blanc desserts right before serving: This recipe is best eaten on the day it’s served. The meringue will soften from the moisture of the cream if left for too long. 
  • Turn it into a Mont Blanc cake (aka Gateau Mont Blanc): As we worked on this recipe, we found variations where bakers turned this chestnut paste dessert into individual cakes by placing the meringue, cream, and chestnut vermicelli over a sponge cake. If you want to go in that direction, bake a sponge cake, bring it to room temperature, and cut rounds using a round cookie cutter (no larger than the diameter of your meringue). To assemble, place the meringue, and whipped cream on top and then pipe the chestnut puree over, starting from the bottom and going around until you reach the top and the whole thing is covered with chestnut vermicelli.
French chestnut dessert on a plate decorated with powdered sugar and edible gold leaf.

FAQs

What is a Mont Blanc dessert?

Mont Blanc is a French dessert created in the 19th century in Paris. It’s made by layering a disc of meringue with a dome of cream. Strands of sweet chestnut puree encase the outside of the cream and are dusted in powdered sugar to create the visual effects of mountain peaks.

What is the difference between Mont Blanc and Monte Bianco?

Monte Bianco dessert is the Italian variation of Mont Blanc with a few minor differences. While both versions featured sweetened chestnut puree, the Italian version usually includes the addition of rum (or other liqueurs) and cocoa powder. 

What does Mont Blanc taste like?

Mont Blanch has a rich flavor profile, predominantly characterized by the earthy taste of sweetened chestnuts with a slightly buttery and nutty undertone. It is balanced with the mildly sweetened whipped cream and the crispy sweet meringue. The overall flavor is mildly sweet and luxurious chestnut dessert that celebrates the harmony of creamy textures and earthy autumnal flavors.

Other Chestnut Recipes

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make this recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Mont blanc dessert on a small plate.
Print

Mont Blanc Dessert Recipe

Chestnuts are the essence of holiday indulgence, and the Gateau Mont Blanc recipe is the perfect way to showcase their rich, nutty flavor. This elegant dessert features a crisp baked meringue base, topped with airy whipped cream and a delicate swirl of sweetened chestnut puree, finished with a dusting of powdered sugar.
Course Dessert
Cuisine French
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 45 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour 30 minutes
Chill time 30 minutes
Total Time 2 hours 45 minutes
Servings 10 servings
Calories 210kcal

Ingredients

For The Meringue

  • 2 large egg whites at room temperature
  • 6 tablespoons cane sugar or granulated sugar
  • ½ tsp vanilla extract
  • ¼ tsp cream of tartar
  • ¼ tsp white distilled vinegar or lemon juice

For The Chestnut Puree

  • 1 ½ cups chestnuts cooked peeled – storebought, or roast your own
  • 1 ½ cups whole milk
  • 2 tablespoons cane sugar or granulated or coconut sugar
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • Pinch kosher salt

For The Maple Whipped Cream

  • 1 cup heavy cream cold
  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract or ½ vanilla bean (seeds scraped)
  • 1/8 teaspoon kosher salt

To Decorate

  • ¼ cup powdered sugar
  • Edible gold leaf optional

Instructions

To Make The Meringue:

  • Preheat the oven to 200F. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
  • On the stovetop, bring a saucepan with a few inches of water to a simmer. Add the egg whites and sugar into a clean metal or glass bowl and place it over the pan of water to make a double boiler. Be careful that the water does not touch the base of the bowl.
  • Using a rubber spatula, gently and continuously stir the egg whites and sugar mixture, scraping down the sides and bottom of the bowl. Stir until the egg whites are warmed throughly and the sugar crystals have dissolved. This takes about 4 to 6 minutes. Test this by rubbing some of the mixture between your thumb and forefinger. The mixture should be warm to the touch, and you should not feel any sugar grains. If you do, it needs a little longer. Alternatively, a temperature probe should read 160F (70C) for a more accurate reading.
  • Remove the bowl from the heat and pour the mixture into the clean bowl of a stand mixer fitted with a whisk attachment. Alternatively, use a handheld electric whisk. Whisk on medium to low until the egg whites are foamy. Add in the vanilla extract, cream of tartar, and vinegar.
  • Increase the speed to medium-high and whisk until the mixture has cooled significantly. The meringue should be voluminous and glossy, and when the whisk is removed, you should get stiff peaks.
  • Spoon the meringue into a piping bag fitted with a large plain piping tip, and pipe ten 2-inch round meringues* in a swirling motion so they end up approximately 1.5 inches tall on the tray in a cone shape. Once piped, you can use an offset spatula to clean them up, if necessary. With any remaining meringue, pipe little meringues that can be used as decoration or enjoyed separately.
  • Bake the meringues for 1 ½ hours or until they are crisp. Remove the tray from the oven and leave to cool thoroughly. Or, if you have the time, leave it in the oven to cool thoroughly.

To Make The Chestnut Puree:

  • Add chestnuts, milk, sugar, vanilla extract, and salt to a saucepan set over medium-high heat on the stovetop.
  • Bring liquid to a boil, reduce heat, and simmer on medium to low heat, stirring occasionally, for 20-30 minutes or until the milk has reduced to 2/3 cup and the chestnuts are tender. Towards the end, stir more frequently to prevent the liquid from scorching on the base and to break up the chestnuts.
  • Place a mesh strainer over a bowl and strain the chestnuts from the liquid, keeping it for later. Allow the chestnuts and liquid to cool for ten minutes or so.
  • Transfer the semi-cooled chestnuts to the bowl of a food processor, adding ½ cup of the reserved liquid. Process until pureed, stopping and scraping down the base and sides a few times.
  • If necessary, add more of the reserved liquid (in one-tablespoon increments) until a smooth, pipeable consistency is achieved that will hold its shape.
  • Press the chestnut puree through a fine mesh sieve to remove any remaining lumps and ensure the puree is extra smooth. Cover until ready to assemble.

To Make the Maple Whipped Cream:

  • Add all of the ingredients to the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with a whisk attachment. Whisk at medium-low speed until it reaches soft peaks, about 1 minute.
  • Increase the speed to medium and whip until firm peaks form. Cover and refrigerate until you are ready to assemble.

To Assemble:

  • Arrange meringues onto a serving platter.
  • Spoon the chestnut puree into a piping bag fitted with a small plain piping tip. Set it aside.
  • Spoon whipped cream into a piping bag fitted with a medium plain piping tip.
  • Pipe whipped cream onto the meringue in a cone shape. Smooth the cream with a spatula, if necessary.
  • Pipe the chestnut puree around the whipped cream in overlapping circles, starting from the bottom and going around until the entire cone is covered.
  • When ready to serve, dust with powdered sugar and decorate with edible gold leaf, if preferred.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 10 chestnut mont blancs. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • *Helpful guide: If you are new to making meringue, you can use a small glass or bowl 2 inches in diameter and draw around it on the parchment paper to guide you through. Just be sure to flip the paper over before piping. You should see the circles through the paper as you pipe the meringue.
  • Whipped Cream: We used our maple whipped cream to make sure that this recipe is naturally sweetened, but you can use any whipped cream recipe you like.
  • To Make Ahead: You can make all components of this recipe a day or two in advance, store them individually and assemble them right before serving.
  • Storing Leftovers: This is one dessert that doesn’t store well. Therefore, we recommend storing each component separately and assembling it right before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 210kcal | Carbohydrates: 27g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 31mg | Sodium: 61mg | Potassium: 215mg | Sugar: 18g | Vitamin A: 415IU | Vitamin C: 9mg | Calcium: 70mg | Iron: 0.2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/mont-blanc-dessert/feed/ 0
Marron Glace Recipe (Candied Chestnuts) https://foolproofliving.com/marron-glace-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/marron-glace-recipe/#comments Wed, 04 Dec 2024 17:52:34 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=79176 Humans have relished in candied chestnuts, or marron glacés, since the 16th century. Marron glacé (sometimes also referred to as…]]>

Humans have relished in candied chestnuts, or marron glacés, since the 16th century. Marron glacé (sometimes also referred to as Marron Lyonnaise) originated in Northern Italy and France, where chestnuts thrive in the autumn and winter months. While preparing this French chestnut delicacy does take four days, the hands-on time is surprisingly minimal once your chestnuts are peeled.

If you love roasting chestnuts in the oven or over an open fire but are looking to expand your chestnut repertoire, this European classic is a must-try. Yes, the prep time for this marrons glacés recipe may be a bit lengthy, but the process is straightforward and requires no advanced skills. Plus, making these candied chestnuts at home is far more budget-friendly than purchasing them at the store—without compromising that irresistible sweetness!

Candied chestnuts in a gift box.

What is marron glacé made of? The Ingredients List:

Our recipe for candied chestnuts uses just four basic ingredients. However, the success of the end product will significantly depend on the quality of the ingredients you choose. 

Below is everything you need to look for when buying them:

Chestnuts:

It is no secret that the chestnuts are the star ingredient in this recipe. When buying chestnuts, there are a few things to pay attention to:

  • Get the freshest chestnuts you can find: If possible, we recommend hand-selecting your chestnuts to ensure they are equal in size. Look for those that are plump, smooth, shiny, and without any blemishes or mold. Feel it between your fingers to ensure the skin is not dry. Once you’re back at home, one way to test freshness is to drop your chestnuts in a bowl of water. If any float, discard them, as they’re likely hollow inside the shell.
  • Not all chestnuts are created equal: In terms of chestnut variety, the French ‘marrons’ are superior in quality as they tend to be larger in size and more tender in texture. However, it’s hard to find them here in the US. A great alternative is Italian chestnuts, sold at national supermarkets like Whole Foods and Trader Joe’s during the holiday season. For this recipe, we recommend avoiding Chinese chestnuts. While they tend to be cheaper, we find them more challenging to peel.
  • Store-bought pre-cooked and peeled chestnuts are a great shortcut: If you’re short on time or don’t have access to fresh chestnuts, you can buy them (affiliate link) from the store. One important thing to remember is you need to ensure that the only ingredient used is chestnuts. Store-bought, already-sweetened chestnuts won’t work in this recipe. 
Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

For The Syrup:

  • Water: You need a ratio of 1 part water to 1 part sugar to make the sugar syrup the peeled chestnuts soak in.
  • Vanilla Bean: Use a whole vanilla pod sliced in half to flavor the sugar syrup. The vanilla beans infuse into the syrup for maximum flavor. We advise you against using vanilla extract if you can avoid it. While it won’t ruin the recipe, we found that much of it evaporates along with the water as the syrup reduces.
  • Sugar: Since we do our best to use natural sugars in our recipes, we sweetened the syrup with cane sugar, but granulated white or brown sugar can also be used.

How to Make Marron Glace?

Below are the step-by-step instructions detailing the process of making glazed chestnuts. At first glance, the process might look intimidating, but once you’re done with boiling and peeling the chestnuts, the rest will take no more than 5 minutes a day.

If you’re new to boiling chestnuts, we recommend you first review our guide on How To Boil Chestnuts, as we go into all the nitty gritty details there.

  1. Score the chestnuts: Use a small, sharp knife (or a paring knife, chestnut knife, or a sharp serrated knife) to score a cross outside the shell, right across the middle or “belly” of the chestnuts. Turn it 90 degrees and cut another one, creating an X. Don’t go too deep with your cuts—you want to pierce through the outer shell and the inner fuzzy skin, but do your best not to cut through the flesh too much.
  2. Boil the chestnuts in water: Place two cups of cold water into a medium-sized saucepan and boil over medium heat. Carefully drop the chestnuts into the boiling water and cook for 15-20 minutes. Towards the end, you’ll see the cut part start opening up as they cook, revealing the fuzzy skin on the inside. To check for doneness, carefully remove one chestnut and peel to check if the yellow flesh is fully cooked. If the pulp is soft and creamy, it is cooked. Remove the pan from the heat once they are all (mostly) open.
Person peeling chestnuts and images showing sugar syrup.
  1. Peel your chestnuts while they are still warm: Carefully remove chestnuts one at a time from the hot water and hold them using a clean dish towel if they’re too hot. Using a sharp knife, peel off the shell and fuzzy skin underneath. If you’re having difficulty removing it, place it back in hot water for a few more minutes.
  2. Make the sugar syrup: Place the chestnuts in a colander and rinse them under cool water. Add the sugar and water to a saucepan and bring to a simmer. Stir continuously until the sugar is fully dissolved. Continue simmering for another five minutes until the sugar syrup turns golden brown. If you are using granulated sugar, the syrup should remain clear.
Chestnuts in sugar syrup with vanilla bean.
  1. Cook the chestnuts in the sugar syrup: Add the chestnuts and halved vanilla bean into the syrup. Simmer your marrons in syrup for 10 minutes while stirring gently, being careful not to break up the chestnuts. 
  2. Set aside for 24 hours: After 10 minutes, take the saucepan off the heat, put the lid on, and let it sit on the counter for 24 hours. The chestnuts will cool down in the syrup and soak up some of the liquid as they rest.
  3. Cook the chestnuts in syrup a second time: The next day, place the saucepan back on the stovetop and gently heat the syrup until it is simmering. Continue to simmer for another 3 minutes. Remove from the heat, place the lid back on, and set aside to cool.
Marron glaces drying on a wire rack.
  1. Cook the chestnuts in syrup two more times: Repeat the process of cooking the chestnuts in syrup two more times, waiting 24 hours between each time.
  2. Place chestnuts on a wire rack: After the 4th and final round of simmering in syrup, using a slotted spoon, remove the chestnuts one at a time, draining off excess liquid. Place them onto a baking tray fitted with a wire rack. Continue with the rest of the chestnuts one by one and spread them evenly on the wire rack. Make sure you lift out any little bits that may have broken off.
  3. Dry out the chestnuts in the oven: Preheat the oven to 120F (or as low as it will go) and place the chestnut tray in it. Cook the chestnuts for an hour. Remove the tray from the oven if the nuts have dried and hardened. If they’re still a bit sticky, prop the oven door open and leave the tray inside until thoroughly dried out. 
  4. Serve your marrons glaces: This French confection took effort to make and thus deserves a presentation worthy of your efforts! The best way to serve them is to individually wrap the chestnuts in parchment paper, paper cases, or place them in mini cupcake liners (affiliate link). 

How To Store and Freeze Candied Chestnuts?

  • To store: Wrap each candied chestnut individually in parchment paper. Place in a sealed container and refrigerate for up to a week.
  • To freeze: Store the individually wrapped chestnuts in an airtight container and freeze for up to 1 month. Defrost at room temperature.

Ways To Use Marron Glaces

This candied chestnut recipe is incredibly versatile. Once you’ve made your marrons glacés, there are many ways to enjoy these delicacies:

  • Dessert: Make a Coupe Marron. This is a French classic that, I think, is worthy of your caramelized chestnuts. Add a scoop of vanilla ice cream to a tall glass, add your candied chestnuts, and then top it with a spoonful of whipped cream. It’s a simple yet decadent dessert, perfect for holiday entertaining.
  • Breakfast: Crumble marrons glacés over your favorite oatmeal, porridge, granola, or stack of pancakes
  • Meat and Cheese Board: Adding a sweet element to a cheese and charcuterie board is perfect alongside savory bites. The nutty, sweet earthiness from these chestnuts makes a beautiful, elevated addition to your serving platter.

Expert Tips

While making this glazed chestnuts recipe is fairly simple, there are a few important details to remember. Here are some helpful tips we’ve learned along the way to ensure your first attempt is a success:

  • Patience is key when scoring and peeling chestnuts: Take your time to carefully score the outer shell and fuzzy skin, aiming to pierce the skin without cutting too deeply into the flesh. Once cooked, peel the chestnuts while they’re still hot, as the skin becomes much harder to remove once they cool. Keep a paring knife nearby to help with any stubborn bits of skin that get stuck in the folds of the chestnut.
  • Save the broken pieces: Store them in a jar; they will taste just as good. Use them as a topping for ice cream or oatmeal.
  • Heat the syrup gently: Keep the sugar syrup at a gentle simmer rather than letting it boil. Also, it is best to stir regularly to prevent the chestnuts from sticking to the bottom of the pan and ensure they’re evenly coated throughout the whole process.
  • Watch the sugar syrup level: Towards the end, if your syrup reduces too much, the chestnuts will start sticking to the bottom of the saucepan. If that happens, feel free to add a small amount of water (¼ cup or less) to thin it out and maintain consistency.
  • Keep the sugar syrup: Don’t discard the syrup after removing the chestnuts. Pass it through a sieve and store it in an airtight container in the fridge. It’s a great alternative to maple syrup. I love it when poured into cocktails and drizzled over oatmeal and ice cream.
Candied chestnuts on a plate.

FAQs

What is marron glacé in English?

In English, marron glacé translates to candied chestnuts. It is a French candy made by simmering chestnuts in a sugar syrup until they become tender and coated with a glossy, sugary glaze.

What do marrons glacés taste like?

Marrons glacés are sweet through the center with a hard, sugared exterior and tender, nutty, sweet-tasting flesh.

Why are candied chestnuts so expensive?

Marron glacé is expensive because making them is labor-intensive and time-consuming. Each chestnut must be carefully scored, peeled, and cooked in sugar syrup over several days, requiring precision and attention to detail. Additionally, high-quality chestnuts add to the cost, making it a luxury treat.

Other Chestnut Recipes

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make this recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Marron Glace (Candied chestnuts) on a plate from the top view.
Print

Marron Glace Recipe (Candied Chestnuts)

Marron Glacé, or candied chestnuts, are a luxurious French treat you can make at home. Sweet, nutty, and delicious, but cheaper than store-bought yet just as decadent!
Course Dessert, Snack
Cuisine French
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 1 hour
Cook Time 15 minutes
Resting/cooling time 4 days
Total Time 4 days 1 hour 15 minutes
Servings 12 servings
Calories 240kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ lbs fresh chestnuts should give you 1.25lb/570g when peeled
  • 2 cups water more to boil chestnuts
  • 2 cups cane sugar or granulated sugar
  • 1 vanilla bean cut in half lengthwise

Instructions

  • Place the chestnut on a cutting board flat side down. Hold it firmly between your index finger and thumb and make a horizontal slit and then turn the chestnut 90 degrees and make a second cut forming an “X.” Make sure to score through the hard outer shell and the fuzzy skin underneath. Do your best not to cut any deeper into the chestnut flesh. Repeat the same process for all of the chestnuts.
  • Fill a saucepan with cold water and bring it to a boil. Carefully place the chestnuts into the boiling water and cook for 15-20 minutes. The cut part will start opening up as they cook, revealing the fuzzy skin on the inside. To check for doneness, carefully remove one chestnut and peel to check if the yellow flesh is fully cooked. If the pulp is soft and creamy, it is cooked. Remove the pan from the heat once they are all (mostly) open.
  • Using a slotted spoon, remove one to two chestnuts at a time, as they will be hot. If needed, use a kitchen towel to protect your hands. Carefully peel away the hard outer shell and the fuzzy inner skin, taking care not to break the chestnut. If the fuzzy skin is stuck in the folds of the chestnut, use the tip of a knife or a toothpick to remove it. If the skin is stubborn, return the chestnuts to the hot water for a minute to loosen it, then try peeling again. Once done, you can discard the shells, skins, and cooking water.
  • Place the now-boiled chestnuts into a colander and give them a quick rinse. Set aside.
  • To make the sugar syrup, add 2 cups of water and sugar to a medium-sized saucepan and bring it to a simmer over medium heat. Stir it continuously until the sugar dissolves. This should take no more than 7-9 minutes.
  • Carefully add the vanilla bean and chestnuts to the sugar syrup. Let them simmer for 10 minutes, stirring once every 2-3 minutes.
  • Turn the heat off. Carefully remove the vanilla bean and discard it. Put the lid on and let it sit at temperature for 24 hours.
  • After 24 hours, return the pan to the stove and bring the sugar syrup to a simmer, cooking the chestnuts for 3 minutes. Stir the syrup and chestnuts every few seconds to keep them from sticking to the pan. Once again, remove the pan from the heat, cover with a lid, and set aside at room temperature for 24 hours.
  • Repeat this process twice, heating and cooling every 24 hours (it should be 4 times in total).
  • Line a baking sheet with parchment paper and place a wire rack over it. Preheat the oven to 120F (or as low as your oven can go.)
  • After the final time, carefully remove them one at a time with a slotted spoon. Let the syrup drip off as much as possible. Spread the chestnuts on the wire rack.
  • Transfer the baking sheet to the preheated oven. Bake low and slow for 1 hour*. The chestnuts should be dry and hardened on the outside. If they’re still sticky, turn the oven off, open the door, and leave the chestnuts to continue drying inside.
  • To serve, individually wrap the chestnuts in parchment paper or cellophane or place them in mini cupcake liners. Gift and/or enjoy.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 18-20 candied chestnuts, depending on the size of your chestnuts. I listed the serving as 10 (2 per person) and the nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Short on time? If you are planning to gift these candied chestnuts and make a bigger batch, you can save time by buying already cooked and peeled chestnuts. Just make sure that the only ingredient listed on the packaging is chestnuts.
  • Heat the syrup gently: As you warm up the sugar syrup, keep the sugar syrup at a gentle simmer rather than letting it boil. Also, it is best to stir regularly to prevent the chestnuts from sticking to the bottom of the pan and ensure they’re evenly coated throughout the whole process.
  • To store: Wrap each candied chestnut individually in parchment paper or mini cupcake liners. Place in a sealed container and refrigerate for up to a week. 

Nutrition

Calories: 240kcal | Carbohydrates: 58g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 0.1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.2g | Sodium: 3mg | Potassium: 275mg | Sugar: 33g | Vitamin A: 15IU | Vitamin C: 23mg | Calcium: 12mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/marron-glace-recipe/feed/ 2
Pumpkin Oatmeal Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-oatmeal-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-oatmeal-muffins/#comments Thu, 26 Sep 2024 12:31:01 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11121 Pumpkin season is here, and today’s recipe, pumpkin oat muffins, is exactly what you need. Not only do they not…]]>

Pumpkin season is here, and today’s recipe, pumpkin oat muffins, is exactly what you need. Not only do they not require much effort in the kitchen, but they also make your whole house smell like pumpkin season. 

Like our Easy Pumpkin Bread and Almond Flour Pumpkin Bread, these muffins are a quick breakfast perfect for busy mornings throughout the fall season and best enjoyed with your morning coffee.

Pumpkin oat muffins on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

This pumpkin oatmeal muffins recipe requires just a handful of simple ingredients you probably already have on hand. You will need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text on each ingredient.
  • Coconut Oil: I used melted and cooled coconut oil, but you can also use avocado oil, olive oil, or unsalted butter (though it won’t be dairy-free) if preferred.
  • Sweetener: One of my favorite natural sweeteners is pure maple syrup, but you can also use honey. I would not swap the liquid sweetener out for a dry granulated sweetener (like coconut sugar or brown sugar) because this will affect the moisture content.
  • Eggs: Use two large eggs at room temperature. For a vegan pumpkin and oats muffins recipe, use flax eggs. To make flax eggs that is equal to two eggs, mix two tablespoons of ground flaxseeds (aka flaxseed meal) with 5 tablespoons of water. Let the mixture sit for 10 minutes until it has a gel-like consistency. Use it in the recipe in place of eggs as written.
  • Pumpkin: Make sure to use pure pumpkin puree and not pumpkin pie filling. If you prefer fresh pumpkin puree, you can make yours following this Homemade Pumpkin Puree recipe.
  • Milk: I used unsweetened almond milk, but other options include full-fat coconut milk, cashew milk, or oat milk. You can also use regular whole milk instead.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Whole Wheat Flour: Whole wheat flour keeps adds extra fiber but regular all-purpose flour can be used instead.
  • Kosher Salt: Salt enhances all those oatmeal and pumpkin flavors.
  • Baking Soda: Baking soda helps the muffins rise and promotes a golden brown color.
  • Pumpkin Pie Spice
  • Old-Fashioned Oats: The types of oats you use will determine the final texture of your muffins. I prefer Rolled Oats vs. Quick Oats because they are chewier and more substantial. Quick oats make the muffins too mushy, so I do not recommend using them.
  • Raisins: I highly recommend the raisins because they add the right amount of sweetness. Dried cranberries (apple juice sweetened preferred) are a good substitute.

Optional Add-Ins

Here are some additional mix-ins you can add to these healthy oat pumpkin muffins to make it your own:

  • Pumpkin Seeds: Sprinkle the tops of the muffins with pumpkin seeds (pepitas).
  • Chocolate Chips: To give it that pumpkin-and-chocolate vibe, sprinkle with dark chocolate chips (affiliate link) or white chocolate chips.
  • Nuts: Toss in some toasted and chopped pecans or walnuts for crunch.

How to Make Pumpkin Oatmeal Muffins?

These oatmeal pumpkin muffins come together in a flash; the hardest part is waiting for them to bake in the oven. Here are the step-by-step instructions:

A collage of images showing how to make this healthy breakfast pumpkin muffin recipe.
  1. Prep muffin pan: Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F/163 degrees C. Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment paper liners. If you do not have liners, generously coat the muffin cups with coconut oil, butter, or cooking spray.
  2. Whisk wet ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk the melted coconut oil, maple syrup, eggs, pumpkin puree, almond milk, and vanilla extract until smooth.
  3. Mix the dry ingredients: In a separate medium bowl, mix the whole wheat flour, Kosher salt, baking soda, pumpkin pie spice, and oats until combined.
  4. Make the muffin batter: Add the dry ingredients to the bowl of wet ingredients. Mix until just combined—do not overmix. Fold in the raisins.
Person portioning the muffin batter in a muffin tin and then topping each cup with chocolate chips.
  1. Fill muffin pan: Scoop the batter into each cup, about ⅔ full. Top with pumpkin seeds or chocolate chips if using.
  2. Bake: Bake for 25-27 minutes until a toothpick inserted into the center of a muffin comes out clean. 
  3. Cool: Allow to cool in the pan for 10 minutes before removing. Transfer the muffins to a wire rack to cool completely. Enjoy plain, with a drizzle of almond butter or a dollop of vanilla yogurt.

How to Store, Freeze, Thaw, and Reheat?

If I have the extra time, I usually bake a double batch of these oatmeal pumpkin spice muffins as they make the best snack or quick breakfast. You can easily grab one and go because they store well. Here are my best storage tips to keep these muffins fresh and moist as long as possible:

  • Storage: Store muffins in an airtight container at room temperature for 3-4 days. The cold moisture in the fridge will draw out some of the moisture.
  • Freeze: Cool completely, then transfer to a freezer-safe container or freezer bag, squeezing out all the air. Freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw in the fridge overnight or right on the kitchen counter to room temperature.
  • Reheat: Pop one in the microwave for 10-15 seconds or reheat in an oven or toaster oven until warm, about 5 minutes.
Healthy pumpkin oatmeal muffins fresh out of the oven in a muffin tin.

Expert Tips

While this recipe is pretty straightforward for any home baker, there are a few things worth mentioning to help you succeed on your first try. Here are a few helpful tips for the best oatmeal pumpkin muffin recipe:

  • Use parchment liners: The parchment paper liners make for easy removal and no messy clean-up. I love these Parchment Liners (affiliate link).
  • Do not overmix: The key to light and fluffy pumpkin muffins with oatmeal is not to overmix. This will prevent too much gluten from forming in the batter.
  • Make your own pumpkin spice: If you can’t find it at the grocery store or prefer to make your own, mix 3 tablespoons ground cinnamon, 2 teaspoons ground ginger, 2 teaspoons nutmeg, 1 teaspoon allspice, and 1 teaspoon ground cloves. Stir to combine. This makes 5 tablespoons of pumpkin spice, you can use some of it in this muffin recipe and store the remainder in an airtight container in a cool place for up to 6 months.

FAQs

Why are my pumpkin muffins gummy?

Pumpkin muffins become gummy when you overmix the batter. This means that too much gluten was developed during the mixing process, making tough, dense muffins.

If you try this Healthy Pumpkin Muffins recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. If you take some pictures, share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Other Pumpkin Recipes You Might Like

Healthy oatmeal pumpkin muffins from the top view.
Print

Pumpkin Oatmeal Muffins Recipe

Easy and healthy Pumpkin Oatmeal Muffins are made with whole wheat flour and rolled oats and are minimally sweetened with maple syrup. They are the perfect grab-and-go breakfast or an afternoon snack when craving something sweet.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 12 muffins
Calories 220kcal

Ingredients

  • cup coconut oil melted and cooled
  • ¾ cup maple syrup
  • 2 large eggs at room temperature (or flax eggs)
  • 1 cup pumpkin puree (unsweetened) (not pumpkin pie filling)
  • ¼ cup unsweetened almond milk or regular milk
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1 ¾ cup whole wheat flour 8.9 oz./266g
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1 teaspoon baking soda 5g
  • 2 teaspoons pumpkin pie spice
  • cup old-fashioned oats 40g
  • ½ cup raisins roughly chopped
  • 2 tablespoons pumpkin seeds as garnish (optional)
  • ¼ cup chocolate chips as topping (optional)

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F/163 degrees C. Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment liners. If you do not have parchment liners, generously coat the cups with oil.
  • To prepare the wet ingredients, place coconut oil, maple syrup, eggs, pumpkin puree, almond milk, and vanilla extract in a large bowl. Whisk until thoroughly combined. Set aside.
  • To prepare the dry ingredients, whisk together whole wheat flour, kosher salt, baking soda, pumpkin pie spice and oats in a separate large mixing bowl until fully incorporated.
  • Fold the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and mix just until combined. Do not overmix.
  • Fold in the raisins.
  • Scoop the batter into each muffin cup, about ⅔ full. If preferred, top with the pumpkin seeds or chocolate chips.
  • Bake for 25-27 minutes until a toothpick, when inserted, comes out clean.
  • Let cool for 10 minutes before removing from the pan onto a wire rack to cool.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 12 muffins. The nutritional values below are per muffin.
  • Storage: Bring them to room temperature and store in an airtight container for upto 4 days.
  • Freeze: Cool completely, then transfer your muffins to a freezer bag, squeezing out all the air. Freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Flax eggs: If you prefer a vegan pumpkin oatmeal muffins recipe, use flax eggs instead. Mix 2 tablespoons of ground flaxseeds (aka flax meal) with 5 tablespoons of water to make flax eggs. Let it sit for 5-10 minutes or until it reaches a gel-like consistency. Use it in the recipe in place of eggs.

Nutrition

Calories: 220kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 8g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.003g | Cholesterol: 27mg | Sodium: 308mg | Potassium: 235mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 3220IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 50mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-oatmeal-muffins/feed/ 47
Almond Flour Banana Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/easy-banana-nut-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/easy-banana-nut-muffins/#comments Tue, 20 Aug 2024 15:22:57 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=15318 This banana muffins with almond flour recipe is inspired by my Almond Flour Banana Bread. These muffins are a quick,…]]>

This banana muffins with almond flour recipe is inspired by my Almond Flour Banana Bread. These muffins are a quick, easy, portable alternative and add to my library of Recipes with Almond Flour.

If you love baking with almond flour, be sure to also check out my Apple Almond Flour Muffins, Carrot Almond Flour Muffins, Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins, and Zucchini Almond Flour Muffins.

Gluten free banana muffins with almond flour and chocolate chips on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

These banana almond muffins are made with simple ingredients you probably already have in your pantry and fridge. We will need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Almond Flour: Go for blanched almond flour for best results. You can either pick up a bag from the store or make your own DIY Almond Flour. Almond meal (ground almonds with the skins) can be used instead, but the muffins will turn out more dense.
  • Baking Powder
  • Baking Soda
  • Ground Cinnamon: A hint of cinnamon adds a delicate background warmth.
  • Kosher Salt: A pinch of salt is needed to enhance that banana flavor.
  • Extra Ripe Bananas: For best results, use overripe bananas. Brown-speckled bananas provide natural sweetness and make super moist banana muffins.
  • Sweetener: My favorite sugar is coconut sugar, but using an equal amount of brown sugar or pure maple syrup would also work. Alternatively, your favorite keto sweeteners, like monk fruit or Erythritol (affiliate link) can be used as well. If you have less of a sweet tooth, omit the sugar for a no added sugar version.
  • Large Eggs: Eggs provide the right amount of lift and structure, especially for gluten-free almond flour. Bring the eggs to room temperature before mixing.
  • Vanilla Extract: A hint of warm vanilla adds just another level of flavor.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Dark Chocolate Chips: Toss in about ¼ cup chocolate chips (affiliate link) and have some extra on hand for sprinkling on top too.
  • Chopped Nuts: Give them a banana nut muffin vibe with ¼ cup chopped walnuts, almonds, or pecans.
  • Dried Fruits: Add a pop of sweetness with raisins, dried cranberries, or dried cherries.
  • Make it paleo friendly: For the paleo version, in place of 1 teaspoon of baking powder, you can mix together 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar.

How to Make Banana Muffins with Almond Flour?

Here are the step-by-step instructions and photos to make these gluten-free banana muffins:

A collage of images showing how to make this recipe.
  1. Prep: Position the oven rack in the center of the oven. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F (180 C). Line a 12-cup muffin pan with parchment paper muffin liners.
  2. Mix dry ingredients: In a large bowl, mix together almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, ground cinnamon, and salt.
  3. Whisk wet ingredients: In another large mixing bowl, whisk mashed bananas, coconut sugar, eggs, and vanilla extract until thoroughly combined.
  4. Make muffin batter: Place the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and stir with a rubber spatula until just combined. Do not overmix.
Almond banana muffin batter in a muffin tin.
  1. Fill muffin cups: Divide the batter into each muffin cup, filling about ¾ way full. If preferred, sprinkle them with chocolate chips.
  2. Bake: Bake muffins for 25-30 minutes. The muffins are ready when a toothpick or cake tester inserted into the center of the muffin comes out clean.
  3. Cool: Cool in the muffin tin for 10-15 minutes. Then, place the muffins on a cooling rack to cool completely.

How to Store, Freeze, & Thaw?

What I love most about this almond flour banana muffin recipe is that you can make a batch and enjoy it throughout the week, as long as they are stored properly. Here are my best storage and freezing tips:

  • Storage: Store muffins in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days. For longer storage, store in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: Wrap each muffin in plastic wrap, then store it in a plastic freezer bag. Muffins can be frozen for up to 3 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw overnight in the fridge, or on the kitchen counter to room temperature.
  • Reheat: If you prefer your muffins warm, reheat in a low oven (300 degrees F) for 5-10 minutes, or pop one in the microwave for 5-10 seconds, until warm.
Banana and almond flour muffins in a muffin tin right after they come out of the oven.

Expert Tips

While this recipe is pretty straightforward and easy to make. There are a few things that I’d like to share to help you make the best almond flour banana nut muffins on your first try:

  • Ripe bananas: Use extra ripe bananas for natural fruity sweetness and a better texture. I’ve found the best way to mash bananas is either with a potato masher or the back of a fork. Since bananas vary so much in size, it’s best to weigh the bananas after mashing (rather than using a measuring cup) to ensure the most precise measurement and the best consistency. 
  • Do not overmix: Just like traditional muffins with regular flour, do not overmix the batter. Overmixing will make them dense, which will result in them loosing their fluffy texture.
  • Don’t overbake: Start checking the muffins with the toothpick test at the 25-minute mark. The muffins will look underbaked, but they continue to bake while cooling.
  • Make it vegan: Vegan almond flour banana muffins will not rise as much but taste good. For the best egg substitute, substitute the eggs with flax eggs (1 flax egg = 1 tablespoon flaxseed meal + 3 tablespoons water).
  • Use parchment liners: Parchment paper liners (affiliate link) are the best and most efficient way to bake almond flour muffins and prevent sticking.

FAQs

Can I make this recipe with coconut flour?

No. coconut flour is super absorbent and will alter the texture of the muffins dramatically. Stick to finely ground almond flour or almond meal.

Why did my almond flour muffins sink?

Muffins made with almond flour can sink if they are underbaked or overmixed, if there is too much moisture in the batter, if the oven temperature is lower than what is listed in the recipe, or if the leavening agents are not fresh.


If you try this Almond Banana Muffin recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. If you take some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Other Almond Flour Recipes You Might Like

Almond Flour Banana Muffins on a plate from the top view.
Print

Almond Flour Banana Muffins

Moist and fluffy Almond Flour Banana Muffins that are gluten-free, dairy-free and paleo-friendly. Quick and easy to make, these low-carb muffins can be served as a healthy breakfast or snack.
Course Naturally sweetened dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 12 muffins
Calories 213kcal

Ingredients

  • 3 cups almond flour
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 3 bananas overripe & mashed
  • ¼ cup coconut sugar or brown sugar or keto friendly sweetener of choice
  • 3 large eggs at room temperature
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ¼ cup chocolate chips optional

Instructions

  • Place a rack in the center of the oven and preheat to 350 degrees F (180 C). Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchement paper liners. Set it aside.
  • Prepare the dry ingredients by placing almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, ground cinnamon, and salt in a large bowl. Whisk to combine all ingredients.
  • Prepare the wet ingredients by placing the mashed bananas, coconut sugar, eggs, and vanilla extract in a separate large bowl and whisking to combine thoroughly.
  • Place the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and stir until just combined. Do not over mix.
  • Divide the batter, using about 2.5 oz. of muffin batter per cup, into each muffin cup so that you have 12 muffins. If using, sprinkle the top of the muffins with chocolate chips.
  • Place in the oven and bake for 25-30 minutes. A toothpick or cake tester should come out clean when inserted into the center of the muffin. At first, muffins might look underdone, but they will continue to cook while cooling in the muffin tin.
  • Let it cool in the pan for 10-15 minutes before removing it and placing it on a wire rack for at least 1 hour before serving.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 12 muffins. The nutritional values below are per muffin and do not include the calories from optional chocolate chips.
  • For paleo banana bread muffins: To make almond flour banana muffins that are paleo friendly, mix together 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar and use it in place of baking powder.
  • Store: After they come to room temperature, leftover muffins can be stored in an airtight container. They will stay fresh for up to 5 days as long as they are stored in the fridge.
  • Freezing and thawing: Almond banana muffins can be stored in the freezer for up to 3 months. To prevent freezer burn, place them in an airtight container and remove all the air. Thaw in the fridge overnight.

Nutrition

Calories: 213kcal | Carbohydrates: 16g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 15g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Trans Fat: 0.004g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 200mg | Potassium: 122mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 79IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 88mg | Iron: 1mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/easy-banana-nut-muffins/feed/ 44
Yogurt Chia Pudding https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-chia-pudding/ https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-chia-pudding/#comments Mon, 20 May 2024 12:33:20 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=75466 Making chia seed pudding with yogurt is one of my favorite bedtime rituals. It gives me the satisfaction of having…]]>

Making chia seed pudding with yogurt is one of my favorite bedtime rituals. It gives me the satisfaction of having a healthy breakfast ready in the morning with plenty of protein, fiber, and healthy fats wrapped up in one. It’s the perfect breakfast that does double duty as a healthy snack or healthy dessert.

For more breakfast recipes, make my Yogurt Parfait for additional protein or Chia Seed Oatmeal, a personal favorite. If you are not a fan of the texture of chia seeds, try Steel Cut Overnight Oats instead.

Chia seed yogurt breakfast in a jar garnished with fruit.

Ingredients for Chia Yogurt Pudding

This chia seeds and yogurt pudding recipe is made with simple ingredients you probably already have in your pantry and fridge. You will need the following:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Yogurt: I love the consistency of plain full fat yogurt, but you can also use plain Greek yogurt for a thicker consistency. You can also use low-fat yogurt, fat-free yogurt or vegan yogurt such as almond milk or coconut yogurt. If you are a fan of sweetened yogurts, my Homemade Vanilla Yogurt would also be a great option.
  • Milk: Use your favorite plant-based milk like Unsweetened Almond Milk, coconut milk, oat milk, or soy milk. You can also make a chia pudding with yogurt, no milk, by using water. Or, use regular dairy milk if desired.
  • Sweetener: I used pure maple syrup, but you can use your preferred sweetener of choice, such as honey, brown sugar, or coconut sugar. If you choose a sugar-free version, skip the sweetener or use monk fruit maple syrup instead.
  • Chia Seeds: I recommend using organic black chia seeds that you can find in most grocery stores and online (affiliate link). Other national brands include Navitas, Kirkland, Whole Foods 365, and Bob’s Red Mill.
  • Vanilla Extract: Optional, but it adds a lovely, delicious flavor.
  • Toppings: There are plenty of variations when it comes to toppings, so get as creative as you like. Some of my favorite toppings are fresh berries, such as my Blueberry Puree, mango, bananas, nuts and seeds, chocolate chips, granola like my chunky homemade granola, a spoonful of nut butter, such as almond butter or peanut butter, or a pinch of ground cinnamon.

How to Make Chia Seed Pudding with Yogurt?

Here are the step-by-step instructions and photos to make this yogurt chia seed pudding recipe:

A collage of images showing how to make yogurt chia pudding.
  1. Mix yogurt mixture: In a medium bowl, whisk together yogurt, almond milk, maple syrup, and vanilla extract until smooth.
  2. Add chia seeds to yogurt: Stir in chia seeds with a rubber spatula and give it a good stir.
  3. Soak: Cover with plastic wrap. Set in the refrigerator for at least 4 hours or overnight.
  4. Finish with toppings: When ready to serve, scoop into bowls and enjoy with your favorite toppings, such as fresh fruit, nuts, seeds, and granola. Serve cold.
Low calorie high protein chia pudding in a jar topped off with fruit.

FAQs

Can you put chia seeds in yogurt?

Yes, chia seeds and yogurt is a delicious high-protein, high-fiber breakfast or snack. The perfect ratio of chia seeds to yogurt is ¼ cup chia seeds (4 tablespoons of chia seeds) to 1 cup yogurt + 1 cup liquid.

Can you eat dry chia seeds in yogurt?

Yes, you can. However, they are easier to digest (and more enjoyable to eat) when they are soaked as they expand and gain a more gel-like consistency.

How long to soak chia seeds in yogurt?

When adding chia seeds to yogurt, soak for at least 4 hours, or overnight. 

What are the health benefits of eating chia seeds with yogurt?

Chia seeds with yogurt are a nutrient powerhouse, packed with omega-3 fatty acids, protein, fiber, vitamins, minerals, antioxidants, and gut-healthy probiotics. This, as a result, can help improve heart health, lower cholesterol, aid in weight loss, and promote gut health. To reap the most benefits from this recipe (especially if you are on a weight loss journey), it is best to keep the amount of sugar to a minimum.

If you make this Chia Yogurt Pudding recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Chia seed yogurt recipe garnished with fresh strawberries and blackberries.
Print

Yogurt Chia Pudding Recipe

Yogurt chia pudding is a protein-packed (8 grams of protein per serving), fiber-rich make-ahead breakfast that comes together in minutes. Easy to customize and filling, it’s perfect for busy mornings.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Resting Time 4 hours
Total Time 4 hours 5 minutes
Servings 2 servings
Calories 255kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup plain yogurt
  • 1 cup almond milk or any non-dairy milk
  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup optional
  • ¼ cup chia seeds
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract optional

Optional Add-ins/Toppings:

  • 1 cup fruit strawberries, blackberries, and bananas
  • 1/2 cup nuts or seeds

Instructions

  • Whisk together yogurt, almond milk, maple syrup, and vanilla extract in a medium-sized bowl.
  • Add chia seeds to yogurt mixture, wait for 5 minutes and give it another mix. We do this because chia seeds tend to stick together when mixed with liquid. Doing so helps break up any lingering clumps of chia seeds.
  • Cover with stretch film, and refrigerate for at least 4 hours or overnight.
  • When ready to serve, ladle into bowls and top each bowl with fresh berries and nuts. Serve while still cold.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes approximately 3 cups of chia seed yogurt pudding that is ideal for 2 generous servings. The below nutritional values are per serving, but they do not include the optional toppings.
  • Yogurt: While I prefer whole milk yogurt, you can use low-fat yogurt as well. Greek yogurt can also be used, but you might need to add a bit more liquid to thin it out. Finally, vegan yogurt can also be used.
  • Adjust consistency: In my experience, the ratio of 1 cup of yogurt + 1 cup of milk to ¼ cup of chia seed provides the best pudding-like texture. As always, you can adjust the quantities to suit your taste. More seeds will equal a thicker chia pudding.
  • Make it your own: This is a delicious base recipe for chia pudding in which you add your toppings of choice. Have fun with different flavors like almond extract, unsweetened cocoa powder, protein powder, or matcha powder; swirl in your favorite fruit jam like strawberry or raspberry, or add texture and crunch with coconut flakes, hemp seeds, almonds, cashews, and more.
  • Make Ahead / Meal Prep: Make a big batch at the beginning of the week, portion it into individual containers (or mason jars), and your overnight chia pudding with yogurt is ready to enjoy throughout the week.
  • Storage: Store chia pudding covered with plastic wrap or in an airtight container or mason jar in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Reuse: The mixture will thicken the longer it sits. Add a splash of milk or water to thin it out to your desired consistency.
  • This recipe is adapted from Giada’s Chia Seed Pudding recipe.

Nutrition

Calories: 255kcal | Carbohydrates: 29g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 6g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 0.03g | Cholesterol: 16mg | Sodium: 224mg | Potassium: 324mg | Fiber: 8g | Sugar: 18g | Vitamin A: 133IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 454mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-chia-pudding/feed/ 70
Almond Flour Carrot Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-carrot-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-carrot-muffins/#comments Tue, 26 Mar 2024 15:38:48 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=74505 It is no secret that I love baking with almond flour, which explains why I have so many almond flour…]]>

It is no secret that I love baking with almond flour, which explains why I have so many almond flour muffin recipes on this site. If you were wondering, some of my favorites include Apple Almond Flour Muffins, Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins, and Blueberry Almond Flour Muffins.

These carrot almond flour muffins are the newest addition to the collection. They are gorgeous little gems you can make whenever you are craving carrot cake, but with less than half the effort and the same delicious results.

Almond flour carrot muffins fresh out of the oven in a muffin tin.

Ingredients

Almond flour carrot cake muffins require just a handful of simple ingredients from the grocery store. We will need the following:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Almond flour: Superfine almond flour or almond meal (ground almonds with skins) can be used interchangeably. The only difference is that these gluten-free muffins will be a bit denser if you decide to use almond meal. If you live in an area where you can’t get your hands on almond flour, you can follow my guide on How to Make Almond Flour at Home. If you are buying it from the store, I recommend Bob’s Red Mills and Blue Diamond almond flour (affiliate links.)
  • Baking powder: Baking powder is the magical leavening agent that gives these muffins their lift. If you follow a strict paleo diet, you can replace the baking powder with ½ teaspoon baking soda mixed with 1 teaspoon cream of tartar.
  • Ground cinnamon: Cinnamon adds a delicate background warmth. If you prefer a more spicy carrot cake muffin recipe, you can also add a pinch or two of ground ginger, ground nutmeg, or ground cardamom.
  • Kosher salt: Kosher salt or sea salt enhances the flavor.
  • Oil: Any vegetable oil will do. I like melted coconut oil, but avocado oil or light olive oil will also work.
  • Coconut sugar: Coconut sugar keeps the recipe refined sugar-free, but brown sugar can also be used. For a keto diet, use an equal amount of monk fruit sweetener.
  • Eggs: Three large eggs may seem like a lot, but we need the extra binding ability for structure and stability. I recommend sticking to whole eggs, rather than using an egg replacer like flax eggs. And it is best if they are at room temperature.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Grated carrots: Peel and grate fresh carrots using the large holes of a box grater. Depending on their size, you will need roughly 2 large carrots. For best results, I recommend weighing the grated carrots to ensure the right texture.
  • Nuts: Toasted walnuts or chopped pecans are classic with carrot muffins.
  • Raisins: Be sure to pick up a no-sugar-added bag. Both regular or golden raisins would work. I recommend chopping them into small pieces for even distribution.

How to Make Carrot Muffins with Almond Flour?

Carrot almond flour muffins are a quick and easy way to satisfy the carrot cake lover in all of us. Here are the step-by-step instructions and photos on how to make almond flour carrot muffins:

A collage of images showing how to make almond flour carrot cake muffins.
  1. Preheat oven: Place the oven rack in the middle position and preheat the oven to 350 degrees F (177 C). Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment paper muffin liners.
  2. Mix dry ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, stir together almond flour, baking powder, cinnamon, and kosher salt.
  3. Whisk wet ingredients: In another large bowl, whisk together coconut oil, coconut sugar, eggs, and vanilla extract until fully incorporated.
  4. Make muffin batter: Pour the wet ingredients into the dry and mix with a rubber spatula until just combined.
Person putting together the batter for paleo carrot cake muffins and portioning it in a muffin tin.
  1. Add carrots and mix ins: Gently fold in the grated carrots, chopped walnuts, and golden raisins until evenly distributed.
  2. Fill muffin pan: Portion the batter into the prepared muffin cups with a large ice cream scoop all the way to the top. Please be aware that this muffin batter makes 11 muffins.
  3. Bake muffins: Bake for 23-25 minutes, until golden brown and a toothpick inserted in the center of a muffin comes out clean or the center springs back to the touch. 
  4. Cool: Allow to cool in the pan for 5 minutes, then transfer to a wire rack. Let them cool for at least 15-30 minutes before serving.

How to Store, Freeze, & Reheat?

While gluten free carrot muffins don’t require much effort, we don’t want these delicious snacks going to waste. Here are my best storage tips for maximum freshness:

  • Storage: Paleo carrot cake muffins will keep in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days. However, because they are so moist, I like to store them in an airtight container in the fridge, where they will last up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: Transfer them to a freezer bag, label, date, and freeze for up to 2 months. Just make sure to push out all the air to prevent freezer burn. Thaw in the fridge overnight.
  • Reheat: While you can eat these healthy carrot cake muffins cold, if you prefer them warm, pop one in the toaster oven on low heat for 5 minutes or a quick 10-15-second burst in the microwave.

How to Serve Them?

These almond carrot cake muffins are perfect just as is with a hot cup of coffee or tea. But if you want to jazz them up a bit, I like to serve them in any of the following ways:

  • Carrot Cake Cupcakes: Top with a generous amount of Cream Cheese Frosting with Maple Syrup to get the carrot cake feel.
  • Nut Butter: A swirl of almond butter on top or once sliced in half would be delicious.
  • Glaze: In a small bowl, melt 2-4 tablespoons of coconut butter in the microwave and drizzle it over the tops of the muffins. The glaze will set as the coconut butter cools.

Expert Tips

Here are my expert tips on how to make the best almond flour carrot muffins recipe:

  • Almond flour baked goods tend not to rise as much as regular muffins: Most people expect baked goods made with almond flour to rise as much as those made with all-purpose or whole wheat flour. However, since almond flour is heavier, you don’t get the same dome effect as you would with muffins made with other flours. This doesn’t mean that these gluten-free carrot cake muffins don’t rise at all, but I wanted to mention it to set the expectations.
  • Use parchment paper liners for easy removal: Almond flour has a higher fat content, and I find muffins made with almond flour stick to paper liners. Use parchment paper liners (affiliate link) for no sticking.
  • An ice cream scoop ensures even size muffins: The key to evenly baked muffins that do not overflow during baking is evenly portioning the batter. An ice cream scoop (affiliate link) ensures the same amount every time. You have the option to grease the ice cream scoop to aid in releasing the muffin mixture into the liners, but it is not necessary.
  • Frost after they come to room temperature: If you are planning to frost them, make sure to cool completely to room temperature, or the frosting will melt right off. Chilling them in the refrigerator after frosting also helps to set the structure.

FAQs

Can I replace all purpose flour with almond flour?

No, almond flour works much differently than all-purpose flour and lacks the structure-building gluten. This recipe was specifically written for almond flour.

Why do almond flour baked goods not rise?

Almond flour baked goods have a tendency not to rise as high as their gluten-containing counterparts because almond flour lacks gluten and has a much higher fat and moisture content when compared to wheat flour.

If you try this Almond Flour Carrot Muffins recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. If you take some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them in my stories.

Gluten free almond flour carrot cake muffins in the muffin tin from the top view.
Print

Almond Flour Carrot Muffins Recipe

These Almond Flour Carrot Muffins are the perfect breakfast or light snack to treat yourself. Quick and easy to make, they are gluten, dairy, and refined sugar free.
Course Dessert, Healthy Snacks
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 11 muffins
Calories 214kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups almond flour
  • 2 teaspoons baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ cup coconut oil melted and cooled
  • ½ cup coconut sugar
  • 3 large eggs room temperature
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1 ½ cup grated carrots approximately 2 large carrots – 170 gr
  • ¼ cup toasted walnuts or pecans, roughly chopped
  • ½ cup raisins finely chopped

Instructions

  • Adjust the oven rack to the middle position and heat the oven to 350 degrees F (177 C). Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment muffin liners and set it aside.
  • In a large bowl, whisk together the almond flour, baking powder, cinnamon, and kosher salt until combined. Set aside.
  • In another large bowl, whisk together coconut oil and coconut sugar until combined.
  • Add the eggs and vanilla extract and whisk until fully incorporated.
  • Add the wet ingredients to the dry and mix until combined.
  • Gently fold in the shredded carrots, chopped walnuts, and raisins.
  • Using a greased large ice cream scoop, portion the batter into each parchment-lined muffin cup all the way to the top*.
  • Bake for 23-25 minutes until a toothpick inserted in the center of a muffin comes out clean or the center springs back to the touch.
  • Remove and let them cool for at least 15-30 minutes before serving.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 11 muffins*. The nutritional values below are per muffin.
  • Frosting: You can turn these into cupcakes by frosting them with our maple sweetened cream cheese frosting. However, I recommend making sure to bring them to room temperature before frosting.
  • Storage: These muffins can be kept in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days. However, because they are so moist, I like to store them in the fridge (in an airtight container,) where they will last up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: Transfer them to a freezer bag, label, date, and freeze for up to 2 months. Just make sure to push out all the air to prevent freezer burn. Thaw in the fridge overnight.
  • Reheat: While you can eat them cold if you prefer them warm, pop one in the toaster oven on low heat for 5 minutes or a quick 10-15-second burst in the microwave.

Nutrition

Calories: 214kcal | Carbohydrates: 17g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 15g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.005g | Cholesterol: 45mg | Sodium: 228mg | Potassium: 139mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 2982IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 93mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-carrot-muffins/feed/ 2
Doubletree Cookies https://foolproofliving.com/doubletree-hotels-chocolate-chip-cookies/ https://foolproofliving.com/doubletree-hotels-chocolate-chip-cookies/#comments Sat, 16 Dec 2023 20:19:19 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2037 There are times when I love creating new recipes, especially fresh-baked chocolate chip cookies, like Sea Salt Chocolate Chip Cookies,…]]>

There are times when I love creating new recipes, especially fresh-baked chocolate chip cookies, like Sea Salt Chocolate Chip Cookies, Chunky Oatmeal Chocolate Chip Cookies, and Almond Flour Chocolate Chip Cookies.

But then there are those other times when copycat recipes are informative and fun to play around with. This is what the DoubleTree Cookie recipe is all about. Follow along and learn how you can make these famous cookies right at home.

Doubletree chocolate chip cookies from the top view.

Ingredients

My favorite thing about the DoubleTree Hotel chocolate chip cookies is that there are no complicated ingredients. It’s basically like your classic chocolate chip cookie recipe with a few fun additions. For home bakers and the like, we will need:

Doubletree hotel cookie recipe ingredients.
  • All-purpose flour: All-purpose flour is the base of the official recipe, and it wouldn’t be a classic chocolate chip cookie without it.
  • Oat flour: Oat flour gives the Double Tree chocolate chip cookie its tender crumb. You can buy oat flour at the store or make ground oats at home. All you have to do is to process rolled oats in your food processor (or a spice grinder) until you reach a fine powder. However, make sure to use rolled oats, as other types of oats will not work in this recipe. And if you are new to the world of oats, here is a helpful article about the difference between Rolled Oats and Quick Oats.
  • Baking soda: Baking soda gives the cookies a slight lift and golden brown color.
  • Kosher salt: Kosher salt or sea salt can be used to enhance those oat, walnut, and chocolate flavors.
  • Ground cinnamon: Cinnamon is part of the original recipe that adds a subtle background warmth.
  • Unsalted butter: Use unsalted butter, since there is salt in the recipe, and bring it to room temperature.
  • Cane sugar: While you can use granulated white sugar, I like the less processed cane sugar.
  • Coconut sugar: Coconut sugar replaces the light brown sugar. It creams just as well as the brown sugar. With that being said, if all you have is dark brown sugar, that would work as well.
  • Vanilla extract: Vanilla extract gives it that classic cookie sweetness.
  • Lemon juice: While untraditional, lemon juice is part of the top-secret recipe that gives it the brightness it needs to cut through some of the sweetness. Make sure not to skip it!
  • Eggs: Two large eggs bind and lift the cookies to just the right texture.
  • Semi-sweet chocolate chips: The original recipe calls for Nestle Tollhouse chocolate chips, but we use Enjoy Life semi-sweet chocolate chips (affiliate link.) You can use any chocolate chip you prefer; just stick to semi-sweet for the most authentic flavor.
  • Walnuts: Walnuts add buttery crunch, but you can swap these out for almonds or pecans, or omit them altogether.

How to Make DoubleTree Chocolate Chip Cookies

Whether you want to create fond memories or be the host with the most welcoming guests with the perfect cookies, these Double Tree cookies will get you there. Here’s how I like to make them:

A collage of images showing the steps of making the recipe.
  1. Mix the dry ingredients: In a medium mixing bowl, combine the flours, baking soda, salt, and cinnamon.
  2. Cream butter and sugars: In a large bowl, cream together the softened butter, cane sugar, and coconut sugar with a hand mixer at medium speed for 5-6 minutes.
  3. Add flavorings: Add the vanilla extract and lemon juice and mix for 30 seconds.
  4. Add eggs: Add the eggs to the butter and sugar mixture. Mix on medium-speed until smooth, about 2 minutes.
Steps showing how to make the Double tree chocolate chip cookie recipe.
  1. Make cookie dough: Add the flour mixture to the wet mixture in 3 batches while simultaneously mixing on low speed. Make sure to scrape down the sides of the bowl before adding each batch of flour.
  2. Add mix-ins: Stir in the chocolate chips and walnuts with a rubber spatula.
  3. Scoop cookies: Using a large ice cream scoop (3 tbsp), portion dough onto a parchment paper-lined baking sheet. You should end up with about 20 cookies.
  4. Rest overnight (optional): Loosely cover the balls of dough with plastic wrap. Place it in the fridge to rest overnight.
  5. Preheat oven: When you are ready to bake, preheat the oven to 300 degrees F.
Doubletree cookies recipe before and after it is baked.
  1. Prepare baking sheets: Line another cookie sheet with parchment paper. Divide the cookies using two baking sheets, making sure that they are 2 inches apart from one another.
  2. Bake: Bake the cookies, rotating halfway through, for 20-23 minutes, until they are golden brown.
  3. Cool: Remove from the oven and allow the cookies to cool on the baking tray for 5 minutes. Then, transfer to a cooling rack to cool completely.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Freeze?

Hilton cookies are a delectable treat to have on hand at a moment’s notice. I can assure you, these gooey cookies are the real deal. Here are my storage tips:

  • Make Ahead: The dough for DoubleTree Hotel cookies can be made in advance and tightly wrapped in plastic wrap. Store in the refrigerator for 1-2 days.
  • Storage: Hilton chocolate chip cookies will keep in an airtight container at room temperature for 3 days.
  • Freeze unbaked cookies: Flash freeze the unbaked balls of dough. To do so, place the dough balls on the sheet pan in the freezer for 8 hours and then transfer them to a freezer-safe container for up to 3 months. Bake right from frozen.
  • Freeze baked cookies: Make sure that the cookies come to room temperature and then flash-freeze them on a baking sheet for 1 hour, then transfer them to a freezer bag. Frozen cookies will keep for up to 3 months. Thaw to room temperature before enjoying!

Expert Tips

  • Stick to mixing times: Follow the guidelines, creaming, and mixing times in the recipe card. This is what gives the cookies that iconic sturdy texture we love.
  • Stand mixer vs hand mixer: The recipe written was tested with a handheld mixer. If making these in the bowl of a stand mixer, cream the butter and sugar for 2 minutes at medium speed. All other mixing times remain the same.
  • A cookie scoop will help: A large ice cream scoop will help to portion dough into equal size cookie dough balls so that they bake evenly. You should end up with about 20 cookies, weighing 68 grams (about 2.5 oz) each, if you have a kitchen scale.
  • Presentation is key: Once the dough is scooped, smooth out any craggy edges and add some chocolate chips to the top for lots of chocolate goodness.
  • Chilling the dough is totally optional: While I find the recipe for DoubleTree cookies to bake better when the dough is chilled overnight, this is optional. Chilling allows fats to cool, meaning the cookies will not spread as much during baking, holding on to their chewy texture. I also think they taste better. But the original recipe does not require you to chill the dough.
  • Oven temperature: When I published the recipe back in 2013, Hilton had yet to publish the recipe. But after updating and retesting the old recipe, I can still say you can also bake the cookies at 350 degrees F for 17 minutes with the same successful results. Baking time at a higher oven temperature may vary slightly.
A half eating cookie on a wire rack.

FAQs

Does DoubleTree still give cookies?

Yes, the oatmeal cookies are still given to hotel guests when they check-in for their stay. A perk of DoubleTree Hilton Hotels that has drawn guests for many years.

Can I get DoubleTree cookies without staying there?

Yes, you can purchase a signature tin of the famous DoubleTree by Hilton chocolate chip cookies online. Each one comes with 6 individually wrapped cookies.

Does DoubleTree have warm cookies?

DoubleTree has been welcoming guests with a warm chocolate chip cookie at check-in since the late 1990s.

Does DoubleTree have cookies without nuts?

Yes, in August 2023, DoubleTree introduced their allergy-friendly cookie, which is non-GMO, vegan, gluten-free, and completely nut-free. Guests can choose between the original cookie or the allergy-friendly version, which comes individually packaged to avoid cross-contamination.

How many calories in a DoubleTree cookie?

One DoubleTree chocolate chip cookie is 376 calories.

If you try this recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Several Doubletree cookies next to a jar of milk.
Print

DoubleTree Cookies Recipe

At the beginning of the 90s, Doubletree Hotels needed a hook to get people to come to their hotels and make them feel welcome. This is when their marketing executives came out with the idea of Doubletree Chocolate Chip Cookies and gifted everyone checking in with a warm and delicious cookie. If you have ever stayed in a Doubletree hotel, you know that it worked like magic. This is the recipe for Doubletree Chocolate Chip Cookies.
Course Sweets
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 17 minutes
Resting time 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 37 minutes
Servings 20 Cookies
Calories 376kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 ¼ cup all-purpose flour
  • ½ cup oat flour*
  • 1 ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • 1 cup unsalted butter at room temperature
  • ¾ cup granulated sugar or cane sugar
  • ¾ cup light brown sugar or coconut sugar
  • 1 ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ½ teaspoon lemon juice
  • 2 large eggs at room temperature
  • 2 ⅔ cups semi-sweet chocolate chips
  • 1 ½ cup walnuts chopped

Instructions

  • Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
  • To prepare the dry ingredients, in a large bowl, combine the all-purpose flour, oat flour, baking soda, salt, and cinnamon. Set it aside.
  • To prepare the wet ingredients, in a separate bowl, add the softened butter, cane sugar and coconut sugar. Using a hand mixer at medium speed, cream for approximately 5-6 minutes.
  • Add the vanilla extract and lemon juice and mix for 30 seconds.
  • Add the eggs into the creamed mixture and mix until smooth, approximately 2 minutes.
  • Add the dry mixture to the wet mixture in 3 batches while running the mixer at a low speed. Before adding each batch, scrape down the sides of the bowl with a spatula, making sure all the ingredients are incorporated.
  • Fold in the chocolate chips and walnuts. Mix until combined and well distributed.
  • Scoop the dough with a large (3 tablespoon) ice cream scoop and place each cookie on the prepared baking sheet. You should have about 20 cookies each weighing approximately 68 gr.
  • Cover the baking sheet loosely with plastic wrap, place it in the fridge and let it rest overnight.
  • When you are ready to bake, preheat the oven to 300 degrees F. There is no need to bring the cookies to room temperature. You can make them right out of the fridge.
  • Line another baking sheet with parchment paper. Divide the cookies using two baking sheets, making sure that they are 2 inches apart from one another.
  • Bake, rotating halfway through, for 20-23 minutes until they are lightly browned.
  • Remove from the oven and let the cookies sit on the baking sheet for 5 minutes. Then, transfer to a wire rack and let cool.

Notes

  • Yields: We used a #16 ice cream scoop (affiliate link) to portion out these cookies. If you use a similar tool, you will end up with 20 cookies. The nutritional information below is per cookie.
  • Homemade Oat Flour: You can buy oat flour from the store, but making it at home is easy as well. Simply place rolled oats into the bowl of a food processor and process until fine.
  • Storage: Leftover baked cookies will keep in an airtight container at room temperature for 3 days.
  • Freeze unbaked cookies: Flash freeze the unbaked portioned cookies. To do so, place the dough balls on the sheet pan in the freezer for 8 hours and then transfer them to a freezer-safe container for up to 3 months. Bake right from frozen, adding 1-2 more minutes to the baking time listed in the recipe.
  • Baking Time: The baking time may vary depending on the altitude you live in. Also, some people love softer cookies. If you are one of those people the timing below will be ideal for you. If you like a harder cookie, then let it bake for a few more minutes. In my experience, you can tell that they are done baking once the top of the cookies turns lightly golden brown. When they first come out of the oven, they will look underbaked, but as they sit on the counter, they will continue to bake. 

Nutrition

Calories: 376kcal | Carbohydrates: 34g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Cholesterol: 42mg | Sodium: 211mg | Potassium: 219mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 27g | Vitamin A: 321IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 38mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/doubletree-hotels-chocolate-chip-cookies/feed/ 34
Almond Flour Tahini Cookies https://foolproofliving.com/tahini-cookies-with-pistachios/ https://foolproofliving.com/tahini-cookies-with-pistachios/#comments Thu, 14 Dec 2023 16:54:37 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3058 Tahini is an ingredient I grew up with since it is a staple in Middle Eastern cooking. The creamy, savory…]]>

Tahini is an ingredient I grew up with since it is a staple in Middle Eastern cooking. The creamy, savory depth of tahini adds balance and rich texture to an otherwise simple grain-free, dairy-free cookie.

If you love baking with Almond Flour, you are in for a treat because we have so many almond flour cookie recipes in our archives. Gingerbread Cookies with Almond Flour, Almond Flour Peanut Butter Cookies, and Almond Butter Almond Flour Cookies are just a few to name. 

Tahini Almond Flour Cookies served on a plate with a person taking one cookie from the top view.

Ingredients

These sesame tahini cookies require nothing more than a handful of simple ingredients that are easy to find at grocery stores. We will need:

Ingredients for tahini sesame seed cookies from the top view.
  • Almond flour: Either make your own almond flour or purchase blanched almond flour (affiliate link) from the store or online. If you are in a pinch, an equal amount of almond meal is a great alternative.
  • Kosher salt: Kosher salt balances the sweetness and enhances the flavor of these sesame cookies with tahini. Sea salt can also be used.
  • Baking soda: Baking soda tenderizes and lifts the cookies ever so slightly.
  • Tahini: Also known as ground sesame seeds or sesame seed paste, one of my favorite brands of tahini is Soom (affiliate link). Just make sure to stir the tahini really well before using as the oils tend to separate easily. Additionally, make sure to purchase a sugar-free tahini for this recipe.
  • Maple syrup: The key is to use a liquid sweetener here, which can either be maple syrup, agave syrup, or honey. Keep in mind that the almond sesame cookies will be darker and a little bit sweeter if you use honey. I would not recommend coconut sugar here.
  • Sesame seeds: Sprinkling the cookies with a pinch of sesame seeds is an optional step, but I think one that you do not want to miss. You can toast sesame seeds yourself or buy toasted seeds from the store.

Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins

While I usually stick to the main ingredients, you can easily have fun and get creative with some of the optional additions below:

  • Chocolate Chips: Omit the sesame seeds and toss in ½ cup dark chocolate chips or chocolate chunks for tahini chocolate chip cookies.
  • Vanilla Extract: Add 1 teaspoon vanilla extract to the tahini almond flour cookies for extra flavor.
  • Ground Spices: Add warmth with the addition of ¼ – ½ tsp of cinnamon, cardamom, ginger, or nutmeg.

How to Make Sesame Cookies with Almond Flour?

These healthy tahini cookies come together in no time at all. You’ll be amazed at how fast you’ll be enjoying this freshly baked tahini cookie recipe. Below are the steps you need to follow to make them:

  1. Line baking tray: Line a cookie sheet with parchment paper. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. (176 C.)
A collage of images showing how to make the cookie dough for sesame tahini cookies.
  1. Mix dry ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk together almond flour, salt, and baking soda. 
  2. Add wet ingredients: Gently add in the tahini and maple syrup to the bowl.
  3. Stir: Mix until fully combined. At first, you might feel like there is not enough liquid in the cookie batter, but it will come together as you mix it.
Person showing how to portion, roll and arrange almond tahini cookies before baking them.
  1. Roll cookies: Scoop the cookie dough using a small cookie scoop (we used #40). Alternatively, use a tablespoon and measure out 2 tbsp of cookie batter per cookie. Roll into a ball between the palms of your hands. 
  2. Flatten cookies: Arrange the cookies on the prepared baking sheet, spacing 1 inch apart. Gently press down the cookie balls until each is 1-inch thick. 
A collage of images showing tahini almond flour cookies on a sheet pan before and after they are baked.
  1. Top with sesame seeds: This step is optional, but if you prefer, lightly brush the tops of the cookies with a very small amount of tahini paste (1 teaspoon or so) and sprinkle with toasted sesame seeds.
  2. Bake: Bake for 12-14 minutes or until lightly brown with crisp edges. Rotate the baking sheet halfway through for even browning.
  3. Cool: Allow the cookies to rest on the baking sheet for 5 minutes. Then, transfer to a wire rack to cool completely before serving.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Freeze?

We think that these vegan sesame cookies are best on the day that they are baked. Therefore, we recommend baking them in small batches and storing them in a cookie jar. Here’s how I like to store them:

  • Make Ahead: Tahini cookie dough can be made in advance and tightly wrapped in plastic wrap. Store in the refrigerator for 1-2 days, or freeze for up to 1 month.
  • Storage: Flourless tahini cookies will keep in an airtight container at room temperature for 3 days.
  • Freeze: Flash-freeze the raw almond tahini cookies on a baking sheet for 1 hour, then transfer them to a freezer bag. Freeze for up to a month. 

Expert Tips

  • Stir the tahini: A jar of tahini tends to separate very easily. Give it a good stir with either a knife or thin spatula until smooth and pourable.
  • Texture of the dough: After you add in the liquid ingredients and start mixing it, you might think that there is not enough liquid in the batter to hold the dough together. However, please resist the urge to add more liquid. You will realize that it will come together as you continue to mix it.
  • They don’t spread: Unlike other cookies made with all-purpose flour, sugar, and butter, these tahini sesame cookies do not spread when baked. However, we still advise you to arrange them 1 inch apart from each other to make sure they don’t touch each other during the baking process.
Refined sugar free tahini cookies on a small plate from the top view.

FAQs

Is sesame tahini paste gluten-free?

Yes, sesame paste is naturally gluten-free as it is only ground sesame seeds.

Is tahini vegan friendly?

Yes, tahini is vegan since the only ingredient is sesame seeds.

What can I replace the tahini with?

Tahini gives these cookies a special savory, nutty flavor that is hard to replicate. However, if you can’t find tahini, another great alternative is any of the other nut butters, like almond butter, cashew butter, peanut butter, or sunflower seed butter. Keep in mind, the cookies will taste different, so it’s best to use tahini if you can.

Can you freeze tahini cookies?

Raw tahini cookie dough balls can be frozen for up to 3 months. First, flash-freeze them on a baking sheet for 1 hour. Then, transfer to a freezer bag or airtight container. When you are ready to bake them, follow the instructions on the recipe card as written. No need to thaw them.

More Recipes with Tahini:

If you try this Almond Flour Tahini Cookies recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Almond flour tahini cookies on a plate with a person taking one cookie from the plate.
Print

Almond Flour Tahini Cookies Recipe

Almond Flour Tahini Cookies are deliciously nutty, soft, and chewy and flavored with rich tahini. Vegan, gluten-free, refined-sugar-free, these tahini cookies are ready in less than 30 minutes.
Course Dessert
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 14 minutes
Total Time 29 minutes
Servings 16 cookies
Calories 130kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 2 cups almond flour 220 g.
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt or sea salt
  • ¼ teaspoon baking soda
  • 1/3 cup tahini aka sesame paste – well stirred and at room temperature + 1 teaspoon to brush the cookies
  • 1/3 cup maple syrup or honey*
  • 1 tablespoons sesame seeds toasted (optional)

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. (176 C). Line a baking sheet with parchment paper. Set it aside.
  • In a large bowl, whisk together the almond flour, kosher salt, and baking soda.
  • Gently stir in the tahini and maple syrup. Mix until well incorporated. At first, it will feel like you do not have enough liquid, but as you continue to mix the dough, it will come together.
  • Using a small cookie scoop (see equipment section for the cookie scoop we used), portion the cookie dough. Alternatively, you can use a tablespoon measure and measure out 2 tablespoons of cookie batter (per cookie) and gently roll them into a firm roll in between the palms of your hands. Arrange the cookies on the prepared sheet pan, making sure that they are at least 1 inch apart.
  • Gently press down to flatten the ball so that it is 1 inch thick.
  • Lightly brush the cookies with a teaspoon of tahini and lightly sprinkle them with toasted sesame seeds on top.
  • Bake for 12-14 minutes until lightly brown on top, rotating the baking sheet halfway through for even heat distribution and browning.
  • Remove from the oven and let the cookies rest on the baking sheet for 5 minutes. Transfer onto a wire tack to cool and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 16 cookies. Nutritional values below are per cookie.
  • Using honey instead of maple syrup: If you prefer to use honey instead of maple syrup, you can substitute for the same amount. Honey will definitely add more sweetness to this cookie. It will also cause the cookie to brown faster, so you should reduce the baking time to 10-12 minutes or until lightly browned.
  • Make Ahead: Tahini cookie dough can be made in advance and tightly wrapped in plastic wrap. Store in the refrigerator for 1-2 days, or freeze for up to 1 month.
  • Storage: We find that these cookies are best on the day that they are made, so we recommend baking them in small batches. However, you can store leftovers in an airtight container at room temperature for 3 days.
  • Freeze: Flash-freeze the raw almond tahini cookies on a baking sheet for 1 hour, then transfer them to a freezer bag. Freeze for up to a month. Bake as directed in the recipe. There is no need to thaw them. However, you may have to add a few extra minutes to the baking time if you bake them right out of the freezer.

Nutrition

Calories: 130kcal | Carbohydrates: 9g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 92mg | Potassium: 40mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 3IU | Vitamin C: 0.2mg | Calcium: 49mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/tahini-cookies-with-pistachios/feed/ 5
Healthy Oatmeal Raisin Cookies https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-oatmeal-raisin-cookies/ https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-oatmeal-raisin-cookies/#comments Wed, 13 Dec 2023 17:45:17 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=21204 Don’t get me wrong, I love a good chewy Oatmeal Chocolate Chip Cookie every once in a while, but most…]]>

Don’t get me wrong, I love a good chewy Oatmeal Chocolate Chip Cookie every once in a while, but most of the time, I am looking for healthier options when the cookie cravings strike. If you feel the same way, you are in for a treat because we have several cookie recipes that fit the bill.

Need a few suggestions? I’ve got you covered! My six-ingredient Almond Flour Cookies are dairy-free and low-carb, while my Almond Flour Ginger Snaps have a deliciously chewy texture that uses refined sugar-free flavorings to get sweetly spiced flavors.

Refined sugar free oatmeal raisin cookies on a plate with a glass of milk on the side.

List of Ingredients

Irresistibly satisfying and tantalizingly sweet, this healthy oatmeal raisin cookie recipe uses a tasty mix of wholesome ingredients to be as nutritious and delicious as possible. Even better, it combines rolled oats and oat flour to give each cookie a scrumptiously chewy texture.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Old-fashioned rolled oats: The key to making flour-free oatmeal cookies is to use another ingredient that gives the batter shape and structure—in this case, oats! Though there are many different types of oats, the best oatmeal raisin cookies come together using old-fashioned oats (also known as “rolled oats”), as they’ll keep your dough from becoming soggy or overcooked. The main difference between rolled oats and quick oats is that rolled oats are thicker and larger, allowing them to withstand longer cooking times without becoming mushy, as instant oats (or quick-cooking oats) do. Furthermore, there’s also a big difference between steel-cut and rolled oats, as steel-cut oats have a coarser, less chewy texture when baked, so be sure to stick to rolled oats for this recipe. Also, when looking for old-fashioned oats at the grocery store, make sure to buy gluten-free oats if you follow a gluten-free diet, as many oat manufacturers use the same machinery they use to produce gluten-based products.
  • Oat flour: Unlike traditional wheat flour, oat flour is more nutritious and easier to make from home, needing only whole rolled oats and a food processor. If you’d prefer an alternative ingredient, you can also use almond flour for a quick substitution.
  • Ground flaxseeds: Instead of using eggs, this simple ingredient works as a binder for this healthier oatmeal raisin cookies recipe, helping secure the ingredients together while maintaining a vegan-friendly profile.
  • Chia seeds: Not only does this superfood lend your healthy rolled oats cookies a nuanced nutty flavor, but it also packs extra protein into every bite.
  • Baking powder
  • Ground cinnamon
  • Kosher salt
  • Applesauce or mashed bananas: I love making healthy oatmeal raisin cookies with applesauce (especially Homemade Applesauce!), as this ingredient lends the batter sweet, bright undertones without requiring added sweeteners. Alternatively, you can also use mashed ripe bananas for more tropical, fruity notes.
  • Coconut oil: Coconut oil is essential for giving these healthy oatmeal cookies their chewy, moist texture. However, you could also use another mildly flavored oil, such as avocado oil, instead.
  • Maple syrup
  • Unsweetened almond milk: Creamy, light, and dairy-free, unsweetened almond milk is vital to hydrating the dry ingredients of this recipe, giving you moist, soft, and luscious cookies every time. 
  • Nuts: Walnuts are my go-to for giving these oatmeal raisin cookies a delicate crunch and mildly nutty taste. To take this recipe to the next level, you can toast your walnuts beforehand to help release their oils, giving your cookies a heartier dose of their natural flavors. However, any nut of your choice would work in this recipe.
  • Raisins: I used sweet raisins to lend this clean cookie recipe with its signature chewy, fruity taste. However, you can use any of your favorite dried fruits as natural sweeteners, whether you plan on making healthy oatmeal cranberry cookies, an antioxidant-packed blueberry batter, or a pie-inspired cherry biscuit. No matter which dried fruit you use, just be sure that you select one with no sugar added if you want your cookies to stay free of refined sugar.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Semi-sweet chocolate chips: If you’re a chocolate lover, all you need to do to infuse this recipe with rich, cocoa-packed flavor is to add ½ cup of your favorite chocolate chips to the batter. Remember, too, that you can still make low-sugar oatmeal raisin cookies with chocolate if you use brands like Enjoy Life (affiliate), which uses natural ingredients like cane sugar, non-alcoholic chocolate liquor, and non-dairy cocoa butter to get its sweet, chocolatey taste.
  • Vanilla extract: To give these healthier oatmeal raisin cookies a gourmet finish, add one teaspoon of vanilla extract to your batter. 

How to Make This Recipe?

With my easy recipe for applesauce oatmeal raisin cookies, you can have a five-star dessert on the table in just thirty minutes—no previous baking experience necessary!

  1. Prep the oven: Preheat your oven to 325 degrees F. While the oven heats, line two baking sheets with parchment paper, set them aside, and arrange the oven racks on the oven’s middle and upper bottom sections.
A collage of images showing how to make healthy oatmeal raisin cookie recipe.
  1. Mix the dry ingredients: Add the old-fashioned rolled oats, oat flour, ground flax seeds, chia seeds, baking powder, cinnamon, and salt to a large mixing bowl. Mix the ingredients until thoroughly combined.
  2. Mix the wet ingredients: In a separate bowl, add the applesauce (or mashed bananas), coconut oil, maple syrup, and unsweetened almond milk, and stir until combined.
  3. Combine the wet and dry ingredients: Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients, scraping the sides of the bowl to remove the remaining mixture. Stir the batter until all the ingredients are evenly blended.
  4. Add the walnuts: Use a rubber spatula to fold the walnuts and raisins into the cookie batter. At this point, don’t be alarmed if the dough may seem too wet. Some of the moisture will be released during the resting process, both before and after baking.
A collage of images showing how to portion oatmeal raisin cookie dough.
  1. Portion the cookie dough: Use a cookie scoop to make evenly sized cookie dough balls, and arrange each portion one inch apart from one another on the lined sheet pan. Then, use the back of a spatula to press upon and lightly flatten each ball of dough. We recommend diving the cookie batter in between baking trays instead of trying them into one.
  2. Bake: Place the baking sheets on the middle and upper bottom racks and bake the cookies for 18-20 minutes or until the cookies turn a light golden brown. Halfway through baking, turn the sheets from front to back and top to bottom to ensure even cooking. You may also bake the cookies one tray at a time if you prefer.
  3. Let the cookies rest: Remove the baked cookies from the oven and let them rest on the baking sheets for five minutes. Once slightly set, transfer them to a wire rack, let them cool for 15-30 minutes, and serve.

How to Store and Freeze These Cookies?

Warm, chewy, and flavorful, these maple oatmeal raisin cookies are best on the day that you make them. While I highly suggest baking your cookies in small batches to enjoy their toasty, fresh taste right away, this simple storage guide will ensure you can enjoy these sweet treats throughout the week, no matter when you cook them.

  • Store: Let the cookies cool completely. Then, store them in an airtight container at room temperature (such as on the counter) for up to three days. If you want to extend their shelf life, store your cooled cookies in the fridge for up to five days, reheating them in a 300-degree F. oven for five minutes or until heated through.
  • Freeze: If you plan on making these chewy oatmeal raisin cookies further in the future, I recommend scooping the dough into your desired size, placing them on a piece of parchment paper, and letting them harden. Then, transfer your unbaked cookies to a Ziploc bag and bake them according to my recipe’s directions when ready to eat—no thawing or defrosting necessary.
Healthy gluten free oatmeal cookies on a plate from the top view.

Expert Tips

This healthy oatmeal and raisin cookies recipe is a great way to satiate the sweet cravings of any health-conscious cook. For even more tips on how to make your dessert as chewy, rich, and sweet as possible, these pro pointers have everything you need.

  • Wet dough: Don’t be alarmed if your oatmeal raisin cookie dough seems wetter than expected before baking. Because these gluten-free oatmeal cookies don’t use wheat-based flour, the liquid needs more time to absorb into the oats while resting, giving you an ideally chewy texture. We have tested this recipe with a lesser amount of applesauce and found out that once it was fully cooled it was a dryer than we liked.
  • No need to chill: Most gluten- and fat-based cookies need to chill to help them maintain their shape and soft texture while baking. However, these oatmeal cookies don’t need the same treatment due to their heartier, gluten-free composition, so you can bake them immediately after mixing the batter.
  • The dough doesn’t spread during the baking process: Unlike other cookies, which melt and expand in the oven. Since they are made without baking soda, they keep their shape and size during the cooking process.
  • Bake in small batches: We highly recommend baking these cookies on the day you plan to serve them. Therefore, unless you are serving them to a crowd, we recommend baking them in small batches. This way, you can save your cookie dough throughout the week, baking it as necessary to ensure you have the freshest, chewiest cookies possible.
  • Serving suggestions: Nutritious, soft, and sweet, these oat flour oatmeal raisin cookies taste amazing with dozens of delicious pairings. Serve this sweet treat with a cup of coffee at breakfast, milk for dessert, or spread it with your favorite nut butter to keep you full for hours on end.

Here at Foolproof Living, we understand that “healthy” can differ from person to person. With that in mind, we’ve developed a recipe for low-sugar oatmeal cookies that uses clean ingredients—limiting the use of fats, refined sugars, and over-processed foods—to help you treat yourself while still nourishing your body with essential nutrients. 

Below, you’ll discover just a few ways this recipe’s ingredients promote dietary, heart, and nutritional health.

  • No refined sugars: Without any refined sugars—such as granulated or brown sugar—these sugar-free oatmeal raisin cookies use only natural ingredients to sweeten their batter, thereby reducing your risk of inflammation, high blood pressure, and diabetes. Instead, I sweeten my cookies with all-natural ingredients, including maple syrup, applesauce (or mashed bananas), and raisins.
  • Low fat: There’s no need to break out several sticks of butter to make a mouthwatering dessert. This simple recipe only uses ¼ cup of coconut oil to keep your cookies as moist and chewy as possible, without all the “bad cholesterol” associated with butter and other unhealthy fats.
  • High fiber: Thanks to this recipe’s use of rolled oats and oat flour, it has a much higher amount of gut-healthy fiber than cookie recipes using white flour.
  • Packed with superfoods: Superfoods are a must for anyone looking to fill their plate with essential vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants. That’s why I include ground flaxseeds and chia seeds (which are high in protein!) in my recipe for healthy, chewy oatmeal cookies, solving any reservations about indulging in a sweet treat.
  • Gluten-free and vegan: If you have a dietary restriction, the last thing you want to deal with is bland, “questionably safe” desserts. To eliminate these concerns, I’ve developed an oatmeal cookie recipe that doesn’t use eggs, dairy-based milk, whole wheat flour, or all-purpose flour, making it the perfect dessert for anyone following a gluten-free, vegan or dairy-free diet.
  • Nuts: Walnuts are a magic ingredient, offering equal parts flavor and nutrition. This hearty nut is rich in omega-3 fatty acids, antioxidants, and fiber—all supporting well-functioning gut and cardiovascular systems.
  • Super filling and helps with the sweet cravings: Though it may seem counterintuitive to start your day with a “breakfast cookie,” this recipe for clean oatmeal cookies is the ultimate solution for mid-meal cravings. This sweet treat is healthy and satiating, helping you meet your dietary needs and keep you full throughout the day.

FAQs

Lower-fat oatmeal cookies are the ultimate solution to non-nutritive desserts, midday slumps, and sweet-tooth cravings. If you have any further questions about this easy recipe, you’ll find your answers below:

Are oatmeal raisin cookies healthy for you?

As a dietary rule, I recommend enjoying everything in moderation, with consideration of the recipe you’re following. However, these high-fiber oatmeal cookies contain natural, nutritious, and superfood-packed ingredients that benefit dietary health more than traditional butter- and sugar-based dessert recipes.

How many calories are there in one of these healthy oatmeal raisin cookies?

Using my recipe for low-calorie oatmeal raisin cookies, each cookie will amount to about 276 kcal.

If you can’t resist a good oatmeal raisin cookie, you’ll adore these other healthy cookie recipes. Now, you can satisfy every sweet tooth with nutty, creamy, and rich flavors without sacrificing nutritional content.

If you try this Healthy Soft Oatmeal Cookies recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Oatmeal raisin cookies made without sugar on a plate from the top view.
Print

Healthy Oatmeal Raisin Cookies Recipe

Enjoy guilt-free indulgence with our soft and chewy Healthy Oatmeal Raisin Cookies! These wholesome treats are sweetened with applesauce, raisins, and a touch of maple syrup – no added sugar. Satisfy your cookie cravings the healthy way!
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 18 minutes
Total Time 33 minutes
Servings 12 cookies
Calories 276kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cups old-fashioned rolled oats
  • 1 cup oat flour*
  • ½ cup ground flax seeds
  • 2 tablespoons chia seeds
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • 1 ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1 cup applesauce or mashed bananas
  • cup coconut oil melted and cooled
  • cup maple syrup
  • ¼ cup unsweetened almond milk
  • 1 cup walnuts roughly chopped
  • cup raisins or dried cranberries – roughly chopped

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F (162 C.) Line two baking sheets with parchment paper and set them aside. Arrange the oven racks on the middle and upper bottom sections of the oven.
  • To prepare the dry ingredients, in a large bowl, combine the old-fashioned rolled oats, oat flour, ground flax seeds, chia seeds, baking powder, cinnamon, and salt. Set it aside.
  • For the wet ingredients, in a separate medium bowl, combine the applesauce (or mashed bananas), coconut oil, maple syrup, and unsweetened almond milk. Stir until fully combined.
  • Add the wet ingredients into the dry ones, scraping the sides of the bowl as you mix until everything is evenly incorporated.
  • Using a rubber spatula, fold the walnuts and raisins into the batter. At this point, the batter will appear to be too wet*, but some moisture will be released while resting both during and after the baking process.
  • Using an ice cream scoop, scoop the dough and place each portion on the baking sheet, making sure that they are 1 inch apart from each other. Using the back of a spatula, gently press on top of each cookie to flatten them slightly. Also, we recommend dividing the cookies among two sheets to ensure they have equal air circulation in the oven.
  • Place the sheet pans in the middle and upper bottom rack and bake for 18-20 minutes or until the cookies turn lightly golden brown with crispy edges. Halfway through the baking process, turn the baking sheets from front to back and also switch them from top to bottom. With this being said, you can bake the cookies one sheet at a time if you prefer (please see notes, section "Bake in small batches.")
  • Remove from the oven and let the cookies rest on the baking sheets for 5 minutes. Then, transfer them to a cooking rack and let them cool for 15-30 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • This recipe has been adapted with minor changes from this Superfood Breakfast Cookies recipe by Wife Mama Foodie.
  • Yields: We used a #16 ice cream scoop (affiliate link) to portion out these cookies. If you use a similar tool, you will end up with 12 cookies. The nutritional information below is per cookie.
  • Oat flour: You can make your own oat flour by placing old-fashioned rolled oats in a food processor or a spice grinder and process until it is ground. 
  • Wet batter: After you mix the dry ingredients with the wet ones, you might think that the better is too wet. However, please know that they release some of the excess moisture after they are baked and cooled. During our recipe testing we found that any lesser applesauce will result in a rather dry (and hard) cookie.
  • No need to chill: Unlike cookies made with flour, sugar, and butter, you do not need to chill these cookies before baking them.
  • Bake in small batches: While we wrote the recipe in a way that you can bake all the cookies at once, we think that they are best on the day they are baked. Therefore, we recommend only baking the amount you plan to serve and freezing the rest.
  • Storage: To store leftovers, bring the cookies to room temperature and store them in an airtight container on the counter for up to 3 days or in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Freezing: Place the raw portioned cookies on a sheet pan lined with parchment paper. Place it in the freezer for at least 4 hours so that the cookies will harden. Transfer them to a Zip top bag (or a freezer-safe container) and get the air out as much as you can. When ready to bake, remove the portion you want and bake at 325 degrees F. for 18 minutes. There is no need to thaw them.

Nutrition

Calories: 276kcal | Carbohydrates: 37g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Sodium: 147mg | Potassium: 350mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 13IU | Vitamin C: 2mg | Calcium: 95mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-oatmeal-raisin-cookies/feed/ 27
Chestnut Puree https://foolproofliving.com/chestnut-puree/ https://foolproofliving.com/chestnut-puree/#respond Mon, 04 Dec 2023 16:11:27 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=72257 Chestnut Puree vs. Chestnut Spread Before we go into the details of making chestnut puree at home, allow me to…]]>

Chestnut Puree vs. Chestnut Spread

Before we go into the details of making chestnut puree at home, allow me to explain the difference between chestnut puree and chestnut spread. Because even though they both include blending chestnuts to a creamy consistency, chestnut purée and chestnut spread aren’t the same thing.

Chestnut purée, also referred to as marron paste, tends to have a nuttier, earthier taste, as it comes together with a mixture of cooked chestnuts, milk (or water), a little (optional) sugar, and vanilla bean (or extract). Because of its mild, versatile flavor, chefs often use it in sweet and savory recipes. Furthermore, chestnut puree recipes usually remove most excess liquid, creating a more paste-like texture.

Pureed chestnuts in a bowl with a spoon on the side.

By contrast, a chestnut spread recipe, also known as crème de marrons, is much creamier, smoother, and sweeter, combining mashed candied chestnuts, simple syrup (or glucose syrup), and vanilla extract. This mixture’s sweeter notes, in turn, make it a go-to for sweeter recipes, such as desserts (such as French Mont Blanc), a spread for toast, and pastry fillings. In fact, one of the most popular brands of chestnut sauce is the sweet French chestnut spread called Creme de Marrons de L’Ardèche by Clément Faugier (affiliate link.)

Ingredients You’ll Need

You only need four simple ingredients to prepare this French chestnut paste recipe, making it one of the easiest, most cost-effective recipes you’ll cook up this season.

Ingredients for the marron paste recipe from the top view.
  • Chestnuts: Selecting suitable chestnuts is critical to making this recipe smooth and nutty. If you buy cooked chestnuts from a store, make sure that they don’t have any added sugar and that the only ingredient is, in fact, “chestnuts.” My favorite brand is Blanchard & Blanchard’s organic whole chestnuts (affiliate link), which are already roasted and peeled. If you prefer to cook fresh chestnuts, I recommend cooking them following my recipe for boiling chestnuts. Alternatively, you can also cook them using my oven-roasted chestnuts, air fryer roasted chestnuts, or even fire-roasted chestnuts recipes, but please be aware that if you use these methods, you will end up with a chestnut puree with a slightly smokey flavor.
  • Liquid: To make the classic version of this French chestnut recipe, I recommend using whole cow’s milk to simmer your chestnuts. This simple addition will give your puree a delicious creaminess and temper its earthiness. However, you can also use almond milk or water for a vegan chestnut puree recipe.
  • Sweetener: Granulated sugar is the most common ingredient in sweetened chestnut puree, but natural sweeteners, like cane sugar, coconut sugar, or brown sugar, would also work. Furthermore, darker sugars will give your recipe a deeper, toffee-like taste. You can also add pitted dates to your cooking liquid for a healthier, more natural sweetness, as they’ll soften and infuse the mixture with their fruity, caramel undertones. If you’d prefer to make an unsweetened chestnut puree, omit the sugar in this recipe.
  • Vanilla: Vanilla bean—or even vanilla bean paste (affiliate link) —makes a great addition to this chestnuts puree recipe, lending it sweet, delicate, and aromatic notes. However, if you’re looking for a less expensive, more everyday ingredient, you may use 1-2 teaspoons of vanilla extract (affiliate link) instead. Just be sure to add the vanilla extract to your puree only after you finish simmering, as adding it during cooking will evaporate its alcohol.
  • Kosher Salt

Optional Add-Ins & Recipe Variations

  • Chocolate or Cocoa powder: Adding cocoa powder or chocolate to your marron paste would work wonderfully to give it a complex richness and make it a delicious chestnut recipe you can use in your recipes. The chocolate chestnut puree also makes an incredibly delicious snack you can literally eat from the jar with a spoon. Simply add a few tablespoons of your favorite chocolate chips or cocoa powder while the chestnuts are still warm during the pureeing process.
  • Alcohol: If you want to create authentic Hungarian chestnut puree at home, mix in a tablespoon of rum or cognac to your recipe. Then, you can quickly whip up a chestnut puree dessert by serving it with more sugar, another pour of rum, and a topping of whipped cream.
  • Make it savory: If you want to make your chestnut recipes savory—just like you would for my hearty Chestnut Stuffing!—begin by substituting this recipe’s cooking liquid for vegetable stock or chicken broth. Then, instead of adding vanilla bean, steep your favorite fresh herbs, like thyme, sage, or rosemary, in the broth. Simmer the chestnuts as usual, then remove the sprigs from the mixture before pureeing.

How to Make Chestnut Puree?

This chestnut paste recipe comes together in a snap with only thirty minutes and four ingredients. Even beginner chefs can enjoy this simple chestnut dish’s earthy, mild nuttiness.

The steps to making the sweetened chestnut puree in a collage of images.
  1. Mix the ingredients: Add the chestnuts, milk, sugar, and vanilla bean to a saucepan and heat it over medium-high heat.
  2. Simmer the milk: Bring the mixture to a boil, then turn the heat down to medium. Stirring frequently, let the liquid simmer for 20-25 minutes or until the milk reduces to ¾ cup and chestnuts are softened.
  3. Strain the chestnuts: Place a mesh strainer over a bowl and pour the milk-chestnut mixture into it. Save the removed liquid in the bowl and remove the vanilla bean. You can also do this with the help of a slotted spoon.
French chestnut spread after it is pureed in a food processor.
  1. Puree the chestnuts: Place the cooked chestnuts into the bowl of your food processor. Process them until pureed, stopping a few times to scrape the sides of the bowl.
  2. Adjust consistency: Depending on the recipe in which you plan to use your puree, you may adjust its consistency by adding the reserved cooking liquid as you blend your chestnuts.

How to Store and Freeze?

You won’t want to let a single teaspoon go to waste after making this easy chestnut puree. If you wish to store it for the next day or freeze it for months, these pro storage tips have you covered.

  • Store: To store your chestnut puree, first bring it to room temperature and transfer it to an airtight container. You can then store it in the refrigerator for up to four days.
  • Freeze: Freezing is an easy way to keep this recipe fresh for up to three months. Simply let your puree reach room temperature, place it in an airtight container, and freeze it. A day before you are ready to serve, thaw it in the fridge overnight. You may find that the paste may become watery or separate after thawing. If this occurs, give it a good stir to return it to its original texture.

How to Use Chestnut Puree?

One of the most common ways to enjoy chestnut puree is like the French do: spread it on toast or use it as a topping for yogurt. But why stop there? With your freshly made chestnut puree, you can create dishes that go far beyond the classics. Below is a variety of ideas for incorporating this rich, flavorful mashed chestnut recipe into a range of sweet, savory, and creamy recipes:

  • Mont Blanc: This iconic French dessert begins by placing orange syrup and whipped cream on top of a small round of white cake, topped with a meringue. Once assembled, chefs often cover the whole dessert with a thin layer of whipped cream, followed by a thick coating of chestnut paste squeezed in the shape of vermicelli noodles. This vermicelli-style mont blanc strikes a decadent balance between nutty, sugary, and delicate flavors.
  • Monte Bianco (Italian): Similar to the French Mont Blanc, this simple Italian version calls for a vermicelli-style serving of sweetened chestnut puree topped with whipped cream—a quick and sweet way to make a five-star dessert!
  • Filling for pastries: Not only is this four-ingredient puree delicious by itself, but it also makes an incomparably delectable chestnut filling for cookie sandwiches, croissants, eclairs, and crepes.
  • Flavoring for baked goods: Want to give your baked goods a smooth, nutty taste? This marron paste makes the perfect addition to all your favorite baked recipes, from cakes to muffins, cookie batters, and even bread puddings for a uniquely delicious flavor.
  • Topping: Pack your breakfast with an extra dose of tasty nutrition by using your chestnut puree to top your morning Chia Seed Oatmeal, Overnight Steel Cut Oatmeal, or Almond Flour Pancakes. You can even start your day on the lighter side by layering your chestnut blend into a Yogurt Parfait.
  • Blend into smoothies, custards, or ice cream: Try adding some sweetened chestnut puree to your favorite smoothie, custard, or ice cream recipes. Adding a dollop of this chestnut paste is an easy way to switch up your regular treats with new flavors.
  • Stuffing and savory puddings: Who says chestnut puree can’t be savory? This simple ingredient makes an excellent addition to savory dishes like Chestnut Stuffing and Chestnut Puree Soup, and it even works as a flavor-packed soup thickener.
  • Cheese platters: One of the easiest ways to serve this gourmet paste is alongside a plate of crackers and candied chestnuts, taking your Meat and Cheese Platter to the next level. Your chestnut lovers will thank you.

Expert Tips

You don’t have to be a French chef to make a chestnut puree worthy of a Parisian café. Here are a few pro tips to help you make a chestnut recipe that’s perfectly creamy, flavorful, and customizable.

  • Good quality chestnuts: It’s no surprise that chestnuts are the star ingredient of this puree recipe. And not all chestnuts are created equal. My recommendation is to purchase Italian or American chestnuts instead of Chinese chestnuts, as they tend to have a richer flavor and it is easier to peel them. However, if all you can find is the Chinese variety, then my recommendation is to boil them to use in this recipe. Finally, it is probably obvious, but the chestnuts we are using here are totally different from water chestnuts, so be sure to look for the right chestnuts.
  • Remove inner skin: If you’re boiling your chestnuts, be sure to remove their inner (fuzzy) skin before pureeing them. However, because this layer often clings to the walnuts harder than other layers, don’t worry if your chestnuts break during removal.
  • Keep a close eye on it: While simmering your cooking liquid, keep an eye on the mixture, stirring occasionally while gently breaking the chestnuts with the back of a spoon. As the cooking progresses, this liquid will thicken, and you might begin to see some scorching (especially if you are using milk as your cooking liquid) near the end. Stirring will keep the mixture from burning and encourage a more consistent thickening.
  • Adjust consistency: Depending on the recipe you plan to use, you may want this puree to have a thicker or thinner consistency. If you prefer a denser, more paste-like texture, strain all the cooking liquid from the chestnuts before pureeing. For a creamier, more delicate texture—more like the consistency of the chestnut spread—reserve the cooking liquid after straining the chestnuts and add it to the food processor until the puree reaches your desired consistency.
  • Adjust the sweetness: Although it may seem like a lot, two tablespoons of sugar is very mild in this recipe—especially if you’re not using the cooking liquid in your paste. However, feel free to adjust the amount of sugar you use according to your tastebuds and selected recipe.
  • Adding vanilla: Because of its mild yet rich notes, vanilla bean (or vanilla pod) is ideal for this mashed chestnut recipe, but vanilla bean paste (affiliate link) would also work. If you don’t have either, you can also use vanilla extract, but be sure to add it at the end of preparation, as the alcohol will evaporate during the simmering process.
  • Blending: I use a food processor to give my chestnut puree an ideally creamy texture, occasionally stopping and scraping the sides. However, a blender or a potato masher would also work if you don’t have a food processor on hand.

FAQs

What is chestnut puree made of?

Chestnut puree is a simple, creamy mixture made with only four ingredients: chestnuts, a liquid (such as milk or water), sugar, and vanilla bean.

Can you freeze chestnut puree?

Absolutely! To freeze your puree, let it cool first. Then, place it in an airtight container with extra room at the top to accommodate any expansion. Once secured, you can freeze your chestnut paste for up to three months.

Is chestnut cream the same as chestnut puree?

Not quite. Chestnut cream—also known as a chestnut spread or creme de marron—is a sweeter, creamier recipe than chestnut puree, and you can often find it in desserts and sweet recipes. Chestnut puree is thicker, milder, and more versatile, having uses in both sweet and savory recipes.

How to sweeten chestnut puree?

Suppose you prefer your chestnut puree on the sweeter side. In that case, you can enhance its flavor by adding more sugar, whether it’s traditional granulated sugar, cane sugar, or brown sugar. You can also sweeten your paste by adding dates to the cooking liquid and blending them into your chestnut mixture once soft.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this Creme de Marron recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Chestnut Puree in a bowl with a spoon on the side.
Print

Chestnut Puree Recipe

Whether you make a batch to use in your dessert recipes during the Christmas season or you just want to spread some on your morning toast for breakfast with a European flair, this chestnut puree is sure to add a delicious and unique touch to your meals.
Course Condiment
Cuisine French
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 238kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cups cooked chestnuts* or 16 oz cooked chestnuts drained – 350 g.
  • 2 cups whole milk or almond milk or water
  • 2 tablespoons granulated sugar or cane or coconut sugar
  • ½ vanilla bean or 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • Pinch of kosher salt

Instructions

  • Place chestnuts, milk, sugar, vanilla bean, and salt in a saucepan over medium-high heat.
  • Bring to a boil, turn down the heat to medium heat, and let it simmer, stirring frequently, for 20-25 minutes or until the milk is reduced to ½ cup. After the first 15 minutes, it starts to thicken quite a bit, so keep a close eye on it.
  • Place a mesh strainer over a bowl and carefully strain the chestnut and milk mixture, saving the liquid at the bottom. Remove the vanilla bean.
  • Transfer the chestnuts to the bowl of a food processor and process until pureed, stopping and scraping down the sides a few times.
  • Depending on the recipe you plan to use your chestnut puree, adjust its consistency by adding the reserved liquid as it is blending.

Notes

    • Yields: This recipe yields about 1 ½ cups of pureed chestnuts. I listed it as 4 servings but you can adjust the serving size according to the recipe you are using it in. The nutritional values below are per serving based on 4 servings.
  • Chestnuts: You can buy already cooked and peeled chestnuts from the store or cook your own chestnuts. If you purchase it from the grocery store, make sure the only ingredient listed on the packaging is chestnuts. If you decide to cook them yourself, I recommend following my boiled chestnuts recipe. Alternatively, you can cook chestnuts in the oven or roast them on an open fire, but please be aware that the end product might have a slightly smokier taste.
  • Sweetener: While the most popular sweetener used in this recipe is granulated sugar, you can use cane sugar, brown sugar, or even coconut sugar as well. The darker sugar varieties provide a toffee-like taste. Alternatively, for a healthier option, you can substitute sugar with a few pitted dates.
  • Vanilla: If you can’t get your hands on a vanilla bean, you can substitute it with vanilla extract. However, if you use vanilla extract, add it at the very end after the cooking is complete. Otherwise, all the alcohol (and flavors of vanilla) in the vanilla extract will evaporate during the cooking process.
  • Vanilla bean: When using a vanilla bean, it is best the scrape the beans out of the vanilla pod using a sharp knife. You can still put the whole (scraped) vanilla pot in the cooking liquid for flavor.
  • Storage: Bring the pureed chestnuts to room temperature and store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days.
  • Freeze: Freeze the leftover chestnut puree in an airtight container for up to 3 months. Thaw it in the fridge overnight.

Nutrition

Calories: 238kcal | Carbohydrates: 43g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 5g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.5g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 15mg | Sodium: 48mg | Potassium: 529mg | Sugar: 12g | Vitamin A: 216IU | Vitamin C: 29mg | Calcium: 164mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chestnut-puree/feed/ 0
French Apple Cake https://foolproofliving.com/french-apple-cake/ https://foolproofliving.com/french-apple-cake/#comments Fri, 29 Sep 2023 17:16:34 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1966 If you have ever wondered what to bake with apples, this easy apple cake will offer the perfect solution. Adapted…]]>

If you have ever wondered what to bake with apples, this easy apple cake will offer the perfect solution. Adapted from the incredible David Lebovitz (who actually adapted it from Dorie Greenspan’s cookbook Around My French Table), it is a great alternative to my other favorite fall-inspired apple dessert, Almond Flour Apple Cake.

And if you have plenty of fresh apples on hand or just want to celebrate apple season, be sure to also check out my Apple Cranberry Cake and Apple Roses.

French apple rum cake sliced from the top view with a knife on the side.

Ingredients

This French apple rum cake requires just a short list of simple ingredients, many of which are probably already in your pantry. We will need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Butter: Unsalted butter allows you to control the level of salt in the cake, but salted butter can also be used. If you decide to use salted butter, be sure to omit using salt in the batter.
  • Apples: I used a mix of Honeycrisp apples and Granny Smith apples, but you can use any variety of apples. Some other good baking apples include Fuji, Golden Delicious, Braeburn, Jonagold, and Pink Lady.
  • All Purpose Flour
  • Baking Powder
  • Kosher Salt
  • Whole Eggs: Use large eggs for the most consistent texture.
  • Coconut Sugar: Since we only share desserts made with natural sweeteners, I made this easy fresh apple cake with coconut sugar, but you can use your favorite dry granulated sugar, like regular white sugar or brown sugar.
  • Dark Rum: Dark rum transforms it from a regular apple cake to an easy French apple rum cake with a touch more elegance. My favorite rum to use here is Myer’s or Mount Gay.
  • Vanilla Extract: If a fresh apple cake with rum is not your cup of tea (or prefer a no-alcohol version), you can skip the rum altogether and use a full tablespoon of vanilla extract in its place.

Optional Add-Ins

If you want to jazz things up a bit, you can add one, two, or all of the following to make this apple cake recipe just the way you want it.

  • Ground Spices: Sprinkle in 1-2 teaspoons of ground cinnamon and a dash of fresh nutmeg, or give it a nice warmth with 1 teaspoon of apple pie spice mix.
  • Nuts: Toss in some toasted, chopped walnuts, pecans, or slivered almonds for extra crunch.
  • Dried Fruit: Give it even more sweetness with raisins or golden raisins.

How to Make an Apple Cake?

For a fast and easy method, I like to bake the apple cake in a springform pan. With that being said, you can use a regular cake pan, just make sure to grease the pan well before adding the batter. Here’s how I like to do it:

A collage of images showing how to make this recipe.
  1. Prep equipment: Place the oven rack in the middle position. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F (180 C). Generously butter an 8-inch** round springform pan. Line the bottom with parchment paper, place it on a sheet pan, and set it aside.
  2. Melt butter: Melt the butter in a small saucepan. Set it aside to cool while you prepare the rest of the batter.
  3. Prepare the apples: Remove the core and peel the apples, then cut into 1-inch chunks.
  4. Mix dry ingredients: In a small bowl, whisk together flour, baking powder, and salt.
A collage of images showing how to mix the batter to make this apple cake recipe.
  1. Whisk wet ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk together eggs and sugar until thoroughly mixed and glossy. Then, whisk in the rum and vanilla.
  2. Make apple batter: Add half of the flour mixture into the wet ingredients, followed by half of the melted butter. Alternate once more with the rest of the flour and remaining butter and stir until just combined. Fold in the apple chunks, making sure each one is coated with the batter.
  3. Bake: Transfer the batter to the prepared pan and smooth the top with a rubber spatula. Bake for 50 minutes, or until golden brown and a toothpick inserted into the center of the cake comes out clean.
Fresh apple cake in a spring form cake pan before baked and after baked.
  1. Cool: Allow to cool for 5-10 minutes, then run a knife around the edges to gently loosen the cake from the pan. Remove the sides of the springform pan or gently remove from the cake pan. Transfer to a cake platter or large plate. Cool for at least 1 hour.  Sprinkle it with powdered sugar (if preferred), before serving.

How to Store This Apple Cake?

This easy French apple cake recipe is a great make-ahead cake that you can enjoy throughout the week. While it is best on the day it is made, it keeps fresh if stored properly. Here is how I do it:

  • Storage: The apple rum cake will keep fresh for up to 3 days at room temperature, covered on the kitchen counter. Since the cake itself is very moist, it’s best to store it covered with a cake dome, overturned bowl, or with a few toothpicks inserted throughout the top of the cake and then tented with plastic wrap.
  • Freezing: Due to the high ratio of liquid coming from the apples, I do not recommend freezing this cake.

How to Serve?

Whether you want to enjoy this apple cake as the French do or give it more of an American spin, some of my favorite ways to serve include:

A slice of rum apple cake on a plate with a fork on the side.
  • Ice Cream: Serve it slightly warm with a scoop of vanilla ice cream, such as Honey Vanilla Ice Cream or more decadent caramel ice cream.
  • Cream / Sugar: Finish it with a dollop of creme fraiche, mascarpone cheese, Maple Whipped Cream, or a simple sprinkle of confectioner’s sugar.
  • Sauce: Drizzle it with storebaught caramel sauce, date caramel sauce, or fruit preserves.
  • Coffee / Tea: The sweet apple cake goes particularly well with bitter espresso or a mild cup of tea, such as Earl Grey.
  • Wine: Serve it as the French would, with a chilled glass of Sauternes (a sweet dessert wine) or an after-dinner beverage, like Calvados or Brandy.

Expert Tips:

While the recipe for this homemade apple cake recipe is pretty straightforward, there are a few things that I’d like to share to ensure the best results. Below are a few lessons I learned while testing the recipe:

  • Use room temperature ingredients: When all the ingredients are roughly the same temperature, it makes for a more cohesive batter. In this case, make sure to allow time for the butter to cool down and allow the eggs to come to room temperature.
  • Prevent the apples from oxidizing: For some added insurance, you can toss the diced apples with a squeeze of fresh lemon juice to prevent browning. The fresh citrus juice adds a nice little tang, too.
  • Cubed Apples: As you can see in the pictures, this cake is a bit different than your usual fluffy apple cake recipe. Rather, it is cubed apples covered with cake batter. Due to the high moisture content of the cubed apples, it doesn’t rise as much as you would expect.
  • Use the right pan: I used an 8-inch springform cake pan for easy removal. You can also use a 9-inch springform pan, just note that the cake will be thinner. If you do not own a springform pan, a regular 8 or 9-inch cake pan will do, just make sure to thoroughly grease the bottom and sides, and line the bottom of the pan with a circle of parchment paper.
  • Pay attention to baking time: Bake times will vary based on your oven. Start checking the cake at the 50-minute mark, and continue to bake in 5-minute increments until golden brown and springy.
  • Browning: If you use coconut or brown sugar as your sweetener, the top of the cake will brown more compared to using granulated sugar.
  • Cool completely: For best results, cool in the pan for 5 minutes, loosen the sides, and then transfer to a cake plate. It is best if you let it cool for at least an hour. 

FAQs

What country did apple cake originate from?

There are many different variations of apple cake throughout the world thanks to regional and religious influences. The first version of French apple cake, tarte tatin, which is technically more like an upside-down version of apple pie, was invented by the Tatin sisters at their hotel Lamotte Beuvron in the 19th century.

What is a substitute for dark rum in apple cake?

Simply replace the dark rum with more vanilla extract. Feel free to use up to one full tablespoon of vanilla extract.

What’s the difference between apple pie and apple cake?

Apple pie is an apple dessert where apples are the filling between two crusts made from shortcrust pastry. Apple cake, on the other hand, is diced apples surrounded by a batter made primarily of butter, flour, and sugar.

Other Baked Goods with Apples You Might Also Like:

Wondering what you can make with fresh apples? Well, you have come to the right place. Here are a few other apple recipes you might also like:

If you try this French Apple Cake, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Apple cake sliced on a plate from the top view.
Print

French Apple Cake Recipe

This French Apple Cake is a simple yet classic fall cake featuring cubed apples folded in batter that is flavored with dark rum. Made with just a few everyday ingredients, it is a French apple dessert that you can make with only 15 minutes of hands-on time.
Course Cake
Cuisine French
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 50 minutes
Cooling time 1 hour
Total Time 2 hours
Servings 8 slices
Calories 266kcal

Ingredients

  • 8 tablespoons unsalted butter plus more for greasing the pan (110gr.)
  • 4 large apples ~2 pounds, I used a mix of Honey Crisp and Granny Smith Apples
  • ¾ cup all-purpose flour 110 gr.
  • ¾ teaspoon baking powder
  • teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 2 large eggs room temperature
  • ¾ cup coconut sugar or brown sugar*
  • 2 tablespoons dark rum
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1 teaspoon powdered sugar optional

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F (180 C). Generously butter an 8-inch** round springform pan. Line it with parchment paper, place it on a sheet pan, and set it aside.
  • Place butter in a small saucepan and heat until fully melted. Let it cool off the heat while you are working on the rest of the ingredients.
  • Core and peel apples, then cut them into 1-inch chunks. Set them aside.
  • Whisk together flour, baking powder, and salt in a small bowl. Set it aside.
  • In a large bowl, whisk together eggs and sugar until thoroughly mixed. Whisk in the rum and vanilla.
  • Whisk half of the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients, followed by half of the now-cooled melted butter.
  • Stir in the rest of the flour mixture and butter. Whisk until fully combined.
  • Fold in the apple chunks and make sure that they are fully coated with the batter.
  • Transfer the batter to the prepared cake pan and smooth the top with a spatula. Place the cake pan on a sheet pan (we do this to catch any bubbling juices.)
  • Bake for 50 minutes or until a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean.
  • Let it cool for 5 minutes, then run a knife through the edges to loosen the cake from the pan.
  • Transfer to a cake platter (or a wire rack) and let it cool for at least an hour before serving. If preferred, you can sprinkle it with a small amount of powdered sugar before serving.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes an 8-inch cake (8 slices). The nutritional values below are per slice.
  • Sugar: You can substitute coconut sugar with an equal amount of brown sugar or granulated sugar. If you use granulated sugar, the surface of the cake will not brown as much.
  • Cake pan: A 9-inch springform pan would also work, but the cake will be thinner. If you do not own a springform, you can make this in a cake pan, but make sure to grease it well so that it will come out easily.
  • No alcohol version: If you prefer to use no alcohol or just want to skip the rum altogether, use a full tablespoon of vanilla extract in its place.
  • Storage: This cake will keep fresh for up to 3 days at room temperature, covered on the kitchen counter. Since the cake itself is very moist, it’s best to store it covered with a cake dome, overturned bowl, or with a few toothpicks inserted throughout the top of the cake and then tented with plastic wrap. Alternatively, you can cut it into slices and store in an airtight container.
  • Serving suggestions: A dollop of crème fraîche is possibly the most French way of serving it, but you can also top it off with a scoop of vanilla ice cream.
  • Cubed Apples: As you can see in the pictures, this cake is a bit different than your usual batter-heavy apple cake recipe. Rather, it is cubed apples covered with cake batter. Please be aware that due to the high moisture content of the cubed apples, it doesn’t rise as much as you would expect.

Nutrition

Calories: 266kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 13g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 0.5g | Cholesterol: 71mg | Sodium: 124mg | Potassium: 129mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 20g | Vitamin A: 458IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 39mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/french-apple-cake/feed/ 23
Mini Lemon Blueberry Tarts https://foolproofliving.com/mini-lemon-tarts/ https://foolproofliving.com/mini-lemon-tarts/#comments Thu, 17 Aug 2023 22:20:09 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=19958 If you know me well, you know I love any ricotta or lemon recipe, like Almond Ricotta Cake or Almond…]]>

If you know me well, you know I love any ricotta or lemon recipe, like Almond Ricotta Cake or Almond Flour Lemon Cake. But today’s recipe, Mini Lemon Blueberry Tarts, is one of those, ‘my friend is coming over, I have to whip something together quick’ sort of recipes.

If you are looking for a large tart recipe including the tart crust and filling, be sure to check out Summer Berry Tart for all your warm weather gatherings.

Mini blueberry lemon tarts on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients

The ingredient list for these lemon blueberry tartlets is so short and sweet. The key is to have those little tartlets made from store-bought philo cups, but we will get to that in a bit. Here’s a quick glance at what we need:

  • Ricotta cheese: I use my Homemade Ricotta Cheese recipe, but any store-bought ricotta cheese will do.
  • Large eggs
  • Honey: Honey is a natural sweetener that really compliments the ricotta, lemon and blueberries. However, an equal amount of maple syrup would also work.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Lemon zest: Zest one large lemon or two small ones before slicing and juicing.
  • Lemon juice: Fresh lemon juice will provide the best flavor.
  • Mini fillo cups: Look for mini phyllo cups (sometimes labeled mini phyllo shells) in major grocery stores or online. If you have a local Greek store nearby, they will be readily available there, too.
  • Blueberries: Fresh sweet blueberries are your best bet; just make sure to rinse and pat dry before adding to the tarts. For a jammy sort-of blueberry layer finish, you could also finish the lemon tarts with Blueberry Sauce.
  • Pomegranate seeds: Optional, but I find the pomegranate seeds add such a lovely color and tangy bite.

Optional Add-Ins / Variations

  • Fresh berries: Change up the blueberries to any of your favorite berries, like fresh raspberries, blackberries, or diced strawberries.
  • Almond extract: Compliment the delicate lemon flavor with ½ teaspoon almond extract added to the ricotta mix.
  • Whipped cream: Dollop each individual lemon tart with Maple Whipped Cream just before serving.
  • Garnish: If serving immediately, you can garnish with a sprig of fresh mint for extra elegance.

How to Make Blueberry Tarts

This is the sweeter side of ricotta, with a little honey and fresh blueberries to get us there. To make these lemon and blueberry mini tarts, follow these steps:

A collage of images showing how to make the recipe.
  1. Preheat oven: Preheat the oven to 350°F. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
  2. Make ricotta filling: In a medium bowl, whisk together ricotta, eggs, honey, vanilla extract, lemon zest, lemon juice, and salt.
  3. Fill phyllo cups: Place the filo cups on the prepared pan, spacing them out about 1” apart. Fill each shell with about 1 Tablespoon ricotta mixture.
  4. Bake: Bake for 14-15 minutes, or until the filling is warm and the shells are a lightly golden brown.
  5. Garnish: Allow the tartlets to cool slightly. Finish with fresh blueberries and pomegranate seeds, if using.

How to Store

While these mini berry tarts are best enjoyed the day they are made, they can be stored and enjoyed later in the week.

For best results, store leftover mini blueberry tarts in an airtight container in the fridge for 2 days. Remove from the fridge 5 to 10 minutes before enjoying to take some of the chill off.

FAQs:

Why is my lemon tart runny?

Lemon tarts can be runny if the filling is too wet. To ensure the filling is not runny, thoroughly mix the ricotta before mixing with the rest of the ingredients and bake until the filling is puffed and set in the middle.

Should lemon tarts be refrigerated?

Individual lemon tarts can be made in advance and stored in an airtight container in the fridge. When ready to enjoy, remove from the refrigerator 5-10 minutes before enjoying to bring up to room temperature.

Can you freeze lemon tarts?

We do not recommend freezing the lemon tartlets as the phyllo cups become too soggy once frozen and thawed.

Other Blueberry Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Mini Lemon Blueberry Tarts recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Lemon blueberry mini tarts from the top view.
Print

Mini Lemon Blueberry Tarts

Looking for an easy bite-sized dessert for a crowd? I’ve got you covered. These Mini Lemon Tarts are filled with ricotta-lemon filling and topped off with blueberries. They are so easy to make with only 8 ingredients and 10 minutes hands on time.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Servings 24 mini tarts
Calories 43kcal

Ingredients

  • ¾ cup whole milk ricotta cheese
  • 3 large eggs
  • 2 tablespoons honey or maple syrup
  • ¾ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1 tablespoon lemon zest from 1 large or 2 small lemons, freshly grated
  • 1 teaspoon lemon juice
  • Pinch of salt
  • 24 mini phyllo shells
  • 1 cup blueberries
  • A handful of pomegranate seeds as garnish (optional)

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350 F Degrees. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper. Set aside.
  • Whisk together ricotta cheese with eggs, honey, vanilla extract, lemon zest, lemon juice, and salt in a medium bowl.
  • Place the phylo cups on the prepared pan and fill each cup with 1 tablespoon filling.
  • Bake them until the filling is warm and the shells turn lightly golden brown, about 14-15 minutes.
  • Allow them to cool for a few minutes. Garnish with blueberries and pomegranate seeds (if using) and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 24 mini tarts. I usually serve 4 per person as a “finger dessert”, which makes it ideal for 6 servings. You can, however, multiply the recipe if you are serving a larger crowd.
  • Storage: Since it is so easy to put together, I highly recommend serving this recipe on the day that it is made. However, if you have leftovers you can store them in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. 

Nutrition

Calories: 43kcal | Carbohydrates: 5g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.5g | Trans Fat: 0.002g | Cholesterol: 24mg | Sodium: 22mg | Potassium: 22mg | Fiber: 0.2g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 68IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 20mg | Iron: 0.2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/mini-lemon-tarts/feed/ 17
Avocado Ice Cream https://foolproofliving.com/coconut-milk-and-avocado-ice-cream/ https://foolproofliving.com/coconut-milk-and-avocado-ice-cream/#comments Mon, 03 Jul 2023 21:34:53 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=6943 You heard that right – vegan avocado ice cream is made with coconut milk and ripe avocados for a homemade…]]>

You heard that right – vegan avocado ice cream is made with coconut milk and ripe avocados for a homemade treat you can feel good about. Much like my other vegan frozen desserts, including Strawberry Coconut Milk Popsicles and Cashew Ice Cream, this one gets its richness and fatty texture from whole plant foods.

And because it is a no-churn recipe, no ice cream maker is required. If you are a fan of avocados, you are going to love this one.

Avocado Ice Cream placed in coconut bowls with an ice cream scoop on the side.

Ingredients

Avocado based ice cream requires just a handful of simple ingredients you can pick up from your local grocery store. For the complete list of ingredients, we will need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Coconut Milk: We recommend a can of full-fat coconut milk, shaken or blended until smooth, for the best flavor. That being said, coconut cream can also be used. Though I liked the version of it made with coconut milk better. Do not use a carton of coconut beverage, as this does not impart the same flavor or creamy texture.
  • Avocado: Look for avocados with dark green to black skin that yield slightly to pressure. When you pop the cap off the top, the avocado flesh should be bright and green. This means they are ripe but not browned and spoiled.
  • Banana: One ripe banana adds creaminess and a slightly sweet flavor.
  • Maple Syrup: Go for pure maple syrup for the best flavor.
  • Lime Juice + Lime Zest: The lime juice and lime zest add a beautiful pop of citrus flavor. Lemon juice and lemon zest can be used instead. You could also add 1 teaspoon of vanilla extract to further enhance its flavor profile.
  • Unsweetened Coconut Flakes: Coconut flakes add a nice crunch and tropical finish. Make sure to toast the coconut flakes for the best flavor.
  • Coconut shells: If you have access to coconut shells, they make the pretties “bowls”.

Optional Add-Ins & Variations

  • Chocolate: With a little inspiration from Tom Brady and for a chocolate avocado ice cream treat, add 2-3 tablespoons cocoa powder or antioxidant-rich cacao powder. And if you are a fan of chocolate mint ice cream, add a mere ¼ teaspoon of peppermint extract, too.
  • Keto: To make keto avocado ice cream, omit the banana and maple syrup. Replace the banana with ½ cup heavy cream and sweeten it with ⅓ cup of your favorite keto sweetener (such as allulose).

How to Make Avocado Ice Cream?

This creamy homemade avocado ice cream recipe comes together after a quick whiz in your food processor and some freezing time – no ice cream machine required. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Chill loaf pan: Place a 9×5 inch loaf pan in the freezer for 30 minutes before making the ice cream.
A collage of images showing how to make vegan avocado ice cream.
  1. Puree ingredients: Place the coconut milk, avocados, banana, maple syrup, lime juice, and Kosher salt in a food processor fitted with the S-blade. Puree for about 1 minute, until all the ingredients reach a smooth texture, scraping down the sides of the bowl halfway through. Once the avocado mixture is smooth, add the lime zest and pulse a few times.
  2. Store: Transfer the ice cream base to the chilled loaf pan. Smooth into an even layer with a spatula or the back of a spoon. Cover the surface of the ice cream mixture directly with plastic wrap, removing as much air as possible.
  3. Freeze: Place the avocado ice cream into the freezer for at least 4 hours before serving. 
  4. Scoop: Remove it from the freezer 15 minutes before serving for it to soften. Scoop into bowls (or coconut bowls) and garnish with coconut flakes, if preferred.

How to Store?

This dairy-free avocado ice cream will keep for up to 1 week in the freezer if stored properly. For best results and prolonged shelf life, make sure to:

  • Use a frozen container: We found a pre-chilled loaf pan to be the best mode of storage for this avocado frozen dessert as the larger surface area makes it easier to scoop. That being said, you can store it in an ice cream container (affiliate link) or a freezer-safe airtight container.
  • Cover with plastic wrap: Place a piece of plastic wrap directly on the surface of the ice cream to prevent air bubbles and the formation of ice crystals.
  • Allow good airflow: Place the loaf pan in the coldest part of your freezer (usually in the back, away from odorous foods) with good air circulation. A consistent temperature maintains the texture and flavor.
  • Avoid frequent thawing and refreezing: Constant temperature fluctuations may create an icy texture.
  • Consume within one week: Homemade ice cream does not have as long a shelf life as commercially-made ice cream. For the best texture and flavor, enjoy within 5-7 days.

How to Serve

This healthy avocado ice cream recipe can be served just as is or jazzed up to really play up its tropical vibe. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

Person holding guacamole ice cream in a coconut bowl from the front view.
  • Cone or Bowl: Keep it simple by scooping into your favorite cone or ice cream bowl.
  • Coconut Bowls: If available to you and to really give it the island appeal, serve it in fresh coconut halves with a sprig of fresh mint and toasted coconut flakes, as pictured here.
  • Blend into Smoothies and Milkshakes: This avocado ice cream has a minimal amount of natural sugars, which means it is healthy enough to enjoy on the regular in daily smoothies or milkshakes.
  • With Toppings: Finish with any and all of your favorite healthy or crunchy toppings, such as fresh fruit, dark chocolate chips, toasted nuts, or even granola.

Expert Tips

  • Blend coconut milk well: Whether you shake the can vigorously or blend the coconut milk in a blender, make sure the coconut milk is a smooth consistency before pureeing.
  • Process well: Be sure to use a high-powered food processor or high-speed blender, such as a Vitamix, to achieve optimal texture.
  • Ripeness is key: Since avocados are the main ingredient in this recipe, it’s important that the avocados are at the right degree of ripeness. Brown or mushy avocados will result in a bitter flavor. The same is true for the banana.
  • Add lime zest at the end: A few specks of lime zest running throughout the ice cream add visual appeal and pops of citrus flavor. And adding it at the end prevents it from disappearing into the ice cream.
  • Churn, if desired: While we did not find it necessary to churn the avocado ice cream in an ice cream maker, you can certainly do so following the manufacturer’s instructions. It takes about 15-20 minutes for it to fully freeze in my ice cream maker (affiliate link.)
  • Allow to thaw for 15 minutes before serving: Because this ice cream with avocado has a ton of healthy fats and lower water content when compared to dairy-based ice cream, it takes longer to reach a softer consistency. Allow to sit at room temperature for 10-15 minutes, or until it is scoopable.
  • Fun fact: Did you know that avocado ice cream is Tom Brady’s favorite ice cream? 

FAQs

What is avocado ice cream made of?

Avocado ice cream is made with ripe avocados, coconut milk, banana, and maple syrup, along with lime juice and lime zest for a tropical feel.

What does avocado ice cream taste like?

Avocado ice cream tastes like avocados, with its earthy, mild, almost fruity flavor coming through with each bite. It is pleasant, delightful, and refreshing, with a creamy and rich texture.

Other Ice Cream Recipes You Might Like:

If you try this Avocado Ice Cream recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Avocado ice cream with coconut milk in coconut bowls garnished with coconut flakes.
Print

Avocado Ice Cream Recipe

Here’s a creamy and rich avocado ice cream that requires no ice cream maker. Made with healthier ingredients and sweetened with maple syrup, this is the perfect vegan ice cream to serve on a hot summer day.
Course Ice Cream
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cooling Time 4 hours
Total Time 4 hours 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 527kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 can unsweetened coconut milk – 13.5 ounces
  • 2 Hass Avocados ripe, total weight 1 pound with pits; skinned and pitted
  • 1 banana ripe
  • ½ cup maple syrup
  • 2 teaspoons lime juice freshly squeezed
  • ¼ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 1 tablespoon lime zest from 2 limes

Optional Garnishes

  • 2 tablespoons Unsweetened toasted shredded coconut

For Serving (Optional)

  • Coconut Bowls

Instructions

  • Place a 9×5 inch loaf pan in the freezer for 30 minutes before making the ice cream.
  • Place the coconut milk, avocados, banana, maple syrup, lime juice, and Kosher salt in a food processor and puree until all the ingredients are smooth for approximately 1 minute. Scrape down the sides of the bowl halfway through processing so that all the ingredients are pureed.
  • Add the lime zest and pulse into the mixture for a couple of “bursts.”
  • Transfer the mixture to the loaf pan and smooth it out evenly. Cover with stretch film, removing as much air as possible.
  • Place the covered ice cream into the freezer for at least 4 hours before serving.
  • Remove it from the freezer 15 minutes before serving for it to soften. Scoop into bowls (or coconut bowls) and garnish with coconut flakes, if preferred.

Notes

  • Yield: This recipe yields a little less than 1-quart ice cream.
  • Coconut Milk vs Cream: This recipe was tested both with canned coconut milk and canned coconut cream. We prefer the version made with the milk better as the version made with cream had an overwhelming coconut taste whereas the milk version allowed the avocado flavors to shine. 
  • Storage: Be sure to store in an airtight container, cover it tightly and consume within 5-7 days.
  • This recipe is adapted from David Lebovitz’s Avocado Ice Cream recipe with minor changes.

Nutrition

Calories: 527kcal | Carbohydrates: 48g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 39g | Saturated Fat: 23g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Sodium: 171mg | Potassium: 951mg | Fiber: 10g | Sugar: 32g | Vitamin A: 168IU | Vitamin C: 17mg | Calcium: 74mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/coconut-milk-and-avocado-ice-cream/feed/ 18
Honey Ice Cream https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-vanilla-ice-cream/ https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-vanilla-ice-cream/#comments Sat, 01 Jul 2023 21:20:21 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1393 If you have never made homemade ice cream with honey before, consider this a sign. Making ice cream at home…]]>

If you have never made homemade ice cream with honey before, consider this a sign. Making ice cream at home is not only easy to make, but it also gives you complete control over the ingredients used. This simple vanilla ice cream recipe is made with just a few basic ingredients you probably already have on hand. The best part, you ask? You can use it as a base for (pretty much) any ice cream flavor you like.

Love making ice cream? Put your ice cream maker to good use with Coconut Cashew Ice Cream (dairy-free) or Avocado Ice Cream, or go the no-churn method with Yogurt Bark.

Honey Vanilla Ice cream is being drizzled with honey from the front view.

Ingredients for Honey Vanilla Ice Cream

This homemade honey ice cream requires only 6 simple ingredients. Here’s a look at what we need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Heavy Cream: Pick up a pint of heavy cream or heavy whipping cream for the creamiest texture. 
  • Milk: Use full-fat whole milk for the richest texture and flavor.
  • Honey: Choose high-quality honey, local or raw honey is even better. As always, the honey flavor will determine the flavor of your ice cream. My favorite types of honey are orange blossom and clover. Maple syrup could also be used but be aware that the flavor profile of the overall ice cream would be different.
  • Salt: We are using Kosher salt to season the honey-flavored ice cream. Feel free to give it a finish of Maldon flaky salt upon serving for a salted honey ice cream twist.
  • Vanilla: You can use vanilla extract or the luxurious vanilla bean paste (affiliate link). If using vanilla extract, be sure to add it at the end while the ice cream mixture cools to room temperature.
  • Raw Egg Yolks: Whole egg yolks add texture and richness to the honey and ice cream. The trick is to temper the egg yolks into the cream mixture, but more on this later.

How to Make Honey Ice Cream Recipe?

If you never thought of making vanilla ice cream with honey, think again! Just like all homemade ice cream recipes, this one requires a bit of patience. But your efforts will be rewarded in the end. Here’s how to do it:

Person showing how to make honey ice cream in a collage of pictures.
  1. Heat the cream mixture: In a medium saucepan over medium-high heat, heat the cream, milk, honey, salt, and vanilla paste (if using) for approximately 5 minutes, stirring frequently, until it just barely begins to simmer. Do not let it boil.
  2. Temper egg yolks: While the cream mixture is coming up to a simmer, place the egg yolks in a medium bowl and whisk until smooth. When the cream mixture has just barely reached a simmer, pour 1 ½ cups of the warmed cream mixture into a measuring cup. Slowly pour the cream mixture into the yolks while continuously whisking as you pour it into the bowl. Continuous whisking is paramount to prevent the eggs from curdling.
Person tempering eggs to make the ice cream base.
  1. Cook custard: Pour the egg mixture back into the saucepan while stirring constantly with a wooden spoon. Reduce to medium heat and cook for approximately 10 minutes (stirring constantly) until it is slightly thickened or registers 180 degrees F. As you are stirring, ensure that you are scraping the bottom edge of the pan as it thickens. The mixture should produce “milk bubbles” on the edge of the pan, which is a good indication of proper temperature. Do not let it boil, as this will scald the cream and milk.
  2. Cool ice cream base: Pour the cream mixture into a heat-proof cup or bowl. Allow to cool on the kitchen counter for 30 minutes. Then, cover it with a lid or plastic wrap and place it in the refrigerator for at least 3 hours or up to 24 hours.
Person churning vanilla honey ice cream and then freezing it in a collage of images.
  1. Churn ice cream: After the custard is thoroughly chilled, churn the mixture in an ice cream maker (affiliate link) according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Mine takes about 15-20 minutes, and in the end, the mixture resembles the texture of soft-serve ice cream. 
  2. Freeze: Transfer the ice cream to an airtight container or a loaf pan and cover it tightly. Freeze the ice cream until firm, at least 2 hours, but preferably overnight. Serve once chilled.

How to Store

This honey milk ice cream will keep for up to 1 week in the freezer if stored properly. Here are my best tips for storage:

  • Store in a freezer-safe airtight container, preferably an ice cream tub (affiliate link.) Use the back of a spoon to gently push it down to remove any air. 
  • Place in the back of the freezer, away from any odorous foods (i.e., fish, onions, etc.).

How to Serve Honey Ice Cream?

Honey-sweetened ice cream will become one of your favorite ice cream flavors you are going to want to put on everything. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

  • Bowl / Cone: Keep it classic by scooping ice cream into a bowl or cone to enjoy all on its own. Use any of your favorite toppings, such as nuts, fresh fruit, or even better, a drizzle of your favorite caramel.
  • Make Ice Cream Sandwich: Sandwich a generous scoop of it in between Almond Flour Cookies, or Almond Flour Peanut Butter Cookies for a scrumptious summer treat.
  • On Top of Baked Goods: Serve it a la mode style on top of Almond Flour Brownies, Peach Galette, or Easy Apple Crisp.
  • Make a Honey Ice Cream Sundae: Create a luxurious ice cream sundae at home by topping it off with dark chocolate, chocolate chips, fresh fruit, or fruit sauce, like my Blueberry Sauce and Maple Whipped Cream.
Copycat Haagen Dazs honey vanilla ice cream in a bowl.

Expert Tips

  • Simmer instead of boiling: Do not bring the cream and honey mixture to a boil. Boiling honey changes its color, texture, and nutrient value. Bringing the mixture to too high of a temperature could also scald the milk as well as break the egg yolk emulsion. 
  • Use good quality ingredients: Good quality ingredients will always yield a more flavorful ice cream. Use your favorite brands of cream, honey, and vanilla, and pay a little extra for organic, if possible.
  • When tempering eggs, be patient: If this is your first time tempering eggs, be patient and confident. It’s always best to work slower rather than faster to avoid scrambling the eggs.
  • Use a wooden spoon: A wooden spoon helps to get into the crevices of your saucepan. This is important because we don’t want the milk to scald at the bottom.
  • Look for ‘nape’: This is a French term that means the ice cream base is ready when it is thick enough to coat the back of a wooden spoon. You can also use a digital thermometer to check doneness. The egg mixture should reach 180 degrees Fahrenheit before getting it off the heat.
  • Strain, if needed: We tested this recipe several times and did not need to strain. However, a few clumps are possible. If that happens to you, straining the mixture through a fine mesh strainer helps to catch any unwanted egg chunks that may have developed during the tempering of the eggs.
  • Make sure it is completely cool before churning. The ice cream base must be chilled before churning to ensure the proper functioning of your ice cream maker. Chill in the fridge for at least 3 hours or up to overnight.
  • Allow to freeze until firm. While the ice cream can be enjoyed straight from the ice cream machine for more of a soft-serve texture, I find it’s best to freeze for at least 2 hours before enjoying it.
  • Cover the “skin”: For extra precaution, place a piece of stretch film directly over the surface of the ice cream before freezing. This can help to prevent a skin from forming.
  • Store properly. Store the honey vanilla ice cream in a freezer-safe airtight container or your favorite ice cream tub (affiliate link) to prevent freezer burn. This will allow the ice cream to last a week, if not longer.

FAQs

Is honey a good sweetener for ice cream?

Yes, honey is a delicious natural sweetener for ice cream that adds sweet, floral notes. Go for orange blossom or clover honey for the best flavor.

What is the secret to creamy ice cream?

Heavy cream and full-fat milk will produce the creamiest, dreamiest ice cream. Don’t skip on the fat for this recipe.

Other Honey-Sweetened Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this recipe for Honey Ice Cream, please take a minute to rate and comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

honey ice cream being drizzled with honey in a bowl.
Print

Honey Ice Cream Recipe

Try this homemade honey ice cream recipe for a super creamy and naturally sweetened treat that is superior to any store-bought brand. Drawing inspiration from Haagen Dazs’ Honey Vanilla Ice Cream, this simple recipe is an excellent delight to savor all year round.
Course Ice Cream
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Resting 10 hours
Total Time 10 hours 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 549kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups heavy cream
  • 1 ½ cups whole milk
  • ½ cup honey
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 1 ½ teaspoon vanilla paste or pure vanilla extract*
  • 4 large egg yolks

Instructions

  • Heat the cream, milk, honey, salt, and vanilla paste in a medium-sized saucepan over medium-high heat for approximately 5 minutes, stirring frequently, until it just barely begins to simmer. Do not let it boil.
  • While the cream mixture is simmering, whisk the egg yolks in a bowl until smooth. Set them aside.
  • Pour 1 ½ cups of the warmed cream mixture into a measuring cup.
  • Gradually whisk the cream mixture into the eggs while constantly stirring as you pour it into the bowl. Continuous whisking is paramount to prevent the eggs from curdling.
  • Pour the egg and milk mixture back into the saucepan while stirring constantly with a wooden spoon. Cook over medium heat for approximately 10 minutes (stirring constantly) until it is slightly thickened or it registers 180 degrees F. As you are stirring, ensure that you are scraping the bottom edge of the pan as it thickens. The mixture should produce “milk bubbles” on the edge of the pan, which is a good indication of proper temperature. Do not let it boil, as this will scald the cream and milk.
  • Pour the cream mixture into a heat-proof cup and let it cool on the counter for 30 minutes. Cover it with a lid or stretch film and refrigerate for at least 3 hours or for up to 24 hours.
  • Churn the mixture after it has chilled according to the ice cream manufacturer’s instructions. Mine takes about 15-20 minutes, and in the end, the mixture resembles the texture of soft-serve ice cream.
  • Transfer it to an airtight container and cover it tightly. Freeze it until firm for at least 3 hours, preferably overnight. Serve when chilled.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields 1 quart of ice cream.Storage: Store in an airtight container, preferably an ice cream tub (affiliate link.) or a loaf pan that is tightly covered with stretch film. Use the back of a spoon to gently push it down to remove any air. 
  • Vanilla: If you do not have vanilla paste, you can use vanilla extract. However, be sure to add it at the end while the ice cream mixture cools to room temperature. Otherwise, it will evaporate during the cooking process.
  • This recipe has been adapted with minor changes from The Perfect Scoop.

Nutrition

Calories: 549kcal | Carbohydrates: 43g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 40g | Saturated Fat: 24g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 295mg | Sodium: 359mg | Potassium: 263mg | Fiber: 0.1g | Sugar: 43g | Vitamin A: 1705IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 196mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-vanilla-ice-cream/feed/ 17
Honey Chocolate Ice Cream https://foolproofliving.com/double-dark-chocolate-ice-cream/ https://foolproofliving.com/double-dark-chocolate-ice-cream/#comments Sat, 01 Jul 2023 21:16:41 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1509 As with most of my easy chocolate recipes, this chocolate honey ice cream has no high fructose corn syrup and no…]]>

As with most of my easy chocolate recipes, this chocolate honey ice cream has no high fructose corn syrup and no refined sugar. It is sweetened with only the natural goodness of honey.

And if you are a serious ice cream lover, be sure to check out my Avocado Ice Cream and Cashew Coconut Milk Ice Cream.

Honey and Chocolate Ice Cream served over a cone in a person's hand.

Ingredients

This chocolate honey ice cream recipe requires just a handful of simple ingredients. We will need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Heavy Cream: Heavy cream, sometimes labeled heavy whipping cream, provides a rich and creamy consistency that is so akin to ice cream. 
  • Whole Milk: Make sure to also use full-fat milk for the richest texture.
  • Honey: Seek out high-quality honey from a brand you trust. Whether it is local or raw honey, or both, pick a flavor you like, like orange blossom or clover.
  • Unsweetened Cocoa Powder: Unsweetened cocoa powder (not Dutch-processed) provides a rich, earthy, chocolatey flavor. I tested this recipe with both Hershey’s (affiliate link) and Valrhona (affiliate link), and both were equally delicious. For even more powerful antioxidants, try organic Cacao Powder (affilaite link), which is not heated to as high a temperature during processing as traditional cocoa powder.
  • Raw Egg Yolks: Egg yolks add richness and create a chocolate custard ice cream dream.
  • Vanilla Paste: Although more expensive, vanilla bean paste (affiliate link) adds richness and specks of vanilla bean. If you would like to use pure vanilla extract instead, make sure to add it while the chocolate ice cream base is cooling, so as to not evaporate the alcohol.
  • Salt: A pinch of Kosher salt enhances the sweet cream and chocolate notes.

How to Make Chocolate Ice Cream with Honey?

Honey-sweetened chocolate ice cream is just as delicious, if not more so, than traditional ice cream recipes. Here’s how to do it:

A collage of images showing how to make chocolate ice cream with honey.
  1. Heat cream mixture: In a medium saucepan, place the cream, milk, honey, unsweetened cocoa powder, vanilla paste, and salt. Cook over medium-high heat, string frequently until it is barely simmering, 7-8 minutes. Do not let it boil.
  2. Whisk egg yolks: While the cream mixture is coming up to a simmer, whisk the egg yolks in a medium bowl.
  3. Temper egg yolks: Carefully pour 1 ½ cups of the warmed cream mixture into a measuring cup. Gradually and slowly whisk the cream mixture into the eggs while constantly stirring as you pour it into the bowl. Continuous whisking is very important to prevent the eggs from curdling.
  4. Make the chocolate custard: Immediately pour the egg yolk mixture back into the saucepan. Cook over medium to medium-high heat for approximately 8 minutes, stirring constantly with a wooden spoon, until it is slightly thickened. Make sure to also stir the bottom edge of the saucepan to incorporate the mixture. Do not let it boil, as this will scald the cream and milk. The mixture should be around 180 degrees Fahrenheit.
Photos showing churned custard based chocolate ice cream.
  1. Chill: Pour the chocolate mixture into a heatproof container or a medium bowl. Keep it uncovered and allow it to cool to room temperature on the counter for 30 minutes. Then, cover it with plastic wrap and refrigerate for at least 3 hours, or up to 24 hours.
  2. Churn: Once the custard is thoroughly chilled, churn it in your ice cream maker (affiliate link) according to the manufacturer’s instructions. My ice cream maker takes about 20 minutes for it to reach a soft-serve consistency.
  3. Freeze: Transfer the now-churned ice cream to an ice cream tub (affiliate link) or a loaf pan and be sure to cover or wrap tightly. Let it freeze for at least 3 hours before serving.

How to Store

Chocolate ice cream with honey will keep for up to 1 week in the freezer. For proper storage, make sure to:

  • Store in a designated ice cream tub (affiliate link), or freezer-safe airtight container.
  • Store away from any odorous foods (i.e. seafood, onions, etc.), preferably in the back of the freezer.
  • Optionally, place a piece of plastic wrap directly on the surface of the ice cream to prevent the formation of ice crystals.

How to Serve Honey Ice Cream?

Naturally sweetened chocolate ice cream is going to become your favorite homemade ice cream flavor. To really bring out its chocolate flavor, I love to serve it in any of the following ways:

  • Bowl / Cone: Scoop into a bowl or cone, and finish with your favorite toppings like fresh fruit, naturally sweetened Strawberry Sauce, dark chocolate chips, melted chocolate sauce, and toasted nuts for a little crunch or flaky sea salt (affiliate link.)
  • Over Cake or Brownies: Get a double dose of chocolate by scooping on top of warm Almond Flour Brownies, or any of our Cake Recipes.
  • Ice Cream Sandwiches: The rich chocolate flavors are perfect in between two Almond Butter Cookies or Chocolate Chip Cookies.
  • Affogato: Pour a shot of hot espresso over a scoop of custard chocolate ice cream for a scoop of Italian flair.

Expert Tips

  • Do not let it boil: We want the custard to simmer rather than boil as too high of a temperature could also scald the milk as well as break the egg yolk emulsion. Boiling honey also changes its color, texture, and nutrient value. 
  • Opt for organic, if possible: Use your favorite brands of cream, honey, and vanilla, and pay a little extra for organic, if within your budget.
  • Patience is key: Be patient and confident when tempering the egg yolks. Work slower rather than faster, especially if this is your first time doing so.
  • Stir with a wooden spoon: Use a wooden spoon when stirring the chocolate custard, as it is easier to get into the nooks and crannies of your saucepan.
  • Do as the French do: A key detail to look out for is nape, a fancy French term that basically means the ice cream base is ready when it is thick enough to coat the back of a wooden spoon. For a foolproof method, this would be 180 degrees F on an instant-read thermometer (affiliate link.)
  • Use a fine mesh strainer for extra insurance: I made this recipe three times and didn’t need to strain the mixture. However, straining through a fine mesh strainer helps to catch any unwanted clumps of egg yolk that may have developed during tempering the eggs. This is a good practice to follow if you are new to tempering eggs.
  • Chill before churning: It’s important for the chocolate ice cream base to be completely chilled before churning to ensure the proper functioning of the ice cream machine.
  • Freeze until firm: Freezing the ice cream for at least 3 hours (or preferably overnight) before enjoying makes it more like that Haagen Daz texture we all love. While it is tempting to eat it right away, letting it freeze fully is ideal for the best chocolate ice cream.

FAQs

Do honey and chocolate go together?

Yes, the floral notes of honey really complement the deep, dark, earthy flavors of cocoa.

How do I substitute honey for sugar in ice cream?

While the substitution will depend on your specific recipe, I use ½ cup of honey for every 3 cups of total liquid (in this case, whole milk and heavy cream.) However, please keep in mind that when working with honey, boiling it should be avoided as heating honey at high temperatures can change the composition of nutrients and can deteriorate its quality.

Other Ice Cream Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Chocolate Honey Ice Cream recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A person is holding chocolate ice cream in her hand.
Print

Honey Chocolate Ice Cream Recipe

Honey chocolate ice cream is an ultra rich, naturally sweetened custard based ice cream that is the ultimate summer indulgence. Made with just a few basic ingredients, it is an easy ice cream recipe you’ll be making over and over again.
Course Dessert/Ice Cream
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Cooling Time 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 577kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups heavy cream
  • 1 ½ cups whole milk
  • ½ cup honey
  • ½ cup unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 4 large egg yolks
  • 1 ½ teaspoon vanilla paste or vanilla extract*
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt

Instructions

  • Place cream, milk, honey, unsweetened cocoa powder, vanilla paste, and salt in a medium-sized saucepan over medium-high heat. Cook, string frequently until it is barely simmering, 7-8 minutes. Do not let it boil.
  • Whisk the egg yolks in a medium bowl.
  • Carefully pour 1 ½ cups of the warmed cream mixture into a measuring cup.
  • Gradually whisk the cream mixture into the eggs while constantly stirring as you pour it into the bowl. Continuous whisking is very important to prevent the eggs from curdling.
  • Pour the egg yolk mixture back into the saucepan. Using a wooden spoon, cook over medium to medium-high heat for approximately 8 minutes, stirring constantly until it is slightly thickened making sure you also stir the bottom edge of the saucepan to incorporate the mixture. Do not let it boil, as this will scald the cream and milk. The mixture should be around 180 degrees F.
  • Pour the cream mixture into a heatproof container and let it cool (uncovered) on the counter for 30 minutes. Cover it with stretch film (place it on the surface of the custard) and refrigerate for at least 3 hours or for up to 24 hours.
  • Churn the mixture after it has chilled according to the ice cream manufacturer’s instructions. In my ice cream maker, it takes about 20 minutes for it to reach soft serve texture.
  • Transfer the churned ice cream to an ice cream tup (or a loaf pan), put the lid on and let it freeze for at least 3 hours before serving.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 1-quart ice cream.
  • You can substitute the vanilla paste with vanilla extract. Use an equal amount but stir it into the custard at the very end (at the cooling stage) to prevent it from evaporating.
  • Check doneness: The proper temperature of the mixture should be no more than 180 degrees F. Boiling or scalding the mixture can cause the eggs to curdle and potentially burn, giving an unpleasant taste. Do not walk away as the boiling point can be very quick! You can easily test for the correct thickness of the mixture by lifting the wooden spoon out and running your clean finger on the back of the spoon. If the other area of the spoon holds on to the mixture and does not run off, it is thick enough.
  • Use a fine mesh strainer (Optional): I made this recipe three times and didn’t need to strain the mixture. However, straining through a fine mesh strainer helps to catch any unwanted clumps of egg yolk that may have developed during tempering the eggs. This is a good practice to follow if you are new to tempering eggs.

Nutrition

Calories: 577kcal | Carbohydrates: 50g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 41g | Saturated Fat: 25g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 306mg | Sodium: 362mg | Potassium: 427mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 43g | Vitamin A: 1720IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 211mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/double-dark-chocolate-ice-cream/feed/ 12
Breakfast Fruit Salad https://foolproofliving.com/breakfast-fruit-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/breakfast-fruit-salad/#comments Wed, 21 Jun 2023 15:29:16 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=68420 This recipe is one of the most versatile of all the breakfast fruit ideas. Serve it by itself for a…]]>

This recipe is one of the most versatile of all the breakfast fruit ideas. Serve it by itself for a healthy, light breakfast, or serve it with my Fruit Yogurt Dip on the side for a tantalizingly creamy dish perfect for a beautiful brunch spread. You can even use your fruit mix to top off or incorporate it into your morning oatmeal (hello, Yogurt Overnight Oats)for a satisfying morning meal.

Fruit in a large bowl from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need for Fruit Breakfast Salad

You only need two sets of simple ingredients for this breakfast fruit salad recipe: the fruits and the fruit salad dressing.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text written on each ingredient.

Breakfast fruits: Wondering what ingredients to include when you make fruit for breakfast? This classic mix of colorful produce will brighten your table with nutritious, brilliant flavors.

  • Pineapple: Pick out a ripe pineapple that is juicy and sweet.
  • Grapes: You can use both red and yellow grapes in this recipe. However, I would recommend getting the seedless variety.
  • Berries: Nearly any berry will make this simple morning dish full of ripe, juicy flavors. My favorite fresh berries include strawberries, blackberries, and blueberries.
  • Oranges
  • Kiwis
  • Banana: I adore the creamy, sweet taste of fresh bananas. However, you can omit this ingredient if you’re not a fan of the fruit or preparing this recipe beforehand.

Fruit salad dressing:

  • Orange juice and orange zest: Be sure to use fresh orange juice and orange zest when you make fruit dishes for breakfast. Fresh oranges will give your recipe a delectable balance of tartness and sweetness guaranteed to satisfy your cravings.
  • Lime juice and lime zest: Fresh lime juice is the secret ingredient to giving this dish its zesty, bright flavor—and keeping your fruit fresh for longer! If you don’t have any limes, you can substitute this ingredient for lemon juice and zest.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Ground cinnamon
  • Sweetener: Because this dish gets natural sweetness from fruits, adding an extra sweetener is optional. If you want to enhance the sweetness of your fresh fruit breakfast, add a bit of honey (or honey syrup), maple syrup, or agave. You could also use my Honey Lime Dressing as a citrus-sweet alternative to this classic fruit dressing.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Fresh mint: Amongst all fresh herbs, I think mint is the most flavorful addition to a fruit salad. Adding a few fresh leaves will enliven every bite of your breakfast fruit recipes while adding a garden-green color.
  • Shredded coconut flakes: I love using unsweetened coconut flakes as a healthy, no added sugar topping for this sweet spread. Not only do their sweet, nutty flavors complement this simple mix, but they also add an irresistibly crunchy texture.
  • Spices: To add a warm, gourmet spice to your fruit bowl recipe, you can substitute a sprinkle of cardamom, nutmeg, or poppy seeds in place of cinnamon.

Variations Based on Season and Dietary Restrictions

The best fruits for a fruit salad match the time of year. If you want to transform this easy dish into a seasonal treat or satisfy a dietary need, you’ll love this collection of tasty fruits to use.

  • Summer: Looking to fill your morning fruit bowl with a mixture of sunny, summer-ready produce? I recommend making your summer salad with peaches, plums, raspberries, nectarines, cantaloupe, honeydew, papayas, and mango.
  • Fall: Fall produce makes some of my favorite fruit breakfasts. To make an autumn fruit salad, use apples, figs, pears, and pomegranate seeds for a dish perfect for the holiday season.
  • Winter: To make a winter fruit salad perfect for special occasions, I recommend adding tart, warm-colored fruits like Mandarin oranges, blood oranges, tangerines, grapefruit, and bananas.
  • Spring: When jumping into the garden-fresh spring season, you’ll want these fruits in your breakfast spread. Apricots and strawberries are some of the most spring-forward fruits in the produce aisle.
  • Low-sugar fruit salad: If you are in need of a healthy fruit salad recipe that has low quantities of sugar, I recommend using low-sugar fruits (as recommended by Healthline), like raspberries, strawberries, blackberries, kiwis, and grapefruit.
  • Low-calorie fruit salad: Want to cut down on your morning calorie intake? No problem! Some of the lowest-calorie fresh fruits for breakfast include apples, berries, grapefruit, passion fruit, and stone fruits (e.g., peaches, nectarines, and apricots).

Hot to Make Fruit Salad for Breakfast?

You don’t need a home garden to make a healthy breakfast. While it takes a bit of time to chop all the fruit, once you have them ready, you can prepare a breakfast or brunch fruit salad in just four simple steps:

A collage of images showing how to make breakfast or brunch fruit salad recipe.
  1. Add the fruit: Take out a large bowl, and add the fresh strawberries, pineapple, grapes, blueberries, blackberries, cut oranges, and kiwis. Add the banana if you plan to serve this dish immediately. If you’re making this dish ahead, wait to add the banana just before serving.
  2. Make the dressing: In a small bowl or mason jar, mix the orange juice, orange zest, lime juice, lime zest, vanilla extract, and cinnamon. Either whisk or vigorously shake everything until combined thoroughly. If you are using honey, be sure also to whisk that into the dressing.
  3. Add the dressing: Drizzle the dressing over the fruit salad and gently toss to combine.
  4. Serve: If using, garnish the fruit salad with fresh mint leaves and serve.

How To Make Ahead, Meal Prep, and Store?

It doesn’t matter whether you want a make fruit salad ahead for a crowd or an easy recipe for everyday meal prep. This simple guide will show you how to keep your salad fresh for a few additional days.

  • Make ahead: This recipe is one of the greatest brunch fruit ideas because it’s so easy to make ahead of time. Simply cut up your fruits and place them in a large mixing bowl. Then, just before serving, add the banana and drizzle the fruit with your prepared dressing.
  • Meal prep: Looking for easy breakfast fruit cup ideas? Divide the prepared fruit mixture into individual airtight cups or mason jars (or Weck Jars (affiliate link) as I did in the photo below), and store them in the fridge until ready to eat. Then, add the bananas right before serving and keep the dressing on the side. As long as they are stored in airtight containers, they should be fresh for up to 3 days.
  • Storage: You can store this sugar-free fruit salad in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days. Remember that the salad will get watery after the second day but still taste delicious.
Breakfast fruit placed in glass jars from the top view.

What to Serve with Fruit Salad for Breakfast?

Want to serve fruit for a brunch buffet or make a delicious fruit bowl for breakfast? When you make this easy recipe, you’ll discover countless ways to transform seasonal produce into a filling meal. 

Expert Tips

It doesn’t matter whether you’re serving this fruit salad for lunch or want to make a kid-friendly fruit salad your children will love. The below tips will ensure your salad is as fresh and flavorful on your first try.

  • Choose fresh fruits: The key to any good fruit breakfast is selecting high-quality fruits. Ensure your produce isn’t bruised or moldy, and try to choose adequately ripe fruit. However, avoid overly ripe fruit, as these ingredients likely won’t hold their shape and become mushy in your salad mixture.
  • Visual interest: To make the best fruit salad for a special event, I recommend using fruits in a variety of colors—red, yellow, green, and beyond! This way, it will look appetizing and add a nice pop of color to your tablescape.
  • Proper cutting: I recommend cutting your fruit into equal bite-sized pieces to ensure your salad is easy to eat. If you’re serving this recipe as a breakfast fruit plate, you can slice your larger fruits, arrange them on a plate, fill the empty spaces with strawberries, and top the spread with blueberries. 
  • Wash and dry your fruit properly: It’s essential to ensure your fruit is clean and safe to eat before incorporating it into your homemade fruit salad. However, remember that some fruits bruise easily, and washing berries requires particular gentleness. Be sure to be equal parts thorough and light when washing your produce.
  • Do not skip on the lime juice or lime zest: Because of its preservational properties, a little lime or lemon juice is a great way to prevent your fruit from browning. Plus, this addition enhances the taste of the salad by balancing its sweet flavors with an irresistible tanginess.
  • Adding banana: Some people think banana has no place as seasonal fruit for summer. However, they add a creamy, mild taste to any fresh fruit salad, and they pack tons of Vitamin C and potassium to fuel you through your day. Still, you can easily omit it if you are not a fan.
  • Dress it right before serving: I recommend dressing the salad right before serving. If you drizzle on the dressing too far in advance, your salad may become overly juicy and soggy.
  • Make it kid-friendly: The below recipe as written, is a great fruit salad for kids due to its bright color, nutritious ingredients, and sweet taste. However, depending on your kids’ age, you may want to cut your fruit into smaller or bite-sized pieces.

FAQs

Is it okay to eat a fruit salad for breakfast?

Yes! Fruit salad makes one of the healthiest options for a quick morning meal due to its high vitamin and mineral content. Plus, depending on which fruits you add, you can kick-start your day with other nutrients, such as potassium, that may help maintain healthy blood pressure, reduce your risk of diabetes, and promote immunity. With that being said, it is important to consume fruit in moderation.

Is fruit salad a healthy snack?

Definitely! Doctors recommend that people eat at least 400 grams of fruit per day (or five servings of 80 grams), so eating fruit salad as a snack will help you reach your dietary goals while reducing your risk of disease, aiding weight loss, and enhancing your body’s store of essential nutrients. However, it is always best to consult your doctor and get the best advice for your dietary requirements.

Should I peel fruits when making fruit salads?

Peeling your fruit is a personal choice for this breakfast fruit bowl recipe. However, I recommend peeling off any skins that are hard to digest, such as orange, kiwi, and banana peels.

Can I use frozen fruit?

Yes, but ensure your fruits are fully thawed (room temperature is best) before adding them to your mixture.

Other Fruit Breakfast Recipes

No one can resist a sweet bowl of fruit for breakfast. If you want other ingenious ways to incorporate nutritious fruit into your morning, you’ll love these simple dishes.

  • Yogurt Parfait: If you want a recipe incorporating healthy breakfast fruit with creamy, light Greek yogurt, this dish is precisely what you need.
  • Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal: Pack all the fresh, crisp flavors of the orchard into your morning bowl with this 15-minute recipe.
  • Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Bowl: This vegan, gluten-free breakfast recipe comes together in less than 20 minutes and is the perfect make-ahead dish.
  • Peach Galette: Search no more for a healthy dessert. This sophisticated recipe makes for the perfect brunch dessert—especially when served with my fan favorite Honey Vanilla Ice Cream.
  • Christmas Morning Fruit Salad: I switch things up a bit during the holidays and make a salad with the red and green fruit in season for a festive treat.
  • Can’t get enough? Check out all our fruity desserts.

If you try this Breakfast Fruit Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
Breakfast fruit salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side.
Print

Breakfast Fruit Salad Recipe

Here is a breakfast fruit salad that will help you start the day in a healthy way. Made without the use of any additional sugars, this easy fruit salad can be served by itself or as a side dish served with baked goods, eggs, or oatmeal.
Course Breakfast, Brunch
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 131kcal

Ingredients

For The Fruit Salad

  • 2 cups pineapple peeled, cored, and cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 1 cup grapes rinsed and halved
  • 1 cup strawberries rinsed, hulled, and quartered
  • 1 cup blueberries rinsed
  • 1 cup blackberries rinsed
  • 1 orange peeled and cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 2 Kiwis peeled and cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 1 banana peeled and sliced – optional

For The Salad Dressing

  • ¼ cup orange juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 teaspoon orange zest
  • 2 teaspoons lime zest
  • 4 tablespoons lime juice from approximately 2 limes
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • Handful of fresh mint leaves chopped – Optional

Instructions

  • Place the pineapple, grapes, strawberries, blueberries, blackberries, cut orange, and kiwi in a large bowl. If you are serving it right away, add the banana, but if you are making it ahead of time, we recommend adding the banana right before serving.
  • To make the fruit salad dressing, combine the orange juice, orange zest, lime juice, lime zest, vanilla extract, and cinnamon* in a small bowl or mason jar. Whisk or shake vigorously to incorporate.
  • Drizzle the fruit salad with the dressing and gently toss to combine.
  • If using, garnish with fresh mint leaves and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields approximately 8-9 cups of breakfast fruit salad. The nutritional values below are for 1 serving.
  • Sweetener*: As we were working on this recipe, we wanted it to be a healthy no-sugar-added breakfast option. However, if preferred, you can add a tablespoon (or more) of honey (or honey simple syrup) to the dressing. Honey-sweetened fruit salad is slightly sweeter but has a subtle (but welcome) honey flavor.
  • Make ahead: If you want to make it ahead, simply cut up the fruit (except the banana) and prepare the dressing. Store them in separate airtight containers. Then, just before serving, add the banana and drizzle the fruit with the prepared dressing.
  • Meal prep: Divide the prepared fruit mixture into individual airtight cups, mason, or weck jars, and store them in the fridge until ready to eat. Then, add the bananas right before serving and keep the dressing on the side. As long as they are stored in airtight containers, they should be fresh for up to 3 days.
  • Storage: The leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days. Remember that the salad will get watery after the second day but still taste delicious.
  • Making it for a crowd? Feel free to multiply the recipe as many times as you need.

Nutrition

Calories: 131kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 0.1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.1g | Sodium: 4mg | Potassium: 407mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 22g | Vitamin A: 232IU | Vitamin C: 93mg | Calcium: 46mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/breakfast-fruit-salad/feed/ 4
Brioche French Toast Casserole https://foolproofliving.com/brioche-french-toast-with-berries-and-caramel-sauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/brioche-french-toast-with-berries-and-caramel-sauce/#comments Fri, 24 Feb 2023 19:04:15 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=4263 The buttery richness of brioche makes it perfect for sweet and savory recipes alike. If you’re a fan of indulgent…]]>

The buttery richness of brioche makes it perfect for sweet and savory recipes alike. If you’re a fan of indulgent breakfast recipes like this french toast casserole with brioche, then you’ll love my Brioche Waffles. Or, try my Brioche Hamburger Buns for a savory option that’s ideal for burgers, sliders, sandwiches, or dinner rolls! 

A brioche breakfast casserole topped with berries in a dish from the top view.

Ingredients

Besides a loaf of brioche bread, which is the star of the show in this easy recipe, you’ll need a few basic ingredients that you likely already have on hand. Simply gather:

Ingredients for a casserole made with brioche bread shown from the top view.
  • Brioche loaf: You’ll need one loaf of day-old brioche bread, which you should be able to cut into about eight 1-inch slices. Day-old bread is ideal for this brioche breakfast casserole, as its dry texture evenly soaks up the milk mixture and prevents the casserole from getting soggy. I make my own brioche, but store-bought would also work for this recipe.
  • Unsalted butter
  • Whole milk
  • Heavy cream (or half and half)
  • Eggs
  • Vanilla extract 
  • Coconut sugar
  • Ground cinnamon
  • Ground nutmeg 
  • Kosher salt 
  • Sliced strawberries (optional)
  • Sliced almonds or other nuts (optional) 

Substitutions, Optional Toppings, & Add-Ins

If you don’t have all the ingredients on hand or if a few of them aren’t compatible with your dietary restrictions, rest assured that you can still enjoy this delicious french toast brioche bake with a few simple swaps. Feel free to get creative with the toppings, too! Here are a few suggestions: 

  • Type of bread: I love to use brioche for french toast because it offers a sweet, buttery richness and a fluffy texture. If you can’t find brioche at your local grocery store or don’t have the ingredients to make it, you can also make a french toast casserole with challah bread. Either buy it from the store or make your own Challah Bread for a great substitute that still provides that fluffy, rich flavor and texture. 
  • Plant-based milk: If you follow a dairy-free diet, I recommend swapping full-fat coconut milk for the whole milk in this french toast brioche casserole. The fat content in the coconut milk will help you achieve that rich, decadent texture, but keep in mind that it will slightly alter the flavor. You can also use almond milk, which will result in a thinner, less rich texture.
  • Heavy cream: If you don’t have heavy cream on hand or wish to cut down on the fat and calories, you can use an equal amount of half and half instead. For a dairy-free option, you can completely omit the cream and substitute an equal amount of dairy-free milk of your choice. Keep in mind that doing so will alter the texture and flavor of the recipe (not to say it won’t still taste delicious!). 
  • Sugar: I prefer to use coconut sugar in this recipe since it’s unrefined, but you can also use brown sugar for a similar flavor. For another refined-sugar-free option, try using maple syrup instead. If you do choose to substitute maple syrup, just use ½ cup less milk than the recipe calls for. 
  • Toppings: My favorite way to serve this easy french toast bake with brioche is to top it with fresh sliced strawberries or fresh berries, sliced almonds, and a dusting of powdered sugar. For an extra sweet and indulgent baked french toast casserole topping, whip up a cinnamon Streusel Topping to sprinkle on top of the casserole before baking it in the oven. 
  • Chocolate brioche french toast: If you’re one of my chocolate-loving friends, you know that you can never go wrong with adding chocolate to a sweet breakfast recipe. You can incorporate some chocolate chips into your french brioche toast or simply sprinkle some on top before baking. Use as much chocolate as your heart desires! 

How to Make French Toast Casserole with Brioche Bread?

This french toast casserole recipe with brioche bread only requires 10 minutes of hands-on time, which is as easy as whipping up a milk and egg mixture to pour over the bread. You’ll need a little bit of patience for the resting and cook time, but it’s worth it (trust me). Here’s how to make french toast with brioche bread: 

Four images showing how to prepare a casserole with cubed brioche bread.
  1. Slice the bread and prep your baking dish: Cut your brioche slices into 1-inch cubes. Grease a 9×13-inch baking pan with the melted butter. 
  2. Place the bread cubes in the pan: Spread the small pieces of bread in an even layer in the prepared baking dish and set aside. 
  3. Make the milk and egg mixture: Add the whole milk, heavy cream, eggs, vanilla extract, coconut sugar, cinnamon, nutmeg, and a pinch of salt to a large bowl. Whisk until fully combined. 
  4. Pour the mixture over the bread: Slowly pour the custard mixture over the brioche cubes until they are evenly covered. Gently press on the bread pieces to ensure they have soaked up the liquid. 
Images showing a casserole made with French toast and topped with berries.
  1. Cover and rest: Cover the dish with plastic wrap and let it rest in the refrigerator for at least 2 hours or overnight (for up to 8 hours). 
  2. Preheat the oven: Preheat your oven to 350 degrees F (176 degrees C). 
  3. Add the toppings: Remove the plastic wrap and top the casserole with sliced strawberries and almonds, if desired. 
  4. Bake: Bake the brioche bread breakfast casserole for 45-50 minutes or until it appears lightly golden brown. 
  5. Let cool and serve: Let your baked brioche french toast casserole cool for about 10-15 minutes. Serve. 

How to Make Ahead, Store, & Reheat Leftovers?

Since this brioche breakfast casserole requires some resting time, you can make it ahead. All you’ll have to do is pop it in the oven to reheat it before you’re ready to serve! You can also easily store leftovers to reheat and enjoy throughout the week. Here are some tips: 

  • Make ahead brioche french toast casserole: You can certainly prep it right before going to bed and then pop it in the oven the next morning. However, you can make it a few days (no more than 2 days) ahead as well. It goes without saying that, like any other baked bread recipe, this easy breakfast casserole with brioche is best on the day it’s made. To make ahead, follow the recipe instructions through step 5. Once it has rested for at least 2 hours, remove the plastic wrap, add your toppings of choice, and bake it for only 30-35 minutes (instead of the full 45-50). Let it cool to room temperature, cover it with plastic wrap or aluminum foil, and place it in the fridge. The next day, bake it for another 15-20 minutes, let it cool slightly, and serve. 
  • Store: Let your leftover brioche egg casserole cool to room temperature, tightly cover it or place it in an airtight container, and store it in the fridge for up to 3 days. You can also separate your leftovers into smaller, individual airtight containers so you can reheat individual servings. 
  • Reheat: Reheat your leftover casserole in a 350-degree F oven for 15 minutes or until heated through. 

How to Serve?

Just like regular french toast, this easy brioche french toast casserole is delicious when served with a variety of sweet toppings. From a simple dusting of powdered sugar to a heaping pile of whipped cream and fresh fruit, you can make it as decadent as you’d like! It’s the perfect dish to serve for special occasions, weekend mornings, or just because. Here are my serving recommendations: 

  • Add a scoop of ice cream: Who doesn’t like dessert for breakfast? For a truly indulgent treat, top your brioche french toast bake recipe with some homemade Vanilla Ice Cream
  • Dust on some powdered sugar: If you like to keep things simple and subtly sweet, you can add a dusting of powdered sugar on top. You can also top your brioche french toast casserole with fruit, such as fresh blueberries or strawberries, and sliced almonds.
  • Serve it with a mound of whipped cream: To amp up the creaminess of this brioche toast recipe, top it off with a heaping mound of Whipped Maple Cream. The maple flavor pairs beautifully with the rich brioche french toast recipe.
A breakfast casserole with brioche topped with berries and almonds.

Expert Tips

The key to perfect oven-baked brioche french toast is achieving a moist, rich texture on the inside and a slightly crisp, golden brown exterior. With some trial and error, I’ve learned a few simple tips and tricks that I’d like to share with you to help you achieve expert results on your first try. Here’s what you need to know: 

  • Use day-old bread: Stale bread might not sound too appetizing, but it’s actually crucial to use day-old bread to keep your baked french toast brioche from getting soggy. The idea is that the dry bread will evenly soak up all the liquid while still holding its shape. If you only have fresh bread available, you can dry it out in a low-heat oven for a few minutes. I recommend 300 degrees F for about 15 minutes. 
  • Make sure the cubes aren’t too thin: Make sure to cut your bread slices into cubes no thinner than about an inch. Keeping your cubes on the thicker side will ensure they come out moist and rich instead of soggy. 
  • Alternative method: For a classic french toast option, you can cut your brioche slices in half diagonally to form two triangles per slice. Dip each triangular slice into the milk mixture (making sure to soak both sides), line them up at the bottom of the pan, pour the remaining liquid on top, and bake as instructed above. Let it cool a bit before serving. 

FAQs

Why is my french toast casserole soggy?

Your french toast recipe with brioche bread is likely to be soggy if it’s underbaked, so make sure to give it more baking time if it doesn’t appear lightly golden brown on top. Your casserole could also be soggy if you’re using too much liquid. The amount of liquid in this egg casserole with brioche bread works for a full loaf of brioche, so you may need to use less milk if your loaf is small or if you’re not using a full loaf.

Is brioche or challah better for french toast?

I personally think that brioche bread makes the best brioche french toast casserole because it’s rich and decadent, but challah bread also provides a similar richness that makes for a delicious challah french toast casserole. Feel free to use whichever you prefer!

What is the difference between brioche french toast and regular french toast?

Brioche is made with eggs and butter and is richer than regular bread, so french toast casserole using brioche bread is typically more decadent and indulgent than french toast with regular bread.

Other Brioche-Based Recipes You Can Make

I love brioche bread because not only is it delicious, but it’s also super versatile. From sweet to savory recipes, a simple loaf of brioche goes a long way. If you’re as much of a fan as I am, you’ll love these other brioche-based recipes: 

If you try this Overnight Brioche French Toast Casserole recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to leave a star rating and a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

French toast casserole made with brioche from the top view as soon as it comes out of the oven.
Print

Brioche French Toast Casserole Recipe

This Brioche French Toast Casserole is made with thick-sliced and cubed buttery brioche bread coated in a creamy milk and egg mixture and topped with fresh fruit and nuts. With just a few simple ingredients, it's the perfect breakfast or brunch dish to serve for special occasions, such as Mother's Day, Easter, or Christmas, or for a decadent weekend treat!
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 45 minutes
Resting time 2 hours
Total Time 3 hours
Servings 6 Servings
Calories 538kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 loaf brioche 8 1-inch slices (day-old bread)
  • 1 tablespoon unsalted butter melted and cooled
  • 1 ½ cups whole milk
  • ½ cup heavy cream or half and half
  • 6 large eggs
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • ½ cup coconut sugar or brown sugar, plus more for sprinkling on top
  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ¼ teaspoon ground nutmeg
  • Pinch kosher salt

Optional Toppings

  • 1 cup strawberries halved
  • ½ cup sliced almonds or any other nuts

Instructions

  • Slice brioche slices into small 1-inch cubes. Brush a 9X13 casserole dish with melted butter.
  • Spread the cubed brioche bread on a single layer. Set it aside.
  • In another large mixing bowl, whisk together whole milk, heavy cream, eggs, vanilla extract, coconut sugar, ground cinnamon, ground nutmeg, and salt until fully combined.
  • Spread it over the bread. Gently press to ensure that brioche cubes are fully soaked with the liquid mixture.
  • Cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate for at least two hours or overnight (for up to 8 hours).
  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F (176 C).
  • Remove the plastic wrap. If desired, top it off with halved strawberries and sprinkle it with almond slices.
  • Bake in the preheated oven for 45-50 minutes until the top layer is lightly golden brown.
  • Let it cool for 10-15 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Use day-old bread: Stale bread might not sound too appetizing, but it’s actually crucial to use day-old bread to keep this oven-baked french toast brioche from getting soggy. If you only have fresh bread available, you can place it on a sheet pan and dry it out in a low-heat oven for a few minutes. I recommend 300 degrees F for about 15 minutes. 
  • Store-bought brioche: Please be aware that some store-bought brioche is sweetened with more sugar than my homemade version. Therefore, if you are using a store-bought brioche loaf, I recommend giving it a taste and reducing the amount of sugar used. Depending on the sweetness level of the particular brand you are using, I recommend starting with half the amount of sugar.
  • Alternative method: For more of a classic french toast option, you can cut your brioche slices in half diagonally to form two triangles per slice. Dip each triangular slice into the milk mixture (making sure to soak both sides), line them up at the bottom of the pan, pour the remaining liquid on top, and bake as instructed in the recipe card.
  • Store: Let the leftovers cool to room temperature, tightly cover or place them in an airtight container, and store them in the fridge for up to 3 days. You can also separate your leftovers into smaller, individual airtight containers so you can reheat individual servings.
  • Reheat: Reheat your leftover casserole in a 350-degree F oven for 15 minutes or until heated through.

Nutrition

Calories: 538kcal | Carbohydrates: 45g | Protein: 17g | Fat: 33g | Saturated Fat: 16g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 7g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 318mg | Sodium: 385mg | Potassium: 278mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 14g | Vitamin A: 1208IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 177mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/brioche-french-toast-with-berries-and-caramel-sauce/feed/ 21
Overnight Oats with Yogurt https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-oats-with-yogurt/ https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-oats-with-yogurt/#comments Fri, 13 Jan 2023 16:50:49 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=63759 I love to make a big batch of healthy overnight oats with Greek yogurt at the beginning of the week,…]]>

I love to make a big batch of healthy overnight oats with Greek yogurt at the beginning of the week, especially when I know I have busy weekdays ahead. It’s convenient, filling, yummy, and prevents me from skipping the most important meal of the day! 

If you’re looking to incorporate similar recipes into your breakfast routine, you have to try this Overnight Steel Cut Oats Recipe, my Almond Milk Oatmeal, and Muesli Overnight Oats

Oatmeal combined with yogurt in a bowl with fruit from the top view.

Ingredients

This simple yogurt and oats recipe requires four basic ingredients that you likely already have on hand or can easily pick up at the grocery store. To amp up the flavor, add as many additional ingredients or toppings as you’d like. Here’s what you’ll need:

Ingredients for a greek yogurt and oatmeal recipe in bowls from the top view.
  • To make creamy overnight oats with yogurt, gather Greek Vanilla Yogurt, old-fashioned rolled oats, honey (or maple syrup), cinnamon, and water.
  • As optional toppings, use fresh fruit (such as fresh berries), chopped nuts or nut butter (such as almond butter, peanut butter, or sunflower seed butter), and even homemade granola

Ingredient Substitutions

This easy overnight oats with yogurt recipe is very forgiving when it comes to substitutions. Feel free to customize it to your liking to accommodate the ingredients you have on hand or your dietary restrictions or preferences. Here are some suggestions: 

  • Yogurt: While plain Greek yogurt gives this oatmeal with yogurt recipe a creamy texture and a perfect consistency, feel free to use plain yogurt or your favorite yogurt instead. I love to make vanilla yogurt at home, so I can control the sweetness, but you can also purchase vanilla yogurt from your local store. You can even make overnight oats with strawberry yogurt or your favorite fruit-flavored yogurts. If you wish to make the recipe vegan and dairy-free, simply substitute your favorite vegan yogurt. Just remember that vegan yogurt is typically thinner in consistency than regular yogurt, so your yogurt with oats recipe may not be super creamy if you use vegan yogurt (but it’ll still taste great). 
  • Oats: In my opinion, amongst all types, the best oats for yogurt overnight oats are old-fashioned rolled oats. My personal favorite is the organic brand One Degree (affiliate link), which offers old-fashioned oats and gluten-free oats. You can also use quick oats to make instant oatmeal with Greek yogurt. Not sure about how rolled oats are different than quick oats? Check out our comprehensive guide on quick oats vs. rolled oats. Or, to really pack in some extra superfoods, substitute equal parts of Homemade Muesli for the oats. 
  • Water vs. milk: Some cold oatmeal cereal recipes use milk, but I thought water would suffice since we’re also using yogurt. If you want to use milk to make this refrigerator oatmeal recipe extra rich and creamy, you can use cow’s milk or non-dairy milk, such as almond milk, coconut milk, or even cashew milk
  • Sweetener: While I love the flavor and sweetness of honey, you can use whatever type of sweetener you prefer or have on hand. I recommend maple syrup, coconut sugar, or brown sugar, as they all pair well with this overnight yogurt oatmeal. 
  • Spices: If ground cinnamon just isn’t enough, you can amp up the flavor with all your favorite “sweet” spices. Ground nutmeg, cardamom, ginger, and cloves would all pair beautifully with your oatmeal and yogurt breakfast. 

Optional Toppings and Add-Ins

You can easily customize this recipe’s flavor profile and sweetness by adding your toppings of choice. Feel free to get creative, but here are some of my favorites: 

  • Fruit: Fresh fruit is a classic breakfast topping, and Greek yogurt with strawberries and oats pairs so well. I also love to top mine with a ripe mashed banana, raspberries, or blueberries. You can always use thawed frozen fruit if berries or your favorite fruits aren’t in season. 
  • Additional sweeteners: If you have leftover Cranberry Maple Sauce sitting around from holiday baking, use it to sweeten up this recipe! Other fruit sauces and jams, like mashed bananas, Blueberry Sauce or Homemade Applesauce, are also great natural sweeteners to flavor your oats with Greek yogurt. 
  • Nuts: To add some crunch to your simple overnight oats with yogurt, use chopped nuts, such as almonds, cashews, pecans, or walnuts. For a high-protein breakfast that’s the perfect pre or post-workout fuel, add a tablespoon or two of nut butter, such as peanut butter or almond butter. To make your Greek yogurt with oats recipe extra decadent, try topping it off with chocolate chips (which pair great with peanut butter). 
  • Granola: You can also top your oat and yogurt breakfast with my Chunky Granola Recipe or this Quinoa Crunch for additional texture, flavor, and a boost of nutrients. 
  • Superfoods: If you’re looking for a great way to incorporate an extra dose of health benefits into your daily diet, add a pinch of superfoods, such as chia seeds  (just like I do with my Overnight Chia Pudding with Yogurt recipe), hemp seeds, or ground flax seeds, into your yummy breakfast. 

How to Make Overnight Oats with Yogurt

In only five minutes, you can whip up this basic vanilla overnight oats recipe with yogurt to have it ready to go first thing in the morning. If you’d like to make your own vanilla yogurt from plain yogurt to use in this recipe, follow the first two steps below. If you purchased vanilla yogurt from the store, you can skip to step three. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Make the vanilla yogurt: Place plain, whole milk yogurt (regular or Greek), honey, and vanilla extract in a bowl. Whisk to combine. 
  2. Taste and adjust: Give it a taste and add more honey or vanilla if needed. 
A person showing how to make overnight oats with yogurt from the top view.
  1. Combine the ingredients: Add the vanilla yogurt, honey, and water to a large mixing bowl. Whisk until well combined. 
  2. Stir in the oats: Add in the oats and ground cinnamon (if using) and stir it until the mixture is well combined. My go-to overnight oats ratio with yogurt is 1 ½ cups rolled oats, 1 cup yogurt, and 1 cup water (or any milk of your choice.), so if you need to make a larger batch, you can follow that formula.
A person showing how to make a recipe with oatmeal and yogurt.
  1. Rest: Cover the bowl with a lid or plastic wrap and place it in the fridge for at least 6 hours. 
  2. Stir: In the morning, take the vanilla yogurt overnight oats out of the fridge and give them a good stir to reincorporate the ingredients. 
  3. Serve or store: If you’re ready to serve, place your desired amount of oats in a bowl and garnish with your toppings of choice and a drizzle of honey. If you wish to store your Greek yogurt and oats recipe, divide it into jars and store it in the fridge. 

How to Serve Overnight Yogurt Oats?

It’s no secret that starting your day with Greek yogurt is an excellent habit because of its many health benefits, such as its high calcium and protein content. Once your overnight oatmeal with yogurt is ready in the morning, you can enjoy it as-is or store it in jars as part of your weekly meal prep. Here are some tips:

  • Make breakfast in a jar with yogurt: For a truly grab-and-go, single-serving breakfast, make overnight oats in a mason jar! Mix up a big batch of this recipe (multiply the recipe as many times as you’d like), let it sit overnight, and divide it into 16 oz mason jars (or another one of your favorite containers) in the morning. To make things even easier, you can add your favorite toppings, such as fruit, into each 16-ounce jar. You can also layer the oats with granola, as you would in my Yogurt Parfait recipe. However, I recommend adding the granola to the jars right before you’re ready to serve, as granola tends to get soggy as it sits.
  • Serve it in a bowl: For a quick way to serve your easy breakfast recipe, whip up a batch of Greek oats and add your desired amount to a bowl in the morning. Don’t forget to add the toppings!
A bowl of oats topped with fruit and nuts from the side view.

How to Meal Prep and Store Leftovers

This Overnight oats recipe with yogurt is perfect for meal prep, making busy mornings effortless. Here’s how to store them for the best texture and freshness:

  • To make ahead – Portion into jars or containers: After mixing, divide the oats into individual mason jars, glass meal prep containers, or any airtight containers. This makes them easy to grab and go.
  • Refrigerate: Store in the fridge for up to 4 days. The longer they sit, the softer the oats become. If they thicken too much, stir in a splash of water (or milk) before serving.
  • Add toppings right before serving: For the best texture, add fresh fruit, granola, or nuts just before eating to keep them crisp and fresh.
  • Avoid freezing: Freezing changes the texture of yogurt and oats, making them watery and grainy. If you need a make-ahead alternative for this overnight oats with yogurt recipe, prepare the dry ingredients separately and mix them with yogurt the night before.

FAQs

Can you put uncooked oats in yogurt?

Yes, you can! Overnight oats are a no-cook raw oats and yogurt recipe. There’s no need to cook the oats beforehand, as adding yogurt to oatmeal and letting it sit overnight allows the oats to soak up the liquid and become soft and easy to digest.

How long do overnight oats with yougurt need to sit?

Raw oats in yogurt need to sit for at least six hours in order to fully soak up the liquid and become soft. For best results, giving them an overnight soak is preferable.

Can I heat up overnight oats with yogurt?

I don’t recommend heating it up, as overnight oat recipes taste better cold. However, if you prefer to serve it warm, the best way to do so is to microwave it in 30-second intervals, making sure to stir after each interval until it reaches your desired temperature.

How long do overnight oatmeal with yogurt last? How far in advance can you make it?

Overnight oats with vanilla yogurt will last for up to four days if stored in an airtight jar or container in the fridge.

Can you freeze overnight oats with yogurt?

Yes, technically, you can freeze refrigerator oatmeal with yogurt. However, I don’t recommend freezing this recipe, as the taste and texture are best when refrigerated. Instead of freezing, I recommend making smaller, individual servings if you think you cannot consume an entire recipe within about four days.

Can I make this recipe using steel cut oats?

I don’t recommend substituting steel-cut oats, as I found that they don’t soften up as well as regular oats. If you want to make overnight steel-cut oats with yogurt, you can make my Overnight Steel Cut Oats recipe and add in vanilla yogurt once the oats are cooked.

Other Breakfast Porridge Recipes

Make-ahead breakfasts like this refrigerator yogurt oatmeal are a perfect option for busy mornings, as they’re quick, filling, nutritious, and tasty. If you’re looking for more easy, healthy breakfast ideas, browse the links below for inspiration: 

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this Overnight Oats in Yogurt recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Refrigerator oats with yogurt in a bowl with fruit from the top view.
Print

Overnight Oats with Yogurt Recipe

This Overnight Oats with Yogurt recipe is a quick, nutritious, and high-protein breakfast that's easy to add to your weekly meal plan. Simply combine the ingredients, let them soak overnight, and enjoy in the morning! Plus, this basic recipe pairs perfectly with a variety of different toppings, making it easily customizable to suit your preferences.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Resting Time 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 5 minutes
Servings 2
Calories 357kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup Vanilla Yogurt or Greek Vanilla Yogurt
  • 2 tablespoons honey or maple syrup more to taste
  • 1 cup water or milk of your choice
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon optional
  • 1 ½ cups old-fashioned rolled oats

Optional Toppings:

  • ½ cup fresh fruit such as fresh berries
  • A handful of nuts or a few tablespoons of nut butter
  • Granola

Instructions

  • Combine the ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, whisk together vanilla yogurt, honey, and water until well combined.
  • Stir in the oats: Stir in the rolled oats and ground cinnamon (if using) and mix until fully incorporated.
  • Cover and rest: Cover with plastic wrap or a tight-fitting lid and place in the refrigerator for at least 6 hours or overnight.
  • Stir: In the morning, give it a quick stir.
  • Garnish and serve: Divide the overnight yogurt oats into bowls (or jars) and, if preferred, garnish them with your favorite toppings and a drizzle of honey.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 2 1/2 cups of overnight yogurt oats, which is ideal for 2 servings. 
  • Yogurt: You can make your own vanilla yogurt or buy any of your favorite yogurt brands from the grocery store to make this recipe. You can also use your favorite fruit flavored yogurt in this recipe. 
  • Oats: You can make this recipe with instant oats, but I do not recommend using steel-cut oats as they do not soften properly even after a whole night in the fridge.
  • Store: Store in an airtight container or jar in the fridge for up to four days.
  • Meal prep: If you are making the refrigerator oatmeal as a part of your weekly meal prep, you can easily multiply this recipe. As a general rule, my go-to overnight oats ratio with yogurt and water is 1 ½ cups rolled oats, 1 cup yogurt, and 1 cup water (or any milk of your choice.)
  • Calorie info: The calorie information below does not include the optional toppings.

Nutrition

Calories: 357kcal | Carbohydrates: 63g | Protein: 18g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 5mg | Sodium: 46mg | Potassium: 374mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 21g | Vitamin A: 5IU | Vitamin C: 0.1mg | Calcium: 152mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-oats-with-yogurt/feed/ 7
Cranberry Poached Pears with Mascarpone https://foolproofliving.com/cranberry-poached-pears/ https://foolproofliving.com/cranberry-poached-pears/#comments Sun, 18 Dec 2022 15:42:18 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=15503 This post has been sponsored by Vermont Creamery. All opinions are my own. I love to incorporate pears into my…]]>

This post has been sponsored by Vermont Creamery. All opinions are my own.

I love to incorporate pears into my recipes during the fall and winter seasons. Not only are they juicy and delicious, but they pair well with both sweet and savory flavors. If you’re looking for more recipes that feature this tasty fruit, you’ll love my Roasted Pear Salad with Goat Cheese

Cranberry poached pear on a plate from the front view.

Ingredients

This treat is truly the epitome of the Christmas season, with flavor notes of cranberry, cinnamon, orange, and rosemary. If you’ve begun your holiday cooking and baking, chances are you already have many of these ingredients on hand. 

For this recipe, you’ll need Bosc pears, fresh cranberries, orange juice, orange zest, a cinnamon stick, fresh rosemary, honey, mascarpone cheese, hazelnuts, and water. 

Recipe ingredients from the front view.

Ingredient Substitutions

If there’s no time for a trip to the market, or if your local store is a bit understocked, you can still make this recipe with a few simple ingredient swaps. Feel free to substitute based on your preferences, but here are a few suggestions: 

  • Pears: I used Bosc pears in this recipe for their delicate, sweet flavor, but you can also use Anjou pears, or another pear variety, instead. Just keep in mind that Anjou pears cook much faster than Bosc pears, so you’ll need to shorten the cooking time. If you use another variety of pear, keep an eye on them as they cook and adjust the time accordingly. 
  • Mascarpone: While I love the creaminess of mascarpone, you can also use ricotta cheese.
  • Cranberries: I recommend using fresh cranberries if you can find them, as they cook pretty quickly. You can also use frozen cranberries if you’re in a pinch, but keep in mind that they take longer to come to a boil. If you find yourself with some leftover cranberries after making this recipe, why not make a delicious Cranberry Sauce with Maple Syrup
  • Cinnamon: Cinnamon adds the perfect touch of spice that beautifully complements the sweetness of this recipe. I love to use cinnamon sticks because of their potent flavor, but you can also use ¼ teaspoon of ground cinnamon instead. 
  • Honey: A drizzle of honey (or more, if you have a sweet tooth) really takes these pears to the next level while allowing you to customize the sweetness of the recipe. If you don’t have any honey on hand, you can use agave or maple syrup instead. 
  • Hazelnuts: Hazelnut is a classic Christmas flavor that pairs so well with this recipe. If you don’t like hazelnuts or if you have a hazelnut allergy, you can substitute pecans or walnuts to achieve a similar taste. 

How to Make This Recipe?

With a simple ingredient list and only 10 minutes of hands-on prep time, this cranberry-poached pears dessert comes together with ease. Their simple elegance, especially when garnished with hazelnuts and fresh rosemary, is truly stunning and worthy of a 5-star restaurant. Here’s how to make them:

A collage of images showing how to make poached pears with step by step photos.
  1. Add ingredients to a pot: To a large pot or dutch oven (with a lid), add the pears, cranberries, orange juice, orange zest, cinnamon stick, honey, and rosemary. 
  2. Add the water: Pour the water over the ingredients.  
  3. Cook: Place the lid on the pot and bring the mixture to a boil over medium heat. Once it reaches a boil, reduce the heat to medium-low and let it simmer for 15-20 minutes. You should be able to easily insert and remove a knife when the pears are done. 
  4. Prepare for serving: Right before you’re ready to serve, spoon 2-3 tablespoons of mascarpone into the bottom of each serving bowl. Add a pear to each bowl and top with honey, leftover juices from the pot, and a few cooked cranberries. 
  5. Garnish and serve: Garnish with crushed hazelnuts, fresh rosemary, and another drizzle of honey to taste. Serve. 

How to Make Ahead & Store Leftovers?

If your holiday schedule is looking a bit hectic, you’ll be relieved to know that you can easily make this poached pear recipe ahead of time. That way, all you have to do is assemble the pears when you’re ready to serve. You can also store your leftovers to enjoy the next day. Here are some tips: 

  • Make ahead: To prepare this recipe ahead of time, poach the pears a day in advance (following the instructions above), let them come to room temperature, and store them in an airtight container in the fridge. Make sure to save some of that yummy liquid for drizzling! When you’re ready to serve, assemble the pears and garnish them to your liking. 
  • Store: To store leftovers, let each poached pear with mascarpone reach room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the fridge for a day or two. 
Poached pears served over a bed of mascarpone cheese garnished with hazelnuts.

What to Serve It With?

Whether you’re planning an intimate gathering, an elaborate Christmas feast, or a casual weeknight dinner, you can never go wrong with serving these poached pears for dessert. 
If you’re in need of some pairing suggestions, I recommend keeping things simple by serving a classic roast. My go-to is Company Pot Roast served with my mom’s Bulgur Wheat Pilaf and a Citrusy Roasted Beet Goat Cheese Salad for a comforting, cold-weather meal that your guests will love.

If You Liked This Recipe, You Might Also Like:

If you try this Poached Pear Dessert recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe was adapted (with several changes) from Eva Longoria’s cookbook Eva’s Kitchen .

cranberry poached pears from the front view.
Print

Cranberry Poached Pears Recipe

This Cranberry Poached Pears recipe is an easy to make dessert with very little hands-on time. Served with creamy and soft mascarpone cheese, these pears are worthy of a festive and colorful VIP dinner or a simple splurge for you and your family.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American/Italian
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 5 servings
Calories 279kcal

Ingredients

  • 5 medium-size Bosc pears peeled
  • 2 ½ cups fresh cranberries rinsed
  • Juice of an orange
  • Orange peel
  • 1 cinnamon stick
  • cup honey or more to taste
  • 1 sprig fresh rosemary more as garnish
  • 6 cups water
  • 1 cup mascarpone cheese
  • ¼ cup hazelnuts or any other nuts, roughly chopped

Instructions

  • Place the pears, cranberries, orange juice, orange peel, cinnamon stick, honey*, and rosemary in a pot (with a lid) that will accommodate all these ingredients comfortably. I used a 3 ½ quart dutch oven.
  • Pour the water over the ingredients.
  • Put the lid on and bring it to a boil over medium heat. Turn down the heat to medium-low and let it simmer for 15-20 minutes or until a knife inserted in one of the pears goes in and out easily.
  • When ready to serve, spread 2-3 tablespoons of mascarpone cheese into the bottom of a bowl, place a pear in the middle, and drizzle it with honey (if preferred), the juices from the pot, and a few of the cooked cranberries.
  • Sprinkle the pears with hazelnuts and a few leaves of fresh rosemary. If preferred, drizzle them with more honey to taste.

Notes

  • If you are not a fan of boiling honey, you can stir it in after the pears are cooked and let it steep for 10-15 minutes before serving.
  • Serving suggestion: You can serve this recipe warm or cold, but I think it tastes best when served slightly warmly. 
  • Make ahead: To prep this recipe ahead of time, poach the pears a day in advance (following the instructions above), let them come to room temperature, and store them in an airtight container in the fridge. Make sure to save some of that yummy liquid for drizzling! When you’re ready to serve, assemble the pears and garnish them to your liking. 
  • Store: To store leftovers, let the cooked pears reach room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the fridge for a day or two.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 279kcal | Carbohydrates: 23g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 20g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 38mg | Sodium: 34mg | Potassium: 79mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 17g | Vitamin A: 550IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 74mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cranberry-poached-pears/feed/ 8
Mascarpone Stuffed Dates with Pomegranate and Honey https://foolproofliving.com/mascarpone-stuffed-dates/ https://foolproofliving.com/mascarpone-stuffed-dates/#comments Thu, 15 Dec 2022 22:08:47 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11704 If you are in need of an impressive cocktail party appetizer, a showstopping finger food for your cheese charcuterie board,…]]>

If you are in need of an impressive cocktail party appetizer, a showstopping finger food for your cheese charcuterie board, or to perfect light dessert to serve after dinner, these mascarpone stuffed dates are just what you need. They are easy, quick, and addictively delicious!

Need more appetizer inspiration? Be sure to also check out our Bread Dipping Oil, Cheese Apple Appetizer, and Hot Goat Cheese Dip.

Mascarpone stuffed dates on a plate topped off with pomegranate seeds and nuts.

Ingredients

To make this stuffed dates recipe, you will need dates, mascarpone cheese, chopped nuts (I used a combination of walnuts and pistachios), pomegranate seeds, and honey.

When buying dates, look for fresh, plump, and large Medjool dates that are usually sold in the refrigerated section of your grocery store. You can buy pitted dates or remove the pits yourself.

Ingredients for the recipe are placed in small bowls from the top view.

Ingredient Substitutions & Optional Add-Ins:

  • Cheese: You can substitute mascarpone with any spreadable soft cheese. My favorite ones are goat cheese and cream cheese. Alternatively, you can stir in ½ teaspoon of vanilla extract in the cheese to make it even more flavorful.
  • Nuts: You can use any nuts here. I like to stuff my dates with walnuts and salty pistachios, but almonds, hazelnuts, cashews, and pecans would also be lovely. If you have the time, roast your nuts in a skillet for a few minutes for extra flavor.
  • Fruit: Pomegranate arils are wonderful to add a pop of color, but you can also use candied and chopped oranges or dried cranberries.
  • Honey: You can use maple syrup or agave nectar. Or, if you want to make it sugar-free, omit using any sweeteners.
  • Flaky Sea Salt: This is optional, but if you want to take it up a notch, you can sprinkle each mascarpone-filled date with a little flaky sea salt (such as Maldon salt (affiliate link))

How To Make This Recipe?

There are only a few steps to making this finger dessert. However, I recommend getting all your ingredients ready before starting so that you can quickly put them together.

Person showing how to stuff dates with mascarpone cheese in a collage of images.
  1. Remove pits: Using a paring knife, slice dates lengthwise, being careful not to cut them all the way through. Remove the pits and set them aside.
  2. Stuff with cheese: Using a small spoon, stuff each pitted date with a teaspoon of mascarpone cheese. 
person showing how to stuff dates with walnuts and pistachios.
  1. Garnish: Dip the filled dates into the bowl with pomegranate seeds. Gently press them so that they will stick to the cheese.
  2. Sprinkle: Dust each stuffed date with chopped walnuts or pistachios. Set them onto a plate.
  3. Drizzle: Drizzle the mascarpone-stuffed dates with a tablespoon of honey. Serve!

How To Make Ahead and Store?

The best part of this sweet stuffed dates recipe is that you can make it ahead, and it also stores well. Here’s how I do it:

  • To Make Ahead: You can pit the dates, stuff them with cheese, dip them into the pomegranate seeds, and store them in an air-tight container in the fridge for up to two days in advance. Sprinkle them with chopped nuts and drizzle them with honey right before serving.
  • Storage: Leftovers will keep fresh for up to 3 days as long as they are stored in an airtight container in the fridge. They make the perfect snack or afternoon pick-me-up.

Expert Tips:

This easy recipe is pretty self-explanatory, but here are a few tips to help you succeed on your first try.

  • Room temperature: If you make these ahead of time, I recommend bringing them out 30 minutes before serving, as they taste best when they are served at room temperature.
  • Piping bag: You can multiply this recipe as many times as you want. And if you decide to make a larger amount, I recommend using piping or a pastry bag (or a Ziploc bag) instead of using a spoon. Simply fill your bag with mascarpone and fill each date one by one.
  • Mascarpone filling: I find that a light drizzle of honey is all you need to sweeten the already sweet dates. However, if you prefer yours sweeter, you can mix honey with mascarpone and use that honey mascarpone mixture as your filling.
  • Warm dates: An earlier version of this stuffed dates dessert recipe was made by first drizzling dates with a tablespoon of extra virgin olive oil and then warming them up in a 350-degree preheated oven for 10 minutes. If you prefer to serve them warm, you can follow those steps. However, after literally making this recipe for over 10 years, I feel like the room-temperature stuffed dates are just as good.
Stuffed dates with mascarpone and walnuts on a plate from the top view.

FAQs

What cheese pairs with dates?

Any mild-flavored soft and spreadable cheeses would pair well with dates. Goat cheese, mascarpone, and cream cheese are a few to name.

What can you stuff inside dates?

You can stuff dates with nuts, nut butters, soft cheese, and chocolate.

Can you put dates in the oven?

Yes, you can. Simply pop them in a preheated 350 F oven for 10 minutes to warm them up.

Other Party Appetizers You Might Also Like:

If you try this Mascarpone Stuffed Date recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Mascarpone stuffed dates on an oval plate from the top view.
Print

Mascarpone Stuffed Dates Recipe

These Mascarpone Stuffed Medjool Dates are topped off with walnuts and pomegranate seeds and drizzled with honey. This easy recipe takes less than 20 minutes to put them all together. These are the perfect little "finger" desserts to impress your guests or even to satisfy your own sweet tooth.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 12 Dates
Calories 134kcal

Ingredients

  • 12 Medjool Dates
  • ½ cup Mascarpone cheese
  • 4 tablespoons pomegranate seeds
  • 3 tablespoons walnuts or pistachios (or both) chopped
  • 1-2 tablespoons honey
  • ¼ teaspoon flaky seas such as Maldon salt, optional

Instructions

  • Cut each date lengthwise making sure to not to cut them all the way through. Remove and discard pits.
  • Fill each date with a teaspoon mascarpone cheese. Dip the stuffed dates into the bowl with pomegranate seeds. Gently press them so they will stick to the cheese.
  • Dust each stuffed date with chopped walnuts and/or pistachios. Set them on a plate.
  • Drizzle them with honey and if using, sprinkle them with some flaky sea salt. Serve!

Notes

  • I recommend prepping all the ingredients before starting to assemble. I usually put each ingredient in a small bowl so that I can put them together quickly.
  • You can multiply this recipe as many times as you want. If making a larger batch, you can fill a piping bag with mascarpone to help you stuff dates faster.
  • To Make Ahead: You can pit the dates, stuff them with mascarpone, dip them into the pomegranate seeds, and store them in an air-tight container in the fridge for up to two days in advance. Sprinkle them with chopped nuts and drizzle them with honey right before serving.
  • Storage: Place leftovers in an airtight container and store them in the fridge for up to 3 days.
  • Warm dates: An earlier version of this recipe warmed the dates in the oven before stuffing them. In this updated version, I decided to skip that step as I think it is an extra step that is not necessary. However, if you prefer that version, feel free to follow the steps below:
    • Preheat the oven to 350 °F. Place dates on a small baking sheet. Drizzle them with olive oil.
    • Bake for 10-12 minutes in the oven. Let cool on the counter for 5 minutes. Fill each date with a teaspoon of mascarpone cheese.
    • Top the dates with honey, pomegranate seeds, and walnuts. Sprinkle them with flaky sea salt. Serve!
  •  

Nutrition

Serving: 12Dates | Calories: 134kcal | Carbohydrates: 21g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 6g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 9mg | Sodium: 6mg | Potassium: 191mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 18g | Vitamin A: 168IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 32mg | Iron: 0.3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/mascarpone-stuffed-dates/feed/ 20
Cranberry Sauce with Maple Syrup https://foolproofliving.com/cranberry-sauce-with-maple-syrup/ https://foolproofliving.com/cranberry-sauce-with-maple-syrup/#comments Wed, 16 Nov 2022 16:47:45 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=61895 Say hello to cranberry season. What great way to celebrate fresh (or frozen) cranberries than with a low-sugar, refined-sugar-free, vegan,…]]>

Say hello to cranberry season. What great way to celebrate fresh (or frozen) cranberries than with a low-sugar, refined-sugar-free, vegan, and homemade cranberry maple sauce recipe to call your own? 

The tart flavors of cranberries mixed in with mildly sweet maple syrup is a match made in heaven. Make it fast and flavorful, and serve it with plenty of Thanksgiving Veggie Sides like Rosemary Mashed Potatoes, Garlic Butter Green Beans, Sweet Potato Soufflé, and Maple Roasted Carrots

A sauce made from cranberries in a bowl with rosemary and orange slices.

It goes without saying – this healthier cranberry sauce is going to outperform store-bought canned cranberry sauce any day. While it is a great addition to your Thanksgiving table and Christmas dinner, you can enjoy it any time of year!

Ingredients You Will Need

The ingredient list for this maple syrup cranberry sauce recipe is simple and straightforward. Take a trip to the grocery store and gather together fresh cranberries, pure maple syrup, water, fresh orange juice, a cinnamon stick, and orange zest.

Ingredients to make a sauce with cranberries and maple syrup.

Ingredient Substitutions and Optional Add-ins

  • Frozen cranberries: Use frozen cranberries in place of fresh – no need to thaw – and simply add a few minutes to the simmering time.
  • Honey syrup: Replace the maple syrup with an equal amount of Honey Syrup. Note: Since high heat can have negative effects on the nutritional value of honey, if going the honey route, bring the mixture up to a bare simmer under medium-low heat and then reduce it to low heat for 15-20 minutes. Cranberry Sauce with Honey is a wonderful alternative if you are living in an area where you can’t get maple syrup.
  • Ground cinnamon: Omit the cinnamon stick and add ¼ teaspoon of ground cinnamon at the end of cooking.
  • Additional spices: Add ⅛ teaspoon of additional warming spices, like ground ginger, allspice, cloves, cardamom, or pumpkin pie spice.
  • Liquor: Add a splash of bourbon or Cointreau, brandy, port wine, or sherry at the end of cooking.
  • With more fruit: Turn it into cranberry chutney with the addition of diced apples, pears, other berries, and raisins. 
  • Without orange: Not a fan of cranberry orange sauce? Replace orange juice with cranberry juice, apple juice, or water. I would not recommend lemon juice as it would make it even tarter. However, you can use lemon zest as a substitute for orange zest.
  • Vanilla extract: If preferred, you can add a splash of vanilla extract (about ½ teaspoon) in the end.

How to Make This Recipe?

This Refined Sugar-Free Cranberry Sauce couldn’t be any easier to make. All it takes is a quick simmer on the stove, and you have a homemade maple cranberry sauce right before your eyes. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Wash cranberries: Place cranberries in a colander and rinse with cold water. Pick the old, shriveled ones and discard them.
A person showing how to boil cranberries to make a sauce from the top view.
  1. Add ingredients to saucepan: In a medium-sized saucepan, combine cranberries, maple syrup, water, orange juice, and the cinnamon stick.
  2. Simmer: Set over medium-high heat and bring it up to a boil, give it a stir, turn the heat down to medium-low, and let it simmer for 10-12 minutes, stirring occasionally until the cranberries pop and it reaches your desired consistency.
  3. Taste test: Taste for sweetness and add more maple syrup if you’d like it a little less tart.
  4. Finish and serve: Off the heat, carefully remove the cinnamon stick. Finish with the orange zest. Enjoy your cranberry maple sauce warm, at room temperature, or chill in the fridge.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Freeze

This naturally sweetened cranberry sauce can be served warm, at room temperature, or cold. This makes it a wonderful make ahead recipe and gets you one step closer to holiday prep work.

  • Make ahead: Cook the cranberry maple syrup sauce as directed, cool it completely, and transfer it to an airtight container. Store in the refrigerator for 3-4 days.
  • Storage: Whether freshly made or looking to get ahead, the cranberry sauce will keep in the fridge for up to one week.
  • Freeze: Once cool, store the cranberry sauce made with maple syrup in a freezer-safe airtight container. Label, date, and freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw the frozen cranberry sauce overnight in the fridge.

How to Serve

In addition to serving it with a plethora of Thanksgiving recipes like Thanksgiving turkey (or Roasted Turkey Drumsticks or Baked Turkey Tenderloins), leftover cranberry sauce can be used to jazz up leftovers or provide a new twist on a recipe. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

Expert Tips

  • Make a double batch. Double the recipe if serving a big crowd – or freeze the rest for later use.
  • Popping is completely normal. The cranberries will pop and sputter as they cook, and this is completely normal. This means they are breaking down and releasing their natural sweetness.
  • Remove the cinnamon stick before storing. The cinnamon will become too overpowering if left to sit in the cranberry sauce. Remove just after cooking.
  • The cranberry sauce will thicken significantly as it cools. Don’t fret if the texture is a little looser than expected. The cranberry sauce will thicken as it cools – and thicken even further once chilled.

FAQs

How to sweeten cranberry sauce without sugar?

It’s easy to sweeten cranberry sauce without sugar by replacing it with a natural sugar, like maple syrup or honey.

How to make cranberry sauce less tart?

Use maple syrup to make cranberry sauce less tart, while also keeping it healthier and refined sugar free. Taste test near the end of cooking. If it is still too tart for your liking, add more maple syrup, 1 tablespoon at a time.

How do you spice up cranberry sauce?

It’s easy to spice up cranberry sauce with the addition of warm winter spices like ground cinnamon, ginger, allspice, cloves, cardamom, or pumpkin pie spice. The ground spices will intensify as they sit in the sauce, so a mere ⅛ – ¼ teaspoon goes a long way.

What can you add to cranberry sauce to thicken it?

Cranberries contain a lot of pectin (a natural thickener), so there is really no need to add a thickening agent such as cornstarch or tapioca starch. Simply simmer the cranberry sauce until most of them have split, and allow to cool. The longer it cools, the thicker it will become.

How do you get the bitter taste out of cranberry sauce?

If, at the end of cooking, you taste a spoonful and it’s bitter, you can add more maple syrup for a touch of sweetness. If you prefer not to add more sugar, try something tangy, like a splash of orange juice, apple juice, or even white wine.

Other Creative Cranberry Recipes You’ll Enjoy:

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this refined-sugar free easy homemade Cranberry Sauce recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Homemade cranberry sauce with maple syrup in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Cranberry Sauce with Maple Syrup Recipe

This Cranberry Sauce with Maple Syrup is the perfect, satisfying balance of sweet and tart, yet it's also refined-sugar-free, vegan, and low-sugar. Serve this make-ahead friendly sauce as a light side dish for your holiday dinner, or enjoy it year-round with sandwiches, desserts, breakfast, and more!
Course Condiment/Sauce
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 12 minutes
Total Time 17 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 489kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 12-ounce bag of fresh or frozen cranberries
  • cup maple syrup more as needed
  • cup water
  • ¼ cup orange juice
  • 1 cinnamon stick or ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon – optional
  • 1 tablespoon orange zest

Instructions

  • Rinse cranberries: Place cranberries in a colander and rinse with cold water. Pick the old, shriveled ones and discard them.
  • Add ingredients: Transfer the rest of the cranberries to a medium-sized pan and add the maple syrup, water, orange juice, and a cinnamon stick.
  • Cook: Heat over medium heat, bring it to a boil, give it a stir, turn the heat down to medium-low*, and let it simmer for 10-12 minutes or until it reaches your desired consistency. Be sure to stir it a few times.
  • Taste and adjust: As it simmers, cranberries will soften and pop, so don’t be alarmed. Taste for sweetness and add more maple syrup (in 1-tablespoon increments), if needed.
  • Remove from heat and serve: Off the heat, carefully remove the cinnamon stick, and stir in the orange zest. Serve it warm, at room temperature, or cold.

Notes

  • Servings: This recipe yields 1 1/2 cups of cranberry sauce. 
  • *Popping is completely normal. The cranberries will pop and sputter as they cook, which is completely normal. This means they are breaking down and releasing their natural sweetness.
  • Make ahead: Cook the cranberry sauce as directed, cool it completely, and transfer it to an airtight container. Store in the refrigerator for 3-4 days.
  • Storage: Store the cooled sauce in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 1 week.
  • Freeze: Once cool, store the cranberry sauce in a freezer-safe airtight container. Label, date, and freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw the frozen cranberry sauce overnight in the fridge.

Nutrition

Calories: 489kcal | Carbohydrates: 124g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 0.1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.1g | Sodium: 22mg | Potassium: 665mg | Fiber: 15g | Sugar: 84g | Vitamin A: 364IU | Vitamin C: 87mg | Calcium: 198mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cranberry-sauce-with-maple-syrup/feed/ 2
Peach Mango Smoothie https://foolproofliving.com/peach-mango-smoothie/ https://foolproofliving.com/peach-mango-smoothie/#comments Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:58:22 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14529 It is no secret that smoothies are the ideal summer breakfast/snack with a long list of benefits, especially if they…]]>

It is no secret that smoothies are the ideal summer breakfast/snack with a long list of benefits, especially if they are made without any additional sugars, just like this peach mango smoothie recipe. 

Over the years, I have shared so many Superfood Smoothie Recipes and have no plans of slowing down. If you are a fan as well, be sure to check out Cantaloupe Smoothie and Mango Turmeric Smoothie, both of which are perfect for warmer months.

A person holding glasses of peach mango drink from the top view.

Ingredients

To make this peach mango drink, you will need fresh mango, peach slices, fresh orange juice, ice cubes, and your favorite yogurt. 

Ingredients for a mango peach smoothie in bowls from the top view.

Substitutions & Possible Add-Ins

  • Frozen Fruit: If fresh peaches and mangos are not in season, you can always make this mango and peach smoothie with frozen peaches and mangos. If you’re going to use frozen fruit, make sure you use less ice. Using ice and frozen fruit results in a really thick smoothie, almost like a peach mango puree. Of course, if you’d rather have a smoothie with a thicker consistency, you can always make a smoothie bowl.
  • Yogurt: Greek yogurt is a key ingredient to give this smoothie the creamy texture and tangy taste that pairs so well with sweet tropical fruits. The good thing is that you can use any type of yogurt. I have also made this smoothie using my vanilla yogurt many times and it turned out great. For a low-fat option, use skim milk yogurt; for a vegan smoothie, use vanilla almond milk yogurt or soy milk yogurt. If you want to enhance the peach flavors, you can even add in a coconut milk-based peach yogurt. And if peach and mango smoothie with yogurt is not your thing, add a handful of unsalted cashews to achieve a similar consistency.
  • Add a banana instead of sugar: While I think that ripe peaches and mangos make this smoothie sweet enough, if you want to add a bit more sweetness, I recommend adding a ripe banana. A refreshing peach mango banana smoothie is ideal, especially if you are serving it to kids as a poolside snack.
  • Add in some protein and more superfoods: As it is with any smoothie recipe, you can add in a tablespoon of hemp seeds, chia seeds, ground flaxseed, or even your favorite protein powder for an added nutritional boost. 
  • Play around with adding other fruit: Add a touch of tropical flavor to your summer fruit smoothies by adding pineapple, strawberries or any of your other favorite fruits in season.
  • Make it a juice instead: Want to make it a peach mango juice recipe? While it is healthier to eat fruit as a whole (or in pureed form like it is in this recipe), you can strain it through a colander to turn it into a juice instead.
  • Add greens: If you’re a fan of green smoothies, add a handful of spinach or kale to make sure you’re getting your daily vegetable intake. 
  • More flavor: Adding a dash of vanilla extract or maple syrup to your mango peach yogurt smoothie is a quick and easy way to elevate the overall flavor of the drink.

How to Make This Recipe

Making this tropical mango peach smoothie cannot be easier. Here are the steps:

A blender with ingredients for a smoothie with mango and peach from the top view.
  1. Blend ingredients: Combine mango chunks, peaches, orange juice, yogurt, and ice cubes into a blender. Pulse your ingredients a few times before blending them at high speed until it has a smooth consistency. 
  2. Serve: Pour your smoothie into your favorite glass. I like to garnish it with hemp seeds on top before serving, but it’s optional. 

How to Store

Store your drink in a cup with a lid (like a mason jar) for easy storage. It should be good for up to two days. Note that the longer it stays in the fridge, the more liquid it will become. Make sure you shake it up before serving it.

Peach Mango Milkshake in a glass from the front view.

FAQs

What fruits blend well with peaches?

Peaches blend well with oranges, strawberries, apricots, and pineapples.

How many calories are in a peach mango smoothie?

This smoothie recipe has 278 calories per serving. Please review the recipe card below for more nutritional information.

What is a good fruit combination with mango?

You can add various kinds of fresh fruit to your mango puree smoothie recipe to make it even more flavorful. Different fruits such as strawberries and raspberries are great for summer months, whereas a ripe banana is a great option for all-year-round.

Other Smoothie Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you liked this mango peach smoothie recipe, here are a few other delicious reader-favorite smoothie recipes you might enjoy:

If you try this Peach-Mango Smoothie recipe or any of our other smoothie recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

peach mango smoothie garnished with hemp seeds in a glass.
Print

Peach Mango Smoothie Recipe

This 5-ingredient Peach Mango Smoothie is the perfect easy breakfast or afternoon snack for a refreshing boost of nutrients! Make this tropical smoothie in only 5 minutes with fresh or frozen fruit.
Course Smoothie
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Total Time 5 minutes
Servings 1 serving
Calories 278kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup mango cut into large chunks from 1 large ripe mango
  • 1 cup peach cut into large chunks for 2 small or 1 large ripe peach
  • ¾ cup orange juice or pineapple juice
  • ¼ cup Greek yogurt or any other one of your favorite yogurt
  • 1 cup ice

Instructions

  • Place all ingredients in a blender and blend until smooth. Serve right away.

Notes

  • Fruit: If fresh fruit is not available, you can use frozen mango and frozen peach instead. If you use frozen fruit, I recommend adding half the amount of ice.
  • Yogurt: You can use any type of yogurt you like here, homemade vanilla yogurt or even your favorite brand of vegan yogurt would also work.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 278kcal | Carbohydrates: 61g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 0.3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Cholesterol: 3mg | Sodium: 53mg | Potassium: 908mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 53g | Vitamin A: 2661IU | Vitamin C: 159mg | Calcium: 107mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/peach-mango-smoothie/feed/ 6
Frozen Yogurt Bark https://foolproofliving.com/frozen-yogurt-bark/ https://foolproofliving.com/frozen-yogurt-bark/#comments Fri, 12 Aug 2022 01:14:51 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=58071 If you’re looking for more healthy, yogurt-based summer snacks, you’ve come to the right place! Dip your favorite seasonal fruits…]]>

If you’re looking for more healthy, yogurt-based summer snacks, you’ve come to the right place! Dip your favorite seasonal fruits in my Greek Yogurt Fruit Dip for a refreshing pick-me-up, or cool off after a morning walk with my Breakfast Yogurt Parfait or Yogurt Chia Seed Pudding

frozen yogurt bars with berries and nuts on a plate from the top view

Ingredients

The three simple ingredients in these frozen yogurt bars provide a pop of color, a great crunch, and a salty-sweet finish. They’re simply irresistible! For this recipe, you’ll need vanilla yogurt, fresh strawberries, and pistachios (or any nuts, granola, or your favorite toppings). 

yogurt, strawberries, and pistachios in bowls as ingredients for fro yo bark

Substitutions

Aside from being totally snackable and addictive, these homemade yogurt bars are also super customizable. Grab your kids or some friends, your favorite sweet or salty toppings, and go crazy! The sky’s the limit when it comes to substitutions, but here are some suggestions: 

  • Yogurt: I used my Vanilla Yogurt recipe for this Greek yogurt frozen bark, which is made with full-fat plain Greek yogurt mixed with a little honey and a splash of vanilla extract. I personally love using full-fat yogurt in this recipe, as it provides a super creamy texture and freezes well. I recommend subbing non-fat Icelandic yogurt or skim yogurt if you want a lower fat option that’s still thick and creamy. Or, feel free to use dairy-free yogurts if you’d prefer (you can make almond frozen yogurt by using full-fat almond yogurt).  
  • Sweetener: If you have a sweet tooth, feel free to use your favorite sweetener to make this yogurt fruit bark a truly sweet treat! I recommend using non-refined sugars like honey, maple syrup, or agave nectar, or even monk fruit sweetener or erythritol for a keto version of this frozen Greek yogurt bark. 
  • Fruits: Adding colorful fresh fruits to your frozen yogurt bark really makes it pop! I used strawberries, but any soft fruits or berries would be a delicious addition. Take a trip to your local grocery store to see what’s in season.
  • Nuts, granola, & other toppings: To make this Greek yogurt bark slightly savory and salty, top it with any nuts you prefer or have on hand. Or, toss in your favorite granola (I love this Chunky Granola), unsweetened coconut flakes, or even chia seeds to add some extra crunch! For an extra indulgent chocolate bark (similar to my Almond Chocolate Bark), sprinkle on your favorite chocolate chips and a thin swirl of peanut butter. 

How to Make Yogurt Bark?

Not only is this healthy yogurt bark easy to make, but it’s fun too! Here’s how to do it:

  1. Prep the baking sheet: Line a baking sheet with parchment paper. 
person showing how to make yogurt bars from the top view
  1. Spread the yogurt: Using an offset spatula (or a spoon), spread the yogurt in an even layer across the baking sheet. 
  2. Add your toppings: Sprinkle the vanilla Greek yogurt evenly with the strawberries, pistachios, or toppings of your choice. 
  3. Freeze: Freeze the yogurt bark overnight or for at least 3 hours until firm. 
  4. Serve: Remove the yogurt bark from the freezer and break it into large chunks. Serve immediately. 

How to Store

While it is best to enjoy this yogurt fruit bark as soon as it comes out of the freezer, you can also make a big batch ahead of time for quick grab-and-go snacks! Just keep in mind that the frozen Greek yogurt bark needs at least 3 hours in the freezer before serving, although freezing overnight is better and will help prevent melting. 

To store leftovers, make sure to break the bars into pieces before placing them in an airtight container. Keep in the freezer and enjoy them for up to 2-3 months. 

healthy frozen yogurt bars recipe on a plate from the side view

Expert Tips

The fun of this frozen yogurt bark recipe is that it’s supposed to look homemade and a little imperfect. While you can get creative with their look and taste, I encourage you to follow these tips for the best, foolproof results:

  • Treat it like ice cream: Just like ice cream, these healthy yogurt snacks will melt if left out too long. The key is to take them out of the freezer and let them rest at room temperature for about a minute before serving. Once they’ve softened a bit, enjoy them before they melt (trust me, they’ll be gone before they’ve had time to melt)! 
  • Use a small sheet pan: Smaller sheet pans are easier to work with and fit well in the freezer. Just make sure to use lined baking sheets with parchment or wax paper so the bars don’t stick!
  • Chop fruit into small pieces: Cut larger fruits into small pieces and make sure to equally distribute them on the yogurt. Doing so will ensure that you get a delicious piece of your favorite fruit in every bite.
  • Make it your own: This Greek yogurt bark recipe can be as delicious as you want to make it. Love Reese’s cups? Add in peanut butter and chocolate for a kid-friendly treat! Want to make a frozen yogurt berry bark with a pop of color and extra antioxidants? Sprinkle a combination of blueberries and strawberries on top of the yogurt!

FAQs

What is frozen yogurt bark?

Frozen yogurt bark, also called fro yo bark, is a healthy frozen treat made with yogurt and toppings such as fruit and nuts. The yogurt is spread thinly on a pan, frozen, and broken up into pieces to serve. The frozen yogurt bark recipe was made famous by the Pioneer Woman, and many recipes are adapted from the Pioneer Woman Frozen Yogurt Bites.

How long to freeze yogurt bark?

For best results, freeze yogurt bark overnight or for at least 3 hours. Keep leftovers in the fridge for up to three months.

Are frozen yogurt bars healthy?

Yes, they are! Yogurt has several health benefits, making these frozen yogurt bars a great source of gut-friendly probiotics, calcium, B vitamins, and other important nutrients. The toppings in this homemade frozen yogurt bark, such as fruit and nuts, also provide antioxidants and healthy fats.

Can you make yogurt bark with frozen fruit?

Yes, you can use frozen fruit to make frozen fruit yogurt! Just make sure to thaw the frozen fruit before adding it to the yogurt, which will allow the yogurt and fruit to thaw at the same time. Just keep in mind that thawing frozen fruit can be messy, as the process releases a lot of juices!

How to cut frozen yogurt bark?

Once you’re ready to serve your healthy frozen yogurt bark, you can break it up with your hands to make smaller yogurt pieces, cut it on a cutting board with a sharp knife, or even use a pizza cutter. This process is very hands-on, so get your kids involved!

Can you just freeze yogurt to make frozen yogurt?

Yes, you can, but it may be hard to consume. It’s best to spread the yogurt on a sheet pan before freezing to make it thinner and easier to eat.

Is frozen yogurt a dessert?

Frozen yogurt can definitely be a healthy dessert! To make it extra indulgent, add sweeteners like maple syrup, honey, or agave, or even add a swirl of peanut butter or dark chocolate. To make a healthy frozen yogurt bars recipe, add lots of fresh fruit for extra nutrients and antioxidants.

Other Yogurt Recipes You Might Like

Here at Foolproof Living, yogurt is such a staple in our fridge. If you’re like us and keep a yogurt stash in the fridge year-round, why not use it to make a new recipe? After you make these healthy yogurt bars, give one of these recipes a try!

If you try this Frozen Yogurt Bark recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

frozen yogurt bark recipe with berries and nuts on a plate from the top view
Print

Frozen Yogurt Bark Recipe

Cool off on a hot summer day with this refreshing Frozen Yogurt Bark. This kid-friendly treat combines sweet vanilla yogurt with fresh berries and crunchy toppings for a healthy ice cream alternative that's just as satisfying. This recipe is also super customizable, so grab your favorite toppings and get started!
Course Snack
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Resting Time 3 hours
Total Time 3 hours 10 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 196kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cups Vanilla Yogurt*
  • ½ cup sliced strawberries
  • ½ cup pistachios or any other nuts or granola

Instructions

  • Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
  • Place the yogurt on the sheet pan and spread it using an offset spatula.
  • Sprinkle it evenly with sliced strawberries and pistachios.
  • Freeze until firm, at least 3 hours or overnight.
  • Remove it from the freezer and break it into large chunks. Serve right away.

Video

Notes

  • Yogurt: I used Greek Yogurt in this recipe as I enjoy the thickness of the Greek yogurt. I also prefer making my own Vanilla Yogurt (using plain Greek yogurt) as I can adjust the amount of sugar in it. However, if you prefer low-fat yogurt, I recommend using Icelandic-style yogurt as it will provide you with a similar thick (spreadable) consistency.
  • Storage: To store leftovers, make sure to break the bars into pieces before placing them in an airtight container. Keep in the freezer and enjoy them for up to 2-3 months. 
  • Toppings: I used berries and pistachios, but any combination of fruit and nuts and/or granola would work in this recipe.

Nutrition

Calories: 196kcal | Carbohydrates: 23g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 6mg | Sodium: 81mg | Potassium: 453mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 19g | Vitamin A: 119IU | Vitamin C: 12mg | Calcium: 228mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/frozen-yogurt-bark/feed/ 4
Vanilla Yogurt From Plain Yogurt https://foolproofliving.com/vanilla-yogurt/ https://foolproofliving.com/vanilla-yogurt/#comments Fri, 12 Aug 2022 01:04:20 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=57692 Serve it with fresh berries and crunchy granola for a healthy breakfast or an afternoon pick-me-up, or add it to…]]>

Serve it with fresh berries and crunchy granola for a healthy breakfast or an afternoon pick-me-up, or add it to your favorite recipes that call for vanilla yogurt. Better yet, make our Overnight Oats Recipe with Yogurt for a quick breakfast for busy mornings.

Yogurt is such a perfect complement to so many foods, so trust us when we say the yogurt recipes don’t stop here. If you’re like us and love the classic combo of yogurt and fruit, you’ll love this Yogurt Chia Pudding, Frozen Yogurt Bark & my go-to Yogurt Dip for Fruit

vanilla yogurt in a bowl with strawberries on the side from the top view

Recipe Ingredients

This ultra quick and easy homemade vanilla yogurt recipe requires only 3 staple ingredients that you probably already have on hand or can quickly grab from the grocery store. You’ll need plain whole milk Greek yogurt, vanilla extract, and honey. 

ingredients for the recipe in small bowls from the top view

Substitutions

The beauty of this easy recipe is that it’s totally customizable based on your preferences. Once you make vanilla yogurt from plain yogurt, that’s just a jumping-off point! Feel free to substitute or make additions to suit your sweet tooth or dietary restrictions. Here are some suggestions:

  • Yogurt: While I personally love that creamy Greek yogurt taste and texture, you can use whatever type of yogurt you prefer for this recipe! Regular yogurt, whole milk yogurt, or skim milk yogurt would all beautifully pair with vanilla and honey. You can even use plant-based yogurt if you’re vegan!
  • Other sweeteners: To make sweetened Greek yogurt, feel free to play around with added sugar based on your preference. Here at FPL headquarters, we prefer flavoring plain yogurt with natural sweeteners, like maple syrup and raw honey, but you can use confectioners’ sugar (aka powdered sugar) in its place for extra sweetness. To make a keto version of this recipe, sub in low-carb sweeteners, like monk fruit sugar or erythritol. We also recommend that you be careful when adding artificial sweeteners, like aspartame, sucralose, xylitol, etc., to unsweetened yogurt, as it can highly impact the flavor. 
  • Vanilla: Adding a dash of pure vanilla extract to plain yogurt is usually what I prefer, but you’re also free to use vanilla bean paste for a 1:1 substitute (meaning you can substitute one for equal amounts of the other). You can also use imitation vanilla extract, which tends to be more affordable. Or, if you’d rather, you can use half of a vanilla bean (vanilla beans have a potent flavor, so half of a bean is all you need). 
  • Honey syrup: As another sweetener option for this recipe, you can use my Honey Syrup recipe (a combination of honey and water) for honey vanilla greek yogurt. If you choose to use honey syrup, use double the amount of honey that the recipe calls for.   
  • Ground cinnamon: This is an optional addition, but adding a sprinkle of ground cinnamon to your plain vanilla yogurt really complements the flavors. 

How to Turn Plain Yogurt into Vanilla Yogurt

You can whip up this delicious recipe in no time! Simply:

person showing how to make vanilla yogurt from plain yogurt in a photo collage
  1. Combine the ingredients: Add the yogurt, honey, and vanilla extract to a bowl. Whisk until smooth and well combined. 
  2. Taste and adjust: Give it a taste and add more vanilla extract or honey, if desired. 

How to Store

If you have leftovers of this honey and Greek yogurt recipe, you can store them in the fridge or freezer to enjoy later. Here are some tips:

  • Storage: You can store your homemade honey vanilla yogurt in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days. 
  • Freeze: Freeze your vanilla-flavored yogurt for up to 2 months to preserve the best taste and texture. 
  • Thaw: To serve the vanilla honey greek yogurt from frozen, first thaw your container of yogurt in the refrigerator (preferably overnight). The yogurt may appear separated once thawed, which tends to happen when you freeze dairy products. To revive the thawed yogurt, give it a stir to incorporate the ingredients or add in a small amount of yogurt if it’s watery. If it’s still not quite smooth, try blending it in a food processor before serving. Make sure not to refreeze once thawed! 

How to Use Vanilla Yogurt in Recipes?

Not only can you enjoy this flavorful vanilla greek yogurt recipe by itself as a breakfast or snack, but you can also use it in any recipe that calls for vanilla yogurt! Here are some vanilla yogurt recipe ideas:

  • Make yogurt parfaits: Name a better combo than creamy vanilla yogurt, fresh fruit, and crunchy granola. For one of my favorite vanilla yogurt recipes, try making my Yogurt Parfait recipe!
  • Try it in a smoothie: Vanilla yogurt is the perfect addition to any smoothie because it gives it that coveted thick, creamy texture and adds in just the right amount of sweetness. Try adding it to my Strawberry Banana Yogurt Smoothie or Cantaloupe Shake recipe for an ultra-tasty and refreshing smoothie. 
  • Pair it with fruit: Whether you’re making a fruit salad for a brunch crowd, bringing a fruit platter to your next gathering, or setting out a big fruit bowl for dessert, this easy recipe pairs perfectly with all your favorite seasonal fruit. 
  • Top it off with granola: Something about the crunchy texture and salty-sweet flavor of granola goes so well with yogurt. Simply top a bowl of yogurt with my Chunky Granola and call it breakfast!
  • Turn it into ice cream: Want to know how to make plain yogurt taste better? For a healthier yet delicious version of our favorite summer treat, try using this recipe to make Vanilla Frozen Yogurt!
plain vanilla yogurt with honey in a bowl with strawberries on the side from the side view

FAQs

Can you add vanilla extract to yogurt?

Yes, you can! Adding a dash of vanilla extract in plain yogurt really complements the tanginess of the yogurt and gives it a subtly sweet taste and flavor. Make it even better by adding a tablespoon of honey!

How much vanilla to add to plain yogurt?

When making plain yogurt vanilla-flavored, add half a teaspoon of vanilla extract for every cup of plain yogurt. Feel free to add more or less, depending on your personal preference.

Other Yogurt Recipes You Might Like

If you have an abundance of yogurt in your fridge that you’re dying to use, or if you’re just a yogurt fanatic like me, here are some other yogurt recipes you’ll love! 

If you try your hand at making this recipe, please take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

vanilla yogurt recipe in a bowl with strawberries on the side from top view
Print

Vanilla Yogurt Recipe

Learn how to turn plain yogurt into vanilla yogurt with this simple Vanilla Yogurt recipe! This refreshing, subtly sweet yogurt requires only 3 ingredients and takes 2 minutes to prepare. Enjoy it as a yummy breakfast with granola and berries or as a bedtime snack, or use it in any recipe that calls for vanilla yogurt!
Course Snack
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 2 minutes
Total Time 2 minutes
Servings 1 cup
Calories 283kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup plain whole milk yogurt regular or Greek yogurt
  • 2 tablespoons honey or maple syrup
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract

Instructions

  • Place yogurt, honey and vanilla extract in a bowl. Whisk until well combined.
  • Give it a taste and add more if necessary.

Notes

  • Storage: Store yogurt in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days. 
  • Freeze: Freeze yogurt for up to 2 months to preserve the best taste and texture. 
  • Thaw: Thaw frozen yogurt in the refrigerator (preferably overnight). If the yogurt has separated while thawing, stir to reincorporate the ingredients. Add a few more tablespoons of yogurt if it’s too watery, or blend for a few seconds in a food processor. Make sure not to refreeze once thawed.

Nutrition

Calories: 283kcal | Carbohydrates: 46g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 8g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 32mg | Sodium: 115mg | Potassium: 405mg | Fiber: 0.1g | Sugar: 46g | Vitamin A: 243IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 299mg | Iron: 0.3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/vanilla-yogurt/feed/ 16
Almond Ricotta Cake https://foolproofliving.com/ricotta-and-almond-polenta-cake/ https://foolproofliving.com/ricotta-and-almond-polenta-cake/#comments Fri, 22 Jul 2022 18:15:40 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=7376 My obsession with baking with almond flour started with this Almond Cake. Since then, I have made and shared countless…]]>

My obsession with baking with almond flour started with this Almond Cake. Since then, I have made and shared countless ground almond cakes. Almond Flour Chocolate cake, Strawberry Almond Cake, Flourless Carrot Cake, Apple Cake with Almond Flour, and Almond Flour Lemon Cake are to name a few.

And since I had some extra ricotta cheese hanging around, I decided to use my favorite flour and make this Italian lemon ricotta almond cake as a new addition to the collection.

Italian Almond Cake with almond flour sliced from the top view

Ingredients

The ingredients for Italian almond ricotta cake are what you would typically find in flourless dessert recipes.

the ingredients for lemon ricotta cake with almonds

Gather together unsalted butter, organic cane sugar, eggs, whole milk ricotta, lemon zest and juice, vanilla extract, almond extract, almond flour, sea salt, sliced almonds, and (optional) confectioner’s sugar.

It is best if all your ingredients are at room temperature, so if you can, be sure to plan ahead.

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Sugar: Feel free to substitute white granulated sugar at a 1:1 ratio for the cane sugar.
  • Sugar Substitute: If following a keto diet, try Swerve (affiliate link), a 1:1 low-carb sugar substitute.
  • Ricotta: Use whole milk store-bought or homemade ricotta cheese for the richest texture and flavor. If you are lucky enough to live near an Italian market, you can check there for fresh ricotta cheese, too.
  • Almond Extract: Although I find the almond extract to add that special Italian flair, you can omit it if you are not a fan of the extra almond flavor.
  • Almond Flour vs Almond Meal: Almond flour is made from whole blanched almonds and ground to a finer texture, whereas almond meal is made from whole almonds with the skin. Almond flour is preferred and easily available in grocery stores or online. Or, check out my detailed post on how to make almond flour at home.

How to Make Ricotta Cake with Almond Flour

Italian almond cake is much easier to make than you might think. Here’s how to do it:

person showing how to bake this cake with ricotta cheese
  1. Prep equipment: Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F. Line the bottom of a 9-inch round cake pan or springform pan with parchment paper. Grease the paper and sides of the pan with butter.
  2. Cream butter and sugar: With an electric hand mixer, cream together the butter and sugar in a large bowl at medium to medium-high speed until light and fluffy, about 5 minutes.
  3. Beat in egg yolks: Add the egg yolks and beat until combined.
  4. Add wet ingredients: Add ricotta cheese, lemon zest, lemon juice, vanilla extract, and almond extract, if using. Beat together until smooth and combined.
person folding almond flour into the batter and whipping egg whites
  1. Add dry ingredients: Add almond flour and salt to the ricotta mixture. Fold together until no clumps of almond flour remain. The batter should be smooth and slightly thick.
  2. Beat egg whites: Wash and dry the beaters. Then, beat the egg whites on medium speed to stiff peaks form. This should take about 2-3 minutes.
person showing how to make lemon ricotta cake with almond flour
  1. Fold in egg whites: Stir one-third of the whipped egg whites into the batter. Then, gently fold the remaining egg whites in with a spatula until no streaks of egg white remain. Do not overmix.
  2. Pour into cake pan: Transfer the cake batter to the prepared pan. Sprinkle the top with flaked almonds. Press them down slightly, so they stick.
  3. Bake: Bake for 50-55 minutes, or until the edges of the cake are golden brown. The center of the cake may still be slightly wobbly. Place on a wire rack and let cool until set, about 1 hour.

How to Serve

For a final finishing touch and flourish, sprinkle powdered sugar over the lemon almond ricotta cake just before serving. Then, serve it as:

  • Breakfast: Enjoy a thick slice with a hot cup of coffee or tea.
  • Brunch: Cut it into small squares and serve it at your next brunch gathering.
  • Afternoon Treat: Slice a wedge to enjoy as a delightful pick-me-up.
  • Dessert: Serve as a sweet and lemony after-dinner treat with maple whipped cream, fresh berries on the side, or a drizzle of blueberry puree. A wonderful treat to bring to a special occasion,  dinner parties, and summer BBQs, too.

Variations

  • Keto Ricotta Cake: Replace the cane sugar with a 1:1 granulated low-carb sweetener, such as Swerve (affiliate link).
  • Orange Zest: Replace the lemon zest and juice with orange zest and orange juice. 
  • Raspberry Ricotta Cake: Add ½ – 1 cup of fresh raspberries. I recommend coarsely chopping and scattering them about once the batter is already in the cake pan to avoid squishing the berries.
  • Almond Ricotta Bars: Bake the cake in a 9 x 9-inch square baking dish. Slice into bars when ready to serve.

How to Store Leftovers

The gluten-free ricotta cake is best enjoyed the day it is made, either at room temperature or warm. That being said, you can store leftovers to enjoy later.

  • Storage: The leftovers of this flourless lemon ricotta cake will keep for up to 4 days in the refrigerator. 
  • Freezing: I do not recommend freezing the cake, as this can impact the texture.
Almond flour ricotta cake cooling on a wire rack after it is baked

Expert Tips

Here are a few helpful tips for the best almond flour ricotta cake on your first try:

  • Use glass or stainless steel mixing bowls. Eggs do not whisk properly in plastic bowls.
  • Use room temperature ingredients. This creates a smooth batter.
  • Separate the eggs using the ‘pooling’ method. Crack all four eggs into a medium-size glass or stainless steel bowl. Then, scoop out the yolks with your fingers, gently tossing them back and forth in your hand to whisk away any excess egg white. Place the egg yolks into a small bowl until ready to use.
  • An electric hand mixer makes for fewer dishes. I like to separate my eggs in the bowl I am going to whip the egg whites in. Then, I prepare the batter up until adding the almond flour and salt, wash the beaters and proceed to whip the egg whites. Less mess and more fun in the kitchen.
  • When beating egg whites, make sure the bowl and beaters are squeaky clean. The egg whites will not aerate properly if there is even a speckle of dust, fat, or oil.
  • Scatter the sliced almonds evenly over the surface. Make sure to cover the center and all those edges.

FAQs

Does almond ricotta cake need to be refrigerated?

Yes, since almond ricotta cake has cheese, it’s best kept in an airtight container in the fridge. The cake will stay fresh for up to 4 days.

Can I use all-purpose flour instead of almond flour to make this Italian ricotta cake?

I do not recommend replacing the almond flour with all-purpose flour as they are not a 1:1 replacement in baking. This Italian dessert made with ricotta cheese is meant to be flourless and almond flour accomplishes this task quite well.

Can’t get enough of almond flour recipes? Here are a few more:

If you try this Almond Ricotta Cake recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Lemon ricotta cake with almond flour sliced on a plate
Print

Almond Ricotta Cake Recipe

Here is an Italian Ricotta Cake made with almond flour and lemon. Creamy, zesty, and perfect when you need a delicious flourless cake that you can make with just a few basic ingredients. Gluten-free and keto friendly (with only one ingredient swap)
Course Cake, Gluten-Free Cake
Cuisine American/Italian, Italian
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 50 minutes
Cooling Time 1 hour
Total Time 2 hours 10 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 491kcal

Ingredients

  • ½ cup unsalted butter 1 stick, room temperature, plus more for greasing
  • 1 cup organic cane sugar or white granulated sugar
  • 4 large eggs room temperature, separated
  • 1 cup whole milk ricotta (8 oz.) store-bought
  • 1 tablespoon lemon zest from approximately 2 lemons
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
  • 1 teaspoon almond extract optional
  • 2 cups almond flour (8.4 oz.)
  • ¼ teaspoon sea salt
  • cup sliced almonds
  • 2-3 tablespoons confectioner’s sugar optional – for serving

Instructions

  • Prep equipment: Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F. Place a round of parchment paper on the bottom of a 9-inch cake pan or springform pan. Lightly grease the paper and sides of the pan with butter and set aside.
  • Cream butter and sugar: Place the butter and sugar in a large mixing bowl. With an electric hand mixer, cream together the butter and sugar on medium-high speed until light and fluffy, about 5 minutes.
  • Beat in egg yolks: Add the egg yolks and beat on medium speed until combined.
  • Add wet ingredients: Add ricotta cheese, lemon zest, lemon juice, vanilla extract and almond extract, if using, and beat until combined.
  • Add dry ingredients: Add almond flour and salt to the ricotta mixture. Fold together with a spatula until no pockets of almond flour remain and the batter is smooth. The batter will be slightly thick. Do not be alarmed if it looks a bit curdled.
  • Beat egg whites: Thoroughly wash and dry the beaters. In a medium bowl (or the same bowl you used to separate the eggs), beat the egg whites on medium speed to soft peaks, about 3 minutes.
  • Fold in egg whites: Stir ⅓ of the beaten egg whites into the batter to lighten it. Then, gently fold the remaining egg whites in with a spatula until just combined. The batter should be evenly moistened with no streak of egg whites remaining. Do not overmix.
  • Pour into cake pan: Transfer the batter to the prepared cake pan and sprinkle the top with sliced almonds, pressing them down slightly into the batter, so they stick.
  • Bake: Bake for 50 minutes, or until the edges of the cake are golden brown and the top is a light golden brown. Place the pan on a wire rack and let cool completely about 1 hour.
  • Serve: To serve, run a knife around the cake to loosen it. If using a springform pan, release the sides of the pan. If using a cake pan, gently flip the cake onto a plate, peel away the parchment, then flip it back over onto a serving plate. Sprinkle with confectioner’s sugar, if preferred. Slice into wedges and enjoy!

Notes

  • Storage: The leftovers of this flourless lemon ricotta cake will keep for up to 4 days in the refrigerator. 
  • Freezing: I do not recommend freezing the cake, as this can impact the texture.
  • Keto Ricotta Cake: If you want to make this recipe keto-friendly replace the cane sugar with a 1:1 granulated low-carb sweetener, such as Swerve.

Nutrition

Calories: 491kcal | Carbohydrates: 36g | Protein: 14g | Fat: 36g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 8g | Trans Fat: 0.5g | Cholesterol: 128mg | Sodium: 132mg | Potassium: 154mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 27g | Vitamin A: 611IU | Vitamin C: 2mg | Calcium: 166mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/ricotta-and-almond-polenta-cake/feed/ 26
Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/gluten-free-blueberry-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/gluten-free-blueberry-muffins/#comments Sat, 09 Jul 2022 23:27:40 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=24674 Amongst all my almond flour desserts, muffins made with almond flour are my favorite because they come together pretty quickly…]]>

Amongst all my almond flour desserts, muffins made with almond flour are my favorite because they come together pretty quickly and can be served as a humble breakfast or they can be spread with frosting to turn them into a delicious show-stopping cupcake. 

Blueberry Almond flour muffins on a wire rack from the top view

If you are a fan as well, you might also like my Almond Flour Apple Muffins, Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins, and Almond Flour Pumpkin Muffins.

Why Should You Try This Recipe:

These blueberry almond flour muffins recipe is the perfect grab-and-go breakfast. Here are a few other reasons why it’s worth a try:

  1. Deliciously moist & stores well: Thanks to almond flour, this blueberry muffin recipe is moister compared to traditional muffins. You can make a whole batch on the weekend, store it in the fridge, and warm it up for breakfast to enjoy throughout the week.
  2. Minimally sweetened with no refined sugar: Sweetened with less than a cup of pure maple syrup and fresh blueberries, this is a healthier muffin recipe that you can enjoy without guilt.
  3. Easy & Quick to make: All you need is 45 minutes and two bowls and a whisk to make these grain-free blueberry muffins. Plus, since it is so easy to make you can make it with your kids as well.

Ingredients:

As it is with any muffin recipe, the ingredients for this almond flour blueberry muffins recipe can be divided into three categories:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view
  • Dry ingredients: Almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt.
  • Wet Ingredients: Eggs, maple syrup, vanilla extract, and melted coconut oil 
  • Last-minute add-ins: Fresh blueberries, lemon zest, and sliced almonds.

Substitutions & Variations:

  • Frozen blueberries: You can make these muffins with frozen blueberries as well. And the best part is that it is a one-to-one swap and you do not have to thaw them before adding to the muffin batter.
  • Almond Flour vs Almond Meal: While I prefer to make this almond flour muffin recipe with blanched almond flour (made from blanched almonds) rather than almond meal (made from almond with the skin on), you can use them interchangeably. Almond Meal Muffins would be more earthy and dark in color but still taste good. If you prefer to make your own almond flour, you can follow my guide on Making Almond Flour (using whole almonds) at home.
  • Use honey as a sweetener:  You can swap maple syrup with an equal amount of honey. However, be aware that the almond flour blueberry muffins made with honey taste floral and a tiny bit sweeter.
  • Oil: Any neutral-flavored oil would work in this recipe. I also like grapeseed, walnut, or avocado oil.
  • Berries: You can use this recipe to make Almond Flour Raspberry Muffins by using an equal amount of fresh raspberries in place of blueberries. And before you ask, you can use frozen raspberries as well.
  • To make Paleo Blueberry Muffins: If you are following a paleo diet, you can make your own paleo-friendly baking powder. To do so, mix together 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar and use that in place of 1 teaspoon of baking powder in the recipe.
  • For Keto Blueberry Muffins with Almond Flour: If you are on the keto diet, you can swap maple syrup with an equal amount of this Keto maple syrup (affiliate link) to turn these into keto blueberry muffins.

How to Make This Recipe?

This Gluten-Free Blueberry Muffins with almond flour recipe has 5 easy steps:

  1. Preheat the oven to 325-F (165-C) degrees. Line a 12-cup muffin pan with muffin paper liners (affiliate link) and set it aside.
a collage of photos showing how to make the recipe
  1. Mix Dry Ingredients: Mix together the dry ingredients, almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt in a large mixing bowl.
  2. Whisk Wet Ingredients: In a separate bowl, whisk together the wet ingredients – eggs, maple syrup, and coconut oil (melted and cooled.)
  3. Combine dry and wet ingredients: Pour the liquid ingredients into the dry ingredients and stir to combine. Fold in the blueberries and lemon zest into the muffin batter at the last minute.
muffin batter in a bowl and in muffin tins
  1. Bake: Using an ice cream scoop, scoop the batter into a 12-cup muffin tin, top with a sprinkling of sliced almonds, and bake the simple gluten-free blueberry muffins in a 325-degree oven for 32-35 minutes, or a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out with no crumbs. Let muffins cool for a few minutes and then transfer to a wire rack. 

Enjoy one (or more) for breakfast with your morning coffee, or serve to the kids as a healthy afternoon snack.

How To Store, Freeze, and Thaw:

Below you will find everything you need to know to enjoy these almond flour lemon blueberry muffins for days.

  • Storage: Since these blueberry muffins are made with almond flour, the added moisture and fat content in the flour will shorten their shelf life. I found the best way to store these muffins is in an airtight container in the fridge for up to days. When ready to serve, warm them in a low preheated oven (300 degrees) for 5 minutes or so.
  • Freezing instructions: As it is with all my other almond flour recipes, these almond flour muffins freeze well. Be sure to cool completely on a cooling rack for 1 hour or they are fully cooled to room temperature. Transfer them into a plastic bag (I use freezer bags ) and get the air out of it as much as possible. Label, date, and store in the freezer for up to 3 months.
  • Thawing Instructions: Frozen muffins can be thawed completely to room temperature. Alternatively, to rewarm from the frozen muffins, place them in a 300-degree oven for 10 minutes, or in the microwave on high for 30 seconds-1 minute.
two images showing gluten free low sugar blueberry muffins after they are baked

Expert Tips:

Here are a few quick pro tips for the best almond flour blueberry muffins that you can make on your first try:

  • Room temperature ingredients: As it is with most baking recipes, for best results make sure that all your ingredients are at room temperature.
  • Toss blueberries with almond flour before folding into the batter: To prevent your blueberries (fresh or frozen) from sinking to the bottom during baking, toss the berries with 1-2 Tablespoons of the almond flour mixture before folding into the batter.
    Coating the berries with the recipe’s dry ingredients helps the blueberries stick to the muffin batter, giving you specks of warm, melty blueberries well distributed throughout the muffin.
  • Fill each muffin tin until ⅔ is full: The recipe for blueberry muffins with almond flour below makes 12 muffins. As you fill muffin cups you might feel like the batter is not enough. The secret is to fill each cup two-thirds full. It is also important to mention that almond flour muffins do not rise as much as regular blueberry muffins (made with regular flour) but they are delicious nonetheless.
  • Want to turn them into Almond Flour Blueberry Cupcakes? Add ½ tsp pure almond extract to the wet ingredients, omit the sliced almonds, and when completely cool, top with a heaping dollop of maple whipped cream or maple cream cheese frosting, and garnish with more fresh blueberries.
  • Want to try a muffin recipe made with a combination of almond and coconut flour instead? Try my flourless blueberry muffins.

FAQs

Can You Use Frozen Blueberries in Muffins?

Yes, frozen blueberries are a perfect substitute for fresh blueberries, especially when the berries are not in season.  This simple swap allows you to make these low-fat, gluten-free blueberry muffins any time of year.

What Temperature to Bake Muffins?

This gluten and dairy-free blueberry muffins recipe bakes best at a moderate 325 degrees F.  The oven temperature is lower than traditional muffin recipes (typically 375 degrees) because almond flour has a tendency to burn more easily.

How Many Calories?

One of these healthy gluten-free blueberry muffins has only 233 calories! Not only are these blueberry muffins from scratch gluten-free, but they are also dairy-free, wheat-free, refined sugar-free, low-carb, and with one simple ingredient swap, they are paleo and keto diet friendly, too!

Can I use all-purpose or coconut flour instead of almond flour?

This recipe is tested with almond flour and will not work with regular flour or coconut flour.

You Might Also Like:

If you enjoyed these recipes, here are a few other almond flour recipes you might like:

And if you have some extra blueberries you are trying to use, below are a few easy blueberry recipes from the archives:

If you try this Healthy Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins recipe or any other one of our almond flour recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

low carb Almond flour blueberry muffins on a wire rack
Print

Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins Recipe

These easy Gluten Free Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins are moist, sweet, and loaded with blueberries. Made with almond flour, they are a perfect treat for a healthy breakfast or an afternoon snack. 
Course Naturally sweetened dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 12 muffins
Calories 233kcal

Ingredients

Dry Ingredients:

  • 2 cups almond flour (8.4 oz. )
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt

Wet Ingredients:

  • 3 large eggs at room temperature
  • cup maple syrup
  • ¼ cup neutral vegetable oil coconut, walnut, or grapeseed oil would work
  • 1/2 teaspoon vanilla extract

For the Blueberry Muffins

  • 1 cup fresh or frozen blueberries*
  • Zest of a lemon
  • 3 tablespoons sliced almonds optional

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 325-F (165-C) degrees. Line a 12-cup muffin tin with muffin liners and set aside.
  • In a large bowl, whisk together the dry ingredients, almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and salt, until no lumps remaining. Set aside.
  • In a small bowl, whisk eggs, maple syrup, vanilla extract, and oil.
  • Pour the wet mixture into the dry mixture and give it a good whisk until there are no lumps.
  • Fold in the blueberries and lemon zest.
  • Divide the batter equally in the prepared muffin tin.
  • Sprinkle with sliced almonds (if using).
  • Bake 32-35 minutes or until muffins turn golden brown.
  • Let it cool for 5 minutes and serve while it is still warm.

Video

Notes

Notes:
  • Can I use frozen blueberries to make these muffins? You can use an equal amount of frozen blueberries in place of the fresh ones. There is no need to thaw them.
  • Can I swap maple syrup with honey? Yes, you can. Simply use an equal amount of honey. Please be aware that the version made with honey might be slightly sweeter and darker in color (depending on the type of honey you are using.)
  • Storage: These blueberry muffins are best the day they are baked, still warm from the oven. You can store them in an airtight container for upto 4 days.
  • Freezing Instructions: Fully bring the blueberry muffins to room temperature, place in a freezer-friendly container, and freeze them for upto 3 months.
  • To Thaw: There is no need to thaw them as almond flour does not fully freeze. Simply heat them in a low-heat (300 F degree) oven for 10-15 minutes before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 233kcal | Carbohydrates: 18g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 196mg | Potassium: 103mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 12g | Vitamin A: 219IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 103mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/gluten-free-blueberry-muffins/feed/ 38
Almond Flour Lemon Cake https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-lemon-cake/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-lemon-cake/#comments Fri, 08 Apr 2022 22:10:38 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=49733 You all know how much I am a fan of recipes with ground almonds instead of flour. With respect to…]]>

You all know how much I am a fan of recipes with ground almonds instead of flour. With respect to my almond flour carrot cake, strawberry almond cake, almond flour vanilla cake, and chocolate almond cake, this almond lemon cake recipe is another one to add to my library of easy almond flour recipes.

If you are a fan of ground almond recipes and want to try your hand at making the ultimate spring dessert, read on! 

Almond Flour Lemon cake garnished with fruit from the top view

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

This flourless lemon cake made with almond flour is such a cinch to make. You’ll love it because:

  • Bursting with lemon flavor: We make good use of lemon zest from fresh lemons in this recipe and the end result is well worth the effort.
  • Light, bright, and sunny almond lemon cake: Nothing says spring and summer more than citrus cake, and this one surely hits the spot.
  • Serving is super versatile: Enjoy it plain as a simple breakfast or afternoon snack, or really jazz it up for a showstopping dessert for dinner parties, Easter, picnics, and more.
  • Special diet friendly: This refined sugar free and low carb lemon cake is a great recipe to have on hand to satisfy your sweet tooth if you are following a low sugar and low carb diet.

Ingredients

This gluten-free lemon almond cake recipe is made with only 10 simple ingredients. Gather together large eggs, maple syrup, vanilla extract, almond extract, almond flour, cornstarch, baking powder, lemon zest, fresh lemon juice, and fine sea salt.

ingredients for flourless cake with lemon

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Sweetener: Replace the maple syrup with an equal amount of honey instead for a delicious lemon almond flour honey cake.
  • Extract: Omit the almond extract, if you are not a fan or don’t have any on hand.
  • DIY Almond flour: Use your favorite brand of almond flour or follow my easy guide on how to make almond flour at home.
  • Almond flour vs. Almond Meal: You can use almond meal instead of almond flour in this recipe. However, be aware that lemon and almond meal cake is a bit denser and less airy than its version made with almond meal.
  • To make it paleo diet friendly: Keep it paleo by replacing the cornstarch with arrowroot powder or tapioca starch, and the baking powder with ½ teaspoon cream of tartar and ¼ teaspoon baking soda.
  • Cream of tartar: Rather than lemon juice, make good use of cream of tartar once more when whipping the egg whites.

How to Make

Patience is key with this gluten free lemon cake using ground almonds since much of the lift and texture comes from whipped egg whites. Here’s how to make this healthy lemon cake with almond flour in just a few easy steps:

Step by step photos of how to make the recipe
  1. Prep equipment: Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Place a circle of parchment paper on the bottom of an 8 or 9-inch cake round pan or springform pan. Lightly grease the paper and sides of the pan with oil and set it aside.
  2. Separate the eggs: Separate the egg yolks and whites, placing the egg whites in a large mixing bowl and the egg yolks in a separate bowl.
  3. Whisk wet ingredients: In the bowl with the egg yolks, add the maple syrup, vanilla extract, and almond extract, if using, and whisk until smooth.
  4. Make batter: In a separate bowl, whisk together the almond flour, cornstarch, and baking powder. Fold into the egg yolk mixture, along with the lemon zest. The batter will be thick.
Steps showing how to make the batter for the cake
  1. Whip egg whites: To the bowl of egg whites, add the lemon juice and salt. Beat with the whisk attachment or hand mixer on medium-high speed until soft peaks form, about 2-3 minutes.
  2. Lighten up the batter: Stir ⅓ of the beaten egg whites into the batter to lighten it. Then, gently fold the remaining egg whites in with a rubber spatula until just combined. The batter should be evenly moistened with no streak of egg whites remaining, but it will not be completely smooth. Do not overmix. Transfer the batter to the prepared pan and gently spread it into an even layer.
  3. Bake: Bake for 25-30 minutes, or until the edges of the cake have begun to pull away from the pan, the top is golden brown, and a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean. Place the pan on a wire rack and let cool for 15 minutes.
Almond flour lemon cake cooling on a wire rack
  1. Serve: To serve, run a sharp knife around the cake to loosen it. If using a springform pan, release the sides of the pan. If using a cake pan, gently flip the cake onto a plate, peel away the parchment, then flip it back over onto a serving plate. Serve warm by itself or at room temperature, topped with whipped cream, berries (or any other seasonal fruit), and small lemon slices, if desired.

How to Serve

This citrus almond cake can be served warm or at room temperature. Some of my favorite ways include:

  • Plain and simple: Slice and enjoy with a hot cup of coffee or tea.
person showing how to assemble cake with whipped cream topping
  • Whipped cream and berries: Allow the cake cool completely, then layer the top of the cake with maple whipped cream and summer berries.
  • Blueberry Sauce or puree: It is no secret that lemon and blueberries go so well together. If you want to change it up serve it with homemade blueberry sauce or blueberry puree on the side or as a drizzle on top.

Variations

  • Lemon Cardamom: Add ½ teaspoon ground cardamom powder along with the dry ingredients.
  • Lemon Poppyseed: Add 1 Tablespoon poppy seeds into the dry ingredients for more of an Italian Lemon Almond Flour Cake recipe.
  • Honey Cake: Swap out the maple syrup for an equal amount of honey.
  • Winter Citrus Cake: Get creative with citrus and use orange, grapefruit, clementine, or tangerine zest, or Meyer lemons when in season.
  • Paleo Birthday Cake: Use my notes for making it a paleo layer cake, make a double batch, and layer it with coconut whipped cream and fresh berries.
  • Keto Lemon Cake: Use an equal amount of a keto-approved liquid sweetener.
  • Muffins: Scoop the batter into a parchment-lined muffin tin. Bake 15-18 minutes, or until the center springs back to the touch. The recipe will make 10-11 muffins.

How to Store

This healthy flourless almond cake will keep well on the kitchen counter, in the fridge, or even frozen for later. Here’s how:

  • Room temperature: Keep it under a cake dome or wrapped in plastic wrap for up to two days.
  • Fridge: Store in an airtight container or wrapped in plastic wrap for up to 1 week.
  • Freezer: Double-wrap the cooled almond cake in plastic wrap, then wrap in aluminum foil. Freeze for up to 3 months. Thaw in the fridge or right on your kitchen counter.
A slice of Lemon Almond Cake from the front view

Expert Tips

  • Use a metal or glass bowl for whipping egg whites. Egg whites don’t whisk properly in plastic bowls.
  • Use room temperature ingredients. This ensures the lemon and almond meal cake batter is mixed properly. I pull out the eggs and maple syrup from the fridge while I gather the remaining ingredients.
  • Separate the eggs while still cold. Use gentle hands and make sure there is no yolk present in the bowl.
  • Make sure the bowl and whisk are squeaky clean. Egg whites will not whisk to stiff peaks if there is even a speckle of fat or dust on your bowl or whisk. Clean and dry thoroughly just before using.
  • Fold in the lemon zest with a spatula. I like to add the lemon zest along with the dry ingredients and fold them in with a spatula. This prevents it from getting stuck in the wires of your whisk.
  • Use precut parchment paper: If you are a regular baker and like me, not a fan of having to cut parchment to fit in the cake tin, use 9-inch precut parchment paper (affiliate link). It is surely a timesaver.
  • Cool cake completely on a cooling rack if you are planning to spread it with whipped cream.

FAQs

Is almond flour good for cakes?

Almond flour adds texture and a subtle nutty flavor that is much loved by those who follow a gluten-free or paleo lifestyle. I make it the star in many of my easy almond flour cake recipes.

Why is almond flour used in cakes?

Almond flour adds a mild sweetness and delicate texture to cakes. Plus, the added fat extends the shelf life, ensuring the baked goods retain moisture.

Can I substitute almond flour for regular flour in a cake?

No, you cannot substitute almond flour for regular flour with the same results. Since almond flour is gluten-free, it requires a higher amount of eggs to bind the batter.

Does almond flour bake like regular flour?

es, almond flour is a wonderful flour to bake with and a great substitute for all-purpose flour. That being said (and as mentioned above), it cannot be swapped for a one-to-one or cup-for-cup measure in recipes that call for wheat flour or gluten-free flours

Other Ground Almond Recipes You’ll Enjoy:

If you try this Flourless Lemon Almond Cake recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Almond Flour Lemon Cake recipe from the top
Print

Almond Flour Lemon Cake Recipe

This Almond Flour Lemon Cake recipe is an easy to make flourless cake that can be served by itself or with whipped cream and berries on top. Light, fluffy and refreshing, it is also a gluten free, grain free and paleo-friendly cake that is perfect for spring and summer.
Course Naturally sweetened dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Cooling time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 50 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 231kcal

Ingredients

  • 4 large eggs separated and at room temperature
  • ½ cup maple syrup * at room temperature
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ½ teaspoon almond extract optional
  • 1 ¾ cups almond flour (7.35 oz)
  • 1 tablespoon cornstarch use arrowroot starch for grain-free version
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder (see notes for paleo option)
  • 2 tablespoons lemon zest (about 2 lemons)
  • 1 teaspoon lemon juice or ½ teaspoon cream of tartar
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt

Optional Toppings

Instructions

  • Prep equipment: Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Place a round of parchment paper on the bottom of an 8 or 9-inch cake pan or springform pan. Lightly grease the paper and sides of the pan with oil and set it aside.
  • Separate the eggs: Separate the egg yolks and whites, placing the egg whites in a large bowl and the egg yolks in a separate mixing bowl.
  • Whisk wet ingredients: In the bowl with the egg yolks, add the maple syrup, vanilla extract, and almond extract, if using, and whisk until smooth.
  • Make the batter: In a separate bowl, whisk together the almond flour, cornstarch, and baking powder. Fold into the egg yolk mixture, along with the lemon zest. The batter will be thick.
  • Whip egg whites: To the bowl of egg whites, add the lemon juice and salt. Beat with the whisk attachment or hand mixer on medium-high speed until soft peaks form, about 2-3 minutes.
  • Lighten up the batter: Stir ⅓ of the beaten egg whites into the batter to lighten it. Then, gently fold the remaining egg whites in with a rubber spatula until just combined. The batter should be evenly moistened with no streak of egg whites remaining, but it will not be completely smooth. Do not overmix. Transfer the batter to the prepared pan and gently spread it into an even layer.
  • Bake: Bake for 25-30 minutes, or until the edges of the cake have begun to pull away from the pan, the top is golden brown, and a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean. Place the pan on a wire rack and let cool for 15 minutes
  • To serve, run a knife around the cake to loosen it. If using a springform pan, release the sides of the pan. If using a cake pan, gently flip the cake onto a plate, peel away the parchment, then flip it back over onto a serving plate. Serve warm or at room temperature, topped with whipped cream and berries, if desired.

Video

Notes

  • To make it paleo diet friendly: Keep it paleo by replacing the cornstarch with arrowroot powder or tapioca starch, and the baking powder with ½ teaspoon cream of tartar and ¼ teaspoon baking soda.
  • Sweetener: Replace the maple syrup with an equal amount of honey instead for a delicious lemon almond flour honey cake.
  • Turn them into muffins: Scoop the batter into a parchment-lined muffin tin. Bake for 15-18 minutes, or until the center springs back to the touch. The recipe will make 10-11 muffins.
  • DIY Almond flour: Use your favorite brand of almond flour or follow my easy guide on how to make almond flour at home.
  • Almond flour vs. Almond Meal: You can use almond meal instead of almond flour in this recipe. However, be aware that lemon and almond meal cake is a bit denser and less airy than its version made with almond meal.
  • Separate the eggs while still cold. Use gentle hands and make sure there is no yolk present in the bowl.
  • Storage Instructions
    Room temperature: Keep it under a cake dome or wrapped in plastic wrap for up to 2 days.
    Fridge: Store in an airtight container or wrapped in plastic wrap for up to 1 week.
    Freezer: Double-wrap the cooled almond cake in plastic wrap, then wrap in aluminum foil. Freeze for up to 3 months. Thaw in the fridge or right on your kitchen counter.

Nutrition

Calories: 231kcal | Carbohydrates: 20g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 82mg | Sodium: 159mg | Potassium: 80mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 120IU | Vitamin C: 2mg | Calcium: 117mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-lemon-cake/feed/ 16
Paleo Carrot Cake with Almond Flour https://foolproofliving.com/paleo-carrot-cake/ https://foolproofliving.com/paleo-carrot-cake/#comments Sat, 02 Apr 2022 09:38:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=28158 If you are like me, a fan of baking with almond flour, you are in for a treat because we…]]>

If you are like me, a fan of baking with almond flour, you are in for a treat because we are putting my favorite flour to good use and making a paleo-diet friendly almond carrot cake.

Similar to my Almond Flour Vanilla Cake and Chocolate Almond Flour Cake, it is a wonderful, one-layer cake you can make for the upcoming Easter celebration and throughout the spring season. This healthy spin on gluten-free carrot cake recipe with almond flour is also grain-free, refined sugar-free, and Paleo.

Paleo carrot cake with almond flour is sliced and photographed from the front view

For the icing on top of the cake (literally!), the maple frosting is inspired by my Maple Cream Cheese Frosting recipe. It’s a Vegan Paleo Cream Cheese Frosting that transforms this into a completely dairy-free dessert!

Ingredients for the cake:

The ingredients for healthier flourless carrot cake are broken down into the dry ingredients, the wet ingredients, and last-minute additions (aka the goodies).

Dry ingredients for almond flour carrot cake recipe

Dry Ingredients

  • Almond Flour / Meal – My favorite brand is Blue Diamond Almond Flour since it is sweet and nutty, but Bob’s Red Mill is another great option. If you have the time, homemade almond flour is even better. 
  • Ground Golden Flaxseed – I specify golden flaxseed here because you don’t get the little specks of flaxseed throughout the grain-free cake, but the golden version can sometimes be hard to find in stores. Simply use regular ground flaxseed, if that is all you have on hand.
  • Baking Powder* + Baking Soda + Fine Sea Salt – For lift, color and flavor, make sure you don’t leave them out! Almond flour needs that extra bit of insurance from the chemical leaveners. *While some people use baking powder while observing a paleo diet, I know that some don’t. If that is you, in place of 1 teaspoon of baking powder, you can mix together 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar.
  • Cinnamon + Ginger + Cardamom – This is my favorite part! Cinnamon and ginger are traditional, but it’s the cardamom that takes this carrot cake mix above and beyond – trust me, it makes all the difference!

Wet Ingredients

Wet ingredients for the recipe
  • Coconut Oil – I used refined coconut oil, which is milder in flavor than unrefined, but either will work. Make sure to melt and cool completely before mixing it into the wet ingredients.
  • Eggs – Three large eggs help bind the wet and dry ingredients together. Make sure to bring to room temperature for easy whisking.
  • Coconut Sugar – Delicately sweet and fruity, coconut sugar is a paleo-friendly sugar that is (most of the time) an easy 1:1 substitute for refined white sugar.

FUN FACT: When I first began researching this paleo carrot almond flour cake recipe, I was a little confused about the Paleo concept, mainly about which sweeteners are appropriate to use in a paleo recipe. Upon further research, and thanks to this article from America’s Test Kitchen, coconut sugar, along with raw honey, maple syrup, maple sugar, and dried fruit are all paleo-friendly sweeteners.

  • Orange Juice – A mere teaspoon goes a long way here, adding a pop of acidity. You will need more orange juice in the vegan frosting recipe, so make sure to keep it on hand.
  • Vanilla Extract
  • Shredded Carrots – I personally like to peel my carrots, but if yours are organic, feel free to skip that step, and instead, thoroughly scrub the surface. Grate on the smallest holes of your box grater for the best texture.

PRO TIP: Just like my Almond Flour Banana Bread, it is crucial to focus on the weight and measure of the fruit/vegetable used. In that recipe, it was the bananas, and in this one, it is the carrots.

Since they can vary so much in size, it is best to weigh them before adding to the batter. For best results, 6 ounces of carrots shredded on the small holes of a box grater, about 1 ¼ cups measured, produces the perfect amount of carrots-to-cake ratio.

Last-Minute Additions

  • Chopped Walnuts – For that extra bit of crunch and classic flavor. If you have a few minutes, while you gather the rest of the ingredients, toast the walnuts on a baking sheet in the preheated 350-degree F oven for 5-7 minutes and cool completely.
  • Golden Raisins – A bit more sour and sweet than regular raisins, be sure to use the golden variety if you can find them.
  • Shredded Unsweetened Coconut – The coconut is optional, but I find it adds that extra layer of texture and flavor. If you can’t get your hands on shredded coconut, you can use an equal amount of coconut flour.
  • Diced Fresh Pineapple – Pineapple is another optional ingredient but I highly encourage you to add it as paleo carrot cake with pineapple is much better tasting than without.

Ingredients For Dairy Free Carrot Cake Frosting

Inspired by my Maple Cream Cheese Frosting, this vegan version of carrot cake frosting is just as satisfying.

A woman is making Vegan Paleo Cream Cheese frosting
  • Unsalted Vegan Butter – Remove the butter from the fridge while you are preparing the cake recipe. This will be enough time to bring the butter to cool room temperature.
  • Vegan Cream Cheese – I personally enjoy Kite Hill Vegan Cream Cheese for all my icing needs.
  • Pure Maple Syrup – Another paleo-friendly sweetener, purchase Grade A golden or dark amber.
  • Vanilla Extract – The vanilla makes it taste like a homemade cake frosting recipe.
  • A Squeeze of Orange/Lemon Juice – That extra pop of fresh citrus flavor makes this frosting to the next level.

How To Make Almond Flour Carrot Cake

This grain-free carrot cake can easily be mixed by hand, no mixer required! Simply:

Steps for making the cake
  1. Prep your tools. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F, place the oven rack in the center of the oven and grease an 8” or 9” cake pan with coconut oil (or you can use a cooking spray as well) and line the bottom with parchment paper.
  2. Mix the dry ingredients. In a large bowl, whisk together almond flour, ground flaxseed, baking powder, baking soda, salt, cinnamon, ginger, and cardamom.
  3. Mix the wet ingredients. In a separate bowl, whisk together the eggs, remaining coconut oil, coconut sugar, orange juice, and vanilla extract until well combined, silky smooth, and emulsified. 
  4. Make the cake batter! Add the wet ingredients to the dry ingredients and fold with a spatula until well combined. Fold in the grated carrots, walnuts, golden raisins, pineapple, and coconut (if using). Transfer the batter to the prepared cake pan and smooth the top.
  5. Bake! Bake for 1 hour if using an 8-inch cake pan or 50-55 minutes if using a 9-inch cake pan, or until golden brown and the center springs back to the touch. Transfer to a cooling rack and let cool in the pan for 20 minutes. Gently remove from the pan, peeling off the parchment paper bottom and place on the cooling rack to cool completely. This is a good time to make the Maple Cream Cheese Frosting or Dairy Free Icing!
How to make this cake step by step photos

How To Make Paleo Cream Cheese Frosting

I use my refined sugar free cream cheese frosting to finish it off. This way, you get all the flavors of the traditional carrot cake with every bite.

The icing will whisk together much better with an electric stand mixer or hand mixer. Simply:

  1. Whisk the butter and cream cheese. In the bowl of an electric mixer with the whisk attachment or a large bowl and handheld mixer, beat the vegan butter and cream cheese on medium-high heat until smooth, about 2 minutes. Scrape down the sides of the bowl.
  2. Sweeten it up! Add the maple syrup, vanilla extract, and orange/lemon juice. Beat on medium-high until light and fluffy, about 4 minutes, scraping the sides and bottom of the bowl halfway through. If the frosting is too soft, chill in the fridge for 10 minutes to stiffen slightly to a spreadable consistency.

Cream Cheese Vs. Vegan Cream Cheese Frosting

If you are avoiding all dairy, the vegan cream cheese frosting is a great alternative. I personally used Earth Balance Vegan Butter (affiliate link) and Kite Hill Vegan Cream Cheese. Note the texture will be a bit more grainy and not as thick as regular frosting since the vegan products are looser in terms of consistency. But this makes the entire carrot cake recipe completely Dairy-Free!

The Vegan Cream Cheese recipe makes just enough to frost the cake, but you can double the recipe and use it throughout the week to slather on anything from bagels to paleo pumpkin muffins to almond meal banana bread to low carb almond flour bread!

If dairy is not an issue, try my Maple Cream Cheese Frosting recipe for a more traditional flavor. It is surely a great option for the classic cream cheese frosting made with powdered sugar.

A slice of healthy carrot cake recipe is photographed from the front view

How To Store Leftovers

If you happen to end up with leftovers, you can store this low sugar carrot cake in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 1 week. After about 4 days, the cake will begin to dry out, so I would recommend freezing it after the 4-day mark.

To freeze, place a piece of plastic wrap over the entire opening of your container, seal tight, label, date and freeze for up to 1 month.

A sliced low sugar carrot cake from the top

A Few Helpful Tips for The Best Cake:

  • Use room temperature ingredients for the best paleo carrot cake, but be sure to cold ingredients for the vegan frosting. I know this sounds confusing, but cake mix ingredients that are warm-room temperature combine better, whereas frosting ingredients that are a bit colder whip to a better consistency.
  • Bake this flourless carrot cake in the center of your oven. There is where the heat is most even. I tested one cake with the convection setting on my oven, but I still placed my oven rack in the center for added insurance.
  • Be sure to treat yourself (or your family) to a slice of carrot cake with a glass of almond milk or a cup of coffee.

FAQs:

What is the best cake size pan to make paleo carrot cake?

This is a one-layer carrot cake recipe, which is much easier to bake and assemble than a layered cake. Feel free to use either an 8 or 9-inch cake pan. Note that the baking times and thickness will vary based on which size you use.

8” Pan: Bake the cake for 1 hour. The cake will be smaller and thicker.
9” Pan: Bake the cake for 50-55 minutes. This will produce a cake that is longer and thinner.

How To Use This Recipe To Make Cupcakes And Muffins?

If you prefer individual low carb carrot cakes (paleo carrot cake muffins), divide the batter into a 12-cup muffin tin lined with parchment paper liners. Bake in a 350 degrees F oven in the center of the oven for 20-25 minutes.

For paleo carrot cake cupcakes, pipe swirls of dairy-free frosting (or maple cream cheese frosting) on top with a piping bag and decorative pastry tip.

For almond flour carrot muffins, top the unbaked batter with extra chopped walnuts, gently pressing into the top of each muffin so they stick.

Can’t Get Enough Almond Flour Cakes? Here are a few more:

If you enjoyed this grain free carrot cake recipe, you might enjoy our other grain free cakes:

If you try this Almond Flour Carrot Cake recipe or any other Almond Flour Cake recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A slice of paleo carrot cake on a plate
Print

Paleo Carrot Cake with Almond Flour Recipe

This Paleo Carrot Cake with almond flour is deliciously moist, lightly spiced, and mildly sweetened with maple syrup. Topped off with creamy vegan cream cheese frosting it is gluten and dairy-free too.
Course Cake, Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 40 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 402kcal

Ingredients

For The Almond Flour Carrot Cake:

  • ¼ cup Coconut Oil plus 1 teaspoon for greasing the pan, melted + cooled
  • 1 ½ cups Almond Flour
  • 3 Tbsp Ground Flaxseed aka flax meal
  • 1 tsp Baking Powder* Or Mix 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar for paleo version
  • ¼ tsp Baking Soda
  • ¾ tsp Kosher salt or fine sea salt
  • ½ tsp Ground Cinnamon
  • ½ tsp Ground Ginger
  • ½ tsp Ground Cardamom
  • 3 Large Eggs at room temperature
  • ½ cup Coconut Sugar plus 2 tablespoons (total of 125 g)
  • 1 teaspoon Orange Juice freshly squeezed – optional
  • ½ teaspoon Vanilla Extract
  • 6 oz Carrots about 2 large, scrubbed, grated on the smallest holes of a box grater (1 ¼ cups packed)
  • ¼ cup Diced Fresh Pineapple, optional
  • ¼ cup Chopped Walnuts
  • ¼ cup Raisins or golden raisins
  • ¼ cup Shredded Unsweetened Coconut, optional

For The Vegan Cream Cheese Frosting:

  • 2 Tablespoons Unsalted Vegan Butter, cool room temperature
  • ½ cup Vegan Cream Cheese, cool room temperature
  • 2 Tablespoons Pure Maple Syrup
  • ½ teaspoon Vanilla Extract
  • Squeeze of Lemon/Orange Juice about ½ teaspoon

Instructions

To Make The Paleo Carrot Cake:

  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F and place a rack in the center of the oven. Grease an 8 or 9-inch cake pan with 1 teaspoon coconut oil and line the bottom with parchment paperIn a large bowl, whisk together the almond flour, ground flaxseed, baking powder, baking soda, salt, cinnamon, ginger and cardamom.
  • In a medium bowl, whisk the eggs, remaining coconut oil, coconut sugar, orange juice and vanilla until well combined, silky smooth and emulsified.Add the wet ingredients to the dry ingredients and mix until just combined. Fold in the walnuts, raisins and coconut (if using).Fold in the carrots, pineapple (if using), and walnuts.
  • Transfer the batter to the prepared pan and smooth the top. Bake for 1 hour (8-inch) or 50-55 minutes (9-inch), or until lightly brown, a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean and the center springs back to the touch.
  • Let cool in the pan for 10 minutes, then gently remove from the pan, discard the parchment paper and transfer to a cooling rack to cool completely. Top with the frosting.

To Make The Vegan Cream Cheese Frosting:

  • In the bowl of an electric mixer with the whisk attachment or with a large bowl and hand held mixer, beat butter and cream cheese on medium-high speed until very smooth, about 2 minutes.
  • Scrape down the sides of the bowl and add maple syrup, vanilla extract, and lemon/orange juice.
  • Beat on medium-high until light and fluffy, about 4 minutes, scraping down the sides and bottom of the bowl halfway through.
  • If needed, chill for 10 minutes in the fridge to stiffen slightly to spreadable consistency.

Video

Notes

  • How To Store: If you happen to end up with leftovers, you can store this low sugar carrot cake in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 1 week. After about 4 days, the cake will begin to dry out, so I would recommend freezing it after the 4-day mark. To freeze, place a piece of plastic wrap over the entire opening of your container, seal tight, label, date and freeze for up to 1 month.
  • To Make Muffins (or cupcakes): If you prefer individual low carb carrot cakes, divide the batter into a 12-cup muffin tin lined with parchment paper liners. Bake in a 350 degrees F oven in the center of the oven for 20-25 minutes. For paleo carrot cake cupcakes, pipe swirls of dairy-free frosting (or maple cream cheese frosting) on top with a piping bag and decorative pastry tip. And sprinkle it with walnuts.
  • If you do not mind a frosting with dairy, you can also use my Maple Cream Cheese Frosting recipe
  • The prep time below does not include the cooling time of the cake. Depending on the temperature of your kitchen, I would recommend adding at least 30 minutes for cooling time.
  • Baking powder: While some people use baking powder while observing a paleo diet, I know that some don’t. If that is you, in place of 1 teaspoon of baking powder, you can mix together 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar.

Nutrition

Calories: 402kcal | Carbohydrates: 29g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 31g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 61mg | Sodium: 460mg | Potassium: 187mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 14g | Vitamin A: 3775IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 112mg | Iron: 2mg

This Paleo Carrot Cake recipe was originally published in April 7, 2020. It has been updated with a few more helpful notes and no changes to the originally published recipe on April 2nd, 2022.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/paleo-carrot-cake/feed/ 21
Almond Flour Waffles https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-waffles/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-waffles/#comments Mon, 31 Jan 2022 22:21:09 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=48242 Here we have another of my almond flour recipes that replace regular flour with golden and delicious almond flour that…]]>

Here we have another of my almond flour recipes that replace regular flour with golden and delicious almond flour that has a wonderful nutty flavor. These homemade waffles with almond flour are one of my breakfast recipes made using my waffle maker.

I like to think of these gluten-free waffles with almond flour as a celebration of the keto diet too. Just like my keto almond biscuits, this one is easily transformed into a keto waffle recipe with one ingredient swap.

Almond flour waffles topped off with butter and being drizzled with syrup.

Ingredient Notes

The ingredient list for this almond flour waffles recipe is broken down into dry and wet ingredients.

Ingredients for keto waffles mix with almond flour from top view.
  • Dry Ingredients: For the dry ingredients, gather together almond flour (affiliate link), cornstarch, baking powder, and salt.
  • Wet Ingredients: For the wet ingredients, you will need an egg, coconut oil, maple syrup (or keto-friendly liquid sweetener like stevia glycerite), unsweetened almond milk, and vanilla extract.

Ingredient Substitutions & Optional Toppings

  • Sweetener: For keto almond flour waffles, you will need an equal amount of liquid keto-sweetener or just a ½ teaspoon of stevia glycerite.
  • Starch: Use an equal amount of arrowroot powder, tapioca starch, or potato starch instead.
  • Almond Flour vs Almond Meal: This waffle recipe is tested with almond flour. You can use almond meal (ground almonds with the skin on), but please be aware that it will have a darker color. It will also be less airy and crispy. If you can’t get your hands on blanched almond flour, check out my post on How To Make Almond Flour in 5 minutes.
  • Baking Powder: For a paleo waffle recipe, use ¼ teaspoon baking soda and ½ teaspoon cream of tartar (make sure to use a different starch too). Or, use ¼ teaspoon baking soda and ½ teaspoon apple cider vinegar or lemon juice instead.
  • Egg: Replace the egg with 2 more tablespoons of cornstarch (or those starches mentioned above) for vegan almond flour waffles.
  • Oil: Olive oil or avocado oil can also be used.
  • Milk: You can also use vanilla almond milk. That being said, feel free to use plain almond milk, cashew milk, coconut milk, or regular whole milk instead.
  • Mix-Ins: Give the best almond flour waffles an extra nudge with a dash of almond extract, cinnamon, lemon zest, blueberries or chocolate chips (such as Lily’s No Sugar Added Baking Chips – affiliate link.)
  • Top it off with: When it comes to toppings sky’s the limit. While a bit of butter and maple syrup is the classic waffle topping, I sometimes take it up a notch with some fresh berries (or any fresh fruit), chunky granola, and lightly toasted nuts.

How to Make Keto Waffles with Almond Flour?

This is an almond flour waffle recipe that can be adjusted to suit your taste and dietary needs. The shape and texture of the waffles will also vary depending on the make and type of waffle iron you use. For best results, use a classic waffle iron versus a thick Belgian one.

Person showing how to make almond flour waffles recipe with step by step photos.
  1. Preheat waffle iron: Plug in your waffle iron and allow it to preheat. If necessary, set to medium-high heat, depending on the brand of your waffle maker.
  2. Mix dry ingredients: In a medium bowl, mix together almond flour, cornstarch, baking powder, and salt.
  3. Whisk wet ingredients: In a small mixing bowl, whisk together egg, coconut oil, maple syrup, almond milk, and vanilla extract.
  4. Make waffle batter: Pour wet ingredients into dry ingredients and mix together until smooth.
Person making keto paleo waffles using a waffle iron.
  1. Prepare waffles: When the waffle iron is hot, brush with a light coating of coconut oil, then pour ⅓ cup of the almond flour waffle batter into the center, making sure to scrap all the batter from the measuring cup.
  2. Cook waffles: Close the lid and cook until the waffles are golden brown and crispy, about 2-3 minutes (time will vary depending on your waffle maker). Use a fork to gently remove the cooked waffle, then repeat with the remaining batter, making sure to lightly grease the waffle iron in between each one to prevent sticking. Serve warm with maple syrup, whipped cream, berries or your favorite toppings!

How to Serve and Keep Warm

This recipe for almond flour waffles makes a delectable treat for breakfast, brunch with friends, or even dessert. Here are some of my favorite ways to serve.

  • Breakfast: Enjoy fresh with butter and a generous drizzle of maple syrup, coconut whipped cream and berries. Or if you are a fan of chocolate top it off with a dollop of my Healthy Chocolate Frosting.
  • Brunch: Serve them to a crowd (see warming tips below) with a gorgeous dollop of maple whipped cream, jam, and seasonal fruit toppings.
  • Toast: Pop one in the toaster oven and slather with jam, almond butter, or peanut butter.
  • Dessert: Serve it as part of a dessert bar with plenty of toppings and even more almond flour cake to go around. Or layer it with my Maple Cream Cheese frosting for a mini-layered waffle cake.

To keep the crispy almond flour waffles warm, preheat the oven to 200 degrees F. Place the waffles on a rack set inside a baking sheet and keep in the oven to stay warm while the other waffles cook.

How to Store, Freeze, and Thaw

This is a beautiful make-ahead recipe for those days you want to get ahead. Just think how comforting it is to have waffles made with almond flour stored in the fridge and freezer. As always, cool completely, then store as directed.

  • Fridge: Place in an airtight container and keep in the fridge for up to 3 days.
  • Freezer: Transfer to a plastic freezer bag with strips of parchment between each waffle. Freeze for up to 3 weeks.
  • Thaw: No need to thaw overnight. You can get these almond flour waffles right out of the freezer, warm them in your toaster oven, and enjoy them right away.
Almond flour waffles in a plate from the top view.

Expert Tips

  • Grease the waffle iron between each waffle. This prevents the waffles from sticking and falling apart in the waffle iron. Make sure not to skip it!
  • Scoop out the low-carb waffle batter with a measuring cup for even distribution and same-size waffles. Make sure to also scrap all of the batter out of the measuring cup and pour directly into the center of the waffle iron.
  • What waffle iron do you recommend? As you can see in the pictures and in the how-to video below, I used an old waffle maker. However, my favorite waffle maker is this Breville Waffle Iron (affiliate link). For a more cost-friendly option, I recommend Dash Mini Waffle Maker (affiliate link).

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

If you know me well enough, you know how much I am a fan of almond meal recipes and this one does not disappoint. Just as is the case with almond flour pancakes, it’s just another reason to champion the most important meal of the day. I know you’ll love it because:

  • Made with basic ingredients: The ingredient list is short and sweet, coming in at less than 10 basic ingredients, most of them already tucked inside your pantry.
  • Can be adapted easily for special dietary needs: It’s adjustable to be dietary friendly whether you are after a keto, paleo, gluten-free, vegan or low carb waffles recipe.
  • No more buying Belgian Waffles from the store: Mimics the taste and texture of grocery store freezer waffles (or homemade yeasted waffles) but are much better for you!
  • Meal prep breakfast perfection: Perfect for meal prep as the recipe can be doubled or tripled to have an endless stash of almond waffles stored in the fridge or freezer for an easy breakfast on busy mornings.
  • Perfect for brunch parties: Easily feeds a crowd and makes for a scrumptious brunch addition, especially when topped off with my maple whipped cream.

FAQs

Are almond flour waffles healthy?

Yes, the main ingredient in this waffle recipe, almond flour is considered healthy flour. Plus, this recipe is made with a very small amount of natural sweetener so as long as it is consumed in small portions, this waffle recipe can be considered healthy.

Does almond flour get crispy?

Yes, the almond flour will crisp up while cooking, but this is only with the help of starch. I used easy-to-find cornstarch, but arrowroot, tapioca, or potato flour can also be used.

Can I use a flax egg?

I tested the recipe with a flax egg and the entire batch fell apart in my waffle maker. If looking for a vegan almond flour waffle recipe, I recommend replacing the egg with 2 additional tablespoons of starch.

Can I substitute almond flour with regular flour?

Unfortunately, almond flour and regular flour behave differently when making this waffle recipe because almond flour absorbs liquid more than regular all-purpose flour. If you substitute regular flour, you will have waffles with a significantly different texture.

Other Almond Flour Recipes You Might Like:

If you liked this Almond Flour Waffles recipe, be sure to check out the recipes below:

If you try this recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Keto Almond Flour waffles being drizzled with syrup
Print

Almond Flour Waffles Recipe (Keto & Paleo)

Almond Flour Waffles Recipe made with 9 ingredients in less than 20 minutes. This is an easy and quick waffle recipe that delivers crispy waffles with a fluffy interior. With a number of ingredient substitutions, this gluten-free recipe can be made keto and paleo-friendly with ease.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 3 waffles
Calories 291kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup almond flour 4.2 oz.
  • 1 tablespoon cornstarch*
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder**
  • ¼ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 1 large egg room temperature
  • 1 tablespoon coconut oil plus more for brushing, melted and cooled
  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup or ½ teaspoon keto-friendly liquid sweetener such as stevia glycerite plus more for serving
  • cup unsweetened almond milk
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

Instructions

  • Preheat waffle iron: Plug in your waffle iron and allow to preheat. If necessary, set to medium-high heat, depending on the brand of your waffle maker.
  • Whisk wet ingredients: In a small bowl, whisk together egg, coconut oil, maple syrup, almond milk, and vanilla extract.
  • Make waffle batter: Pour wet ingredients into dry ingredients and mix together until smooth.
  • Prepare waffles: When the waffle iron is hot, brush with a light coating of coconut oil, then pour ⅓ cup batter into the center of the waffle iron, making sure to scrap all the batter from the measuring cup.
  • Cook waffles: Close the lid and cook until the waffles are golden brown and crispy, about 2-3 minutes (time will vary depending on your waffle maker). Use a fork to gently remove the cooked waffle, then repeat with the remaining batter, making sure to lightly grease the waffle iron in between each one to prevent sticking. Serve warm (see notes) with maple syrup, whipped cream, berries or your favorite toppings!

Video

Notes

  • This recipe makes 3 waffles if you use a 1/3 cup measure. If you use a 1/4 cup measure you can get 4 smaller waffles. If you need more waffles, you can multiply the recipe.
  • Sweetener: For keto almond flour waffles, you will need an equal amount of liquid keto-sweetener or just a ½ teaspoon of stevia glycerite.
  • Starch: Use an equal amount of arrowroot powder, tapioca starch, or potato starch instead.
  • Almond Flour vs Almond Meal: This waffle recipe is tested with almond flour. You can use almond meal (ground almonds with the skin on), but please be aware that it will have a darker color. It will also be less airy and crispy. If you can’t get your hands on almond flour, check out my post on How To Make Almond Flour in 5 minutes.
  • Baking Powder: For a paleo waffle recipe, use ¼ teaspoon baking soda and ½ teaspoon cream of tartar (make sure to use a different starch too). Or, use ¼ teaspoon baking soda and ½ teaspoon apple cider vinegar or lemon juice instead.
  • Oil: Olive oil or avocado oil can also be used.
  • Milk: You can also use vanilla almond milk, cashew milk, coconut milk, or regular whole milk instead.
  • Storage and freezing instructions:
    • Fridge: Place in an airtight container and keep in the fridge for up to 3 days.
    • Freezer: Transfer to a plastic freezer bag with strips of parchment between each waffle. Freeze for up to 3 weeks.
    • Thaw: No need to thaw overnight. You can get these almond flour waffles right out of the freezer, warm them in your toaster oven and enjoy them right away.

Nutrition

Calories: 291kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 25g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 55mg | Sodium: 392mg | Potassium: 23mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 79IU | Calcium: 199mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-waffles/feed/ 12
Vegan Cranberry Tart with Almond Flour https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-cranberry-almond-tart/ https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-cranberry-almond-tart/#comments Fri, 24 Dec 2021 05:45:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11383 This Cranberry Almond Tart, like so many of my almond flour recipes, celebrates the glory of almond flour and almond…]]>

This Cranberry Almond Tart, like so many of my almond flour recipes, celebrates the glory of almond flour and almond meal. It is made by filling almond oat crust with homemade cranberry filling and then topping with an almond meal crumble. 

It is minimally sweetened, gluten-free, and oh so delicious.

Vegan Cranberry Tart sliced from the top view

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

I love the shock and awe this cranberry tart delivers when my friends slice into it and see that vibrantly red cranberry sauce spread throughout the middle. It’s a favorite in our home during the winter season. I know you’ll love it because:

  • It’s crisp, crunchy, moist, and delicious making for a texturally pleasing tart made in the comfort of your home.
  • Proof you can create healthy and delicious desserts with natural sweeteners without compromising on flavor.
  • It’s a crowd-pleasing dessert that unapologetically happens to be vegan.
  • The cranberry pie can be made up to 2 days in advance so you can easily get ahead.
  • Don’t have cranberries on hand? Use any berry you have on hand any time of the year.

Ingredient Notes

The ingredient list for this vegan cranberry pie is broken down into three parts – crust, filling, and topping. Let’s take a look at what we need.

Topping ingredients from the top view

For the tart crust, gather together olive oil, rolled oats, unsweetened shredded coconut, whole almonds, brown rice flour, sea salt, spelt flour, maple syrup, and vanilla extract.

Cranberry filling ingredients from the top view

For the filling, you will need cornstarch, orange juice, fresh cranberries, maple syrup, and cinnamon.

Crumble topping ingredients from the top view

And for the crumble topping, gather together almond flour, baking powder, olive oil, maple syrup, orange zest, lemon zest, salt, vanilla extract, and sliced almonds.

Ingredient Substitutions

  • Oil: I love the fruity flavor of olive oil, but melted coconut oil or avocado oil can also be used.
  • Almond meal vs Almond Flour: You can use almond meal and almond flour interchangeably in this recipe. And if you can’t get your hand on it, be sure to check out my post on Homemade Almond Flour.
  • Starch: Use an equal amount of arrowroot powder or tapioca starch or corn starch instead.
  • Cranberries: Fresh or frozen cranberries can be used. If using frozen, there is no need to thaw. If you are making this tart during the summer months feel free to use berries instead.

How to Make

This fun and festive cranberry curd tart come together in a few easy steps. I like to set aside a brisk afternoon, turn on some holiday music, and immerse myself in all things cranberry and almond.

A collage of photos showing how to make the almond flour crust
  1. Grease tart pan: Preheat the oven to 350 F. Using a pastry brush, thoroughly oil a 9-inch tart pan with a removable bottom. Set aside.
  2. Prepare crust: Place the oats, shredded coconut, almonds, brown rice flour, and salt in the bowl of a food processor. Pulse a few times to break the almonds and then process until the mixture is finely ground, 45-60 seconds. Transfer it to a medium bowl. Mix in the spelt flour.
  3. Finish crust: Drizzle the olive oil, maple syrup, and vanilla extract into the mixture. Using the back of a fork or your fingers, give it a mix. It should be moist, but not sticky.
  4. Press crust into the tart pan: Using your fingers, press the dough evenly into the tart pan. Prick the dough with a fork several times and bake for 15 minutes. Take it out of the oven and set aside to cool. Leave the oven on.
A collage of images showing how to make the cranberry filling and crumble
  1. Make a slurry: In a small bowl, mix together the cornstarch with a tablespoon of the orange juice. Set aside.
  2. Make the filling: In a small pot, combine 2 ½ cups of cranberries, remaining orange juice, maple syrup, and cinnamon. Bring to a boil over medium-high heat, making sure to stir frequently. Turn the heat to low, cover it with a lid, and let it simmer for 5 minutes. Remove the lid and stir in the cornstarch mixture. Stir constantly until the mixture is thickened, 1-2 minutes. It will happen pretty fast. Remove from the heat and let it cool for 10 minutes. When your tart shell is ready, spread the cranberry mixture evenly into the pre baked tart shell.
  3. Make the topping: Mix the almond flour and baking powder in a large bowl. In a separate bowl, whisk together the olive oil, maple syrup, zest of the orange and lemon, salt, and vanilla extract until emulsified. Drizzle the olive oil mixture into the almond meal mixture. Stir until completely combined. It should be a wet mixture.
photos showing how to fill cranberry almond tart
  1. Sprinkle and bake: Spoon the almond topping over the cranberry filling. Using the back of a wooden spoon or a spatula, gently press the topping into the tart shell and make sure it is evenly distributed. Lightly press remaining ½ cup cranberries into the topping and sprinkle it with the sliced almonds. Bake for 25 minutes, or until the topping turns golden brown. Let it cool completely before serving.

How to Serve

The perfect way to serve this easy cranberry tart is with a big dollop of coconut whipped cream or creme fraiche (if not vegan). It makes a lovely centerpiece on the holiday dessert table.

That being said, the tart tastes even better the next day – and the day after, too.

How to Store, Freeze, and Thaw

This is one of those easy make-ahead recipes that can be stored in the fridge or freezer. Make sure to cool completely, then tightly wrap in a double layer of plastic wrap.

  • Fridge: The pie keeps fresh for 2 days. If storing leftovers, place a small strip of parchment paper on the cut sides and wrap just as directed.
  • Freezer: Transfer the plastic-wrapped pie to a plastic freezer storage bag or wrap tightly in foil. Label, date, and freeze for up to 3 weeks.
  • Thaw: Thaw the frozen pie overnight in the fridge. Bring to room temperature before enjoying.
Vegan cranberry tart topped with creme fraiche
Note text

Expert Tips

  • Use a tart pan. Tart pans have a removable tart base that makes removing and slicing the tart much easier. This (affiliate link) is the one I use. You just don’t get the same results with a pie pan.
  • Liberally grease the tart tin. This prevents the crust from sticking and having all that hard work go to waste.
  • Spread the crust evenly with your fingers. You want the crust to be in one single layer in the bottom and sides of the crust, especially in the crevices.
  • Dock the pie crust before the blind bake. This allows steam to escape while baking, creating a crisp, never soggy, shell.
  • Simmer the cranberries just until they pop. The fruit will naturally pop and break down, releasing all those delicious sugars and pectin.
  • Cool the cranberry jam before spreading. The sauce will thicken to the right consistency while cooling. It also prevents the crust from getting too soggy.
  • Cool the baked cranberry tart before slicing. This helps the topping, filling, and crust setup. The tart has a tendency to fall apart if sliced right out of the oven.
[/su_note]

You Might Also Like

If you try this Vegan Cranberry Tart recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Vegan cranberry tart sliced from the top view
Print

Vegan Cranberry Almond Tart Recipe

This maple-sweetened and vegan cranberry almond tart recipe is proof that you can make delicious tarts using healthier ingredients without compromising the taste or flavor. It can be made two days ahead and will keep its freshness as long as it is covered tightly with stretch film and kept in the fridge.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Cooling Time 30 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 25 minutes
Servings 8 Slices
Calories 500kcal

Ingredients

For the Crust:

  • ¼ cup rolled oats – I used Trader Joe’s GF oats
  • ¼ cup unsweetened dried, shredded coconut
  • ¼ cup whole raw, unsalted almonds
  • 2 tablespoons brown rice flour
  • ¼ teaspoon sea salt
  • ¾ cup plus 2 tablespoons whole spelt flour
  • 4 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil plus more for oiling the pan
  • 4 tablespoons maple syrup
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

For the Filling:

  • 2 teaspoons arrowroot powder or cornstarch
  • 4 tablespoons fresh orange juice divided
  • 3 cups fresh or frozen* cranberries, divided
  • ¼ cup plus 2 tablespoons maple syrup
  • 1/8 teaspoon cinnamon

For the Topping:

  • 2 ½ cups almond meal or almond flour
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • 3 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil
  • ¼ cup maple syrup
  • zest of an orange
  • 1/8 teaspoons Kosher salt
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 3 tablespoons sliced almonds

Instructions

  • Pre-heat the oven to 350 F Degrees. Using a pastry brush thoroughly oil a 9-inch tart pan with a removable bottom. Set aside.
  • Place the oats, shredded coconut, almonds, brown rice, and salt in the bowl of a food processor. Pulse a few times to break the almonds and then process until the mixture is finely ground, 45-60 seconds.
  • Transfer it to a medium-size mixing bowl. Mix in the spelt flour.
  • Drizzle the olive oil, maple syrup and vanilla extract into the mixture. Using the back of a fork or your fingers, give it a mix. It should be moist, but not sticky.
  • Using your fingers, press the dough evenly into the tart pan. Prick the tough with a fork several times and bake for 15 minutes. Take it out of the oven and set aside to cool. Leave the oven on.
  • Meanwhile to make the filling, in a small bowl mix together the arrowroot powder with a tablespoon of the orange juice. Set aside.
  • In a small pot, combine 2 ½ cups of cranberries, remaining orange juice, maple syrup and cinnamon. Stirring frequently, bring it to a boil. Turn the heat to low, cover it with a lid, and let it simmer for 5 minutes. Remove the lid and stir in the arrowroot mixture. Stir the constantly until mixture it is thickened, 1-2 minutes. It will happen pretty fast. Remove from the heat and let it cool for 10 minutes. When your tart shell is ready, spread the cranberry mixture evenly into the prebaked tart shell.
  • To make the topping: Mix the almond meal and baking powder in a large bowl. In a separate bowl, whisk together the olive oil, maple syrup, zest of the orange, salt and vanilla extract until emulsified. Drizzle the olive oil mixture into the almond meal mixture. Stir until completely combined. It should be a wet mixture.
  • Spoon the almond topping over the cranberry filling. Using the back of a spoon or a spatula, gently press the topping into the tart shell *and make sure it is evenly distributed. Lightly press remaining ½ cup cranberries into the topping and sprinkle it with the sliced almonds.
  • Place the tart pan onto a baking sheet and bake for 25 minutes or until the topping turns golden brown.
  • Let it cool completely before serving.

Notes

  • If you use frozen cranberries, there is no need to thaw them before using them.
  • Storage: The pie keeps fresh for 2 days. If storing leftovers, place a small strip of parchment paper on the cut sides and wrap just as directed.
  • Crumble topping: At first, it might feel like you have more crumble than you need but this is a very crumble-heavy dessert. So, go ahead pack that all in by gently pressing as you fill topping into the crust.
  • Oil: You can also use avocado oil or coconut oil (melted and cooled) in this recipe.

Nutrition

Calories: 500kcal | Carbohydrates: 45g | Protein: 13g | Fat: 32g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 28mg | Sodium: 169mg | Potassium: 282mg | Fiber: 9g | Sugar: 19g | Vitamin A: 775IU | Vitamin C: 10mg | Calcium: 205mg | Iron: 4mg

This tart recipe is adapted with minor changes from Amy Chaplin’s incredible cookbook At Home in the Whole Food Kitchen.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-cranberry-almond-tart/feed/ 16
Coconut Sugar Cookies https://foolproofliving.com/coconut-sugar-cookies/ https://foolproofliving.com/coconut-sugar-cookies/#comments Fri, 17 Dec 2021 11:53:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11734 Why Should You Try This Recipe? If you are new to baking with coconut palm sugar and are in need…]]>

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

If you are new to baking with coconut palm sugar and are in need of a good cookie recipe with coconut sugar you are in the right place. This recipe is awesome because:

  • No special equipment is needed: All you need is two bowls and a whisk.
  • You do not need to chill the dough: Ready in 30 minutes, it requires no chilling time. And with my foolproof instructions, it is easy to make even for beginner bakers.
  • Great recipe if you are new to desserts with coconut sugar: Got a bag of coconut sugar waiting to be used in the depths of your pantry? This coconut sugar cookie recipe is a great one to use. With its addictive chewy texture, this is the perfect sugar cookie recipe for the holiday season and gifting.
Coconut sugar cookies placed on top of each other photographed from the top view.

Ingredients

To make these coconut palm sugar cookies, you will need seven simple pantry staple ingredients. Gather all-purpose flour, baking soda, baking powder, kosher salt, unsalted butter (melted and cooled), coconut sugar, large eggs, and pure vanilla extract.

The ingredients for the recipe portioned and photographed from top view

Helpful notes for ingredients:

  • Coconut sugar: If you are new to recipes using coconut sugar (and coconut sugar in general), compared to your usual granulated sugar, the sugar particles of coconut sugar are larger. Some recipes even ask that you run it through a food processor to break some of those larger particles. The good news is that you do not need to do that for this recipe. Thanks to the melted butter and eggs you have enough liquid to make sure that it melts into the cookie throughout the baking process.
    My favorite coconut palm sugar is this organic brand. You can also find it in your local grocery stores.
  • Salt: As it is with all my recipes, I used Diamond kosher salt in this recipe. If you are using Morton kosher salt or table salt, use half of the salt listed in the recipe.

How To Make? Step by Step Instructions:

The perfect sugar cookie recipe with coconut sugar is no different than any other cookie recipe. With these easy steps making these coconut sugar sugar cookies is a breeze. Here is how:

A collage of four photos showing how to make the recipe
  1. Mix dry ingredients: In a large bowl, mix all purpose flour, baking soda, baking powder and salt.
  2. Whisk wet ingredients: In a separate bowl, whisk melted butter, 1 ¾ cups of coconut sugar, egg, egg yolk, and vanilla extract until fully combined and no lumps remain.
  3. Mix them together: Pour the wet ingredients into the flour mixture. Using a spatula, stir to ensure no flour pockets remain. You may have to scrape the sides of the bowl to ensure that all ingredients are evenly distributed.
person portioning out cookies to bake them
  1. Portion cookies: Place the reserved ¼ cup coconut sugar on a plate. Divide dough into 24 portions, each about 2 tablespoons, rolling between hands into balls. 
coconut palm sugar cookies baked- showing stages in a collage
  1. Coat them with coconut sugar: Working in batches, gently roll each cookie ball in the coconut sugar making sure each ball is coated with the sugar.
  2. Arrange cookies on baking sheets: Line two baking sheets with parchment paper. Place coconut sugar cookies on the prepared baking sheets, spacing them about 2 inches apart, 12 dough balls per sheet. Using the back of a glass or a ramekin, lightly press on each cookie to slightly flatten.
  3. Bake cookies: Bake cookies, in a preheated 350 degrees F oven, one sheet at a time until they are browned and edges have begun to set but centers are still soft, 12 to 14 minutes, rotating baking sheet halfway through baking. When they first come out of the oven they will look like they are underbaked. This is normal. Resist the temptation to bake them longer. 
  4. Let them cool: Cool coconut cookies on the baking sheet for 5 minutes. And then transfer them to a wire rack and let them cool to room temperature before serving.

How To Store, Freeze, and Thaw?

One of my favorite things about these refined sugar cookies is that they store and freeze well. So, go ahead, make a batch, bake some right away and freeze the rest to bake later. Here is how:

  • To Store: Let the cookies come to room temperature on the cooling rack. Place them in an airtight container or a cookie jar with a tight fitting lid. They should keep fresh upto 3 days.
  • To Freeze: Place raw portioned cookies on a baking sheet and place in the freezer. Let them freeze for at least 4 hours or overnight. Transfer them into a freezer safe container (or freezer bag), get the air out as much as possible and store in the freezer. They should be good for up to a month.
  • To Thaw: You do not need to thaw these cookies overnight. Instead, take them out before you preheat the oven. Place them on the cookie sheet and let them sit on the counter while the oven is preheating. Add only 1 more minute of baking time.
Coconut sugar cookies on a cooling rack from top view

Expert Tips:

  • Use a cookie scoop: For perfectly portioned and even baked cookies, I recommend using a cookie scoop. I own and recommend this one (affiliate link). With that being said, if you do not have one you can use a tablespoon measure and portion 2 tablespoons of cookie dough for each cookie.
  • When mixing the dry ingredients with the wet ones at first you might think that there is not enough liquid but I have tested this recipe many times and can assure you that the amount of liquid is just the right amount for perfectly buttery and simple sugar cookies.
  • Don’t be alarmed if they look underbaked: As I mentioned earlier, when they first come out of the oven, they will look underbaked. Resist the temptation to bake them longer. I learned this the hard way during my recipe testing. If you let them bake longer than 14 minutes they become hard. 
  • Make sure your ingredients are at room temperature: As it is with most cookie recipes, having your ingredients at room temperature will allow them to bake evenly. I usually take out the ingredients in the morning and let them sit on the counter until I am ready to bake.
  • Melted butter: I recommend starting with melting the butter first so that it will cool while you are getting the rest of the ingredients ready.
  • Want to gift them? These cookies are perfect edible gifts for the holiday season. I usually make a batch, bring them to room temperature and pack a few in cellophane bags (affiliate link). I also include the recipe (title it as Coconut Christmas Cookies) on a cute card so that they can make it again if they wish to do so.

FAQs

How To Bake with Coconut Sugar?

While this doesn’t apply to every single recipe, most times you can use coconut sugar as a 1:1 substitute granulated sugar. Your baked goods will have a brown color with a deeper caramel-like flavor.

Can I use coconut sugar instead of brown sugar?

Yes. You can use coconut sugar as a 1:1 brown sugar substitute and it has a very similar brown sugar flavor. However, be aware that coconut sugar does not have any molasses and it will not hold as much moisture compared to baked goods made with brown sugar. Therefore, depending on the recipe you use, you might need to increase the amount of oil/butter or liquid you use in your recipe to make sure that it will have a moist texture.

Is coconut sugar good for you?

According to this article from Healthline, compared to white granulated sugar and high fructose corn syrup, coconut sugar has a lower glycemic index (doesn’t spike up your blood sugar levels too fast) and it includes some nutrients including iron, zinc, calcium, and potassium. However, its high sugar content outweighs any potential benefits so as it is with any sugar, it should be consumed in moderation.

Is Coconut sugar good for cookies?

Absolutely. Sugar cookies with coconut sugar are just as delicious as their version made with granulated sugar or even cane sugar. With the right recipe, you can make the most delicious cookies without breaking a sweat.

Other Coconut Sugar Baking Recipes You Might Like:

Whether you are looking for adding a new recipe to your collection of holiday cookies or are in need of a simple yet tasty cookie recipe, I have many other coconut palm sugar cookie recipes for you. So, if you are trying to figure out what to do with coconut sugar you are in the right place.

My other favorite flour to bake with is almond flour so the recipes below are all made with almond flour. I find that coconut sugar works perfectly with almond flour so if you are in need of a gluten-free cookie recipe instead, you can use these recipes as well.

Other Healthier Baked Goods You Might Like:

Note text

If you try this Coconut Sugar Cookies recipe or any other cookie recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

[/su_note]
Coconut sugar cookies on a wire rack top view
Print

Coconut Sugar Cookies Recipe

These Coconut Sugar Cookies are similar to your delicious buttery sugar cookies but made with coconut sugar instead. Ready in 30 minutes and made with only 7 ingredients.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 16 minutes
Cook Time 13 minutes
Total Time 29 minutes
Servings 24 cookies
Calories 103kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cups all purpose flour 10 oz.
  • ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • ¼ teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 14 tablespoons unsalted butter – 1 ¾ sticks or 7 oz. – Melted and cooled
  • 1 ¾ + ¼ cups packed coconut sugar divided (9.55 oz. + 1.30 oz.)
  • 1 large egg
  • 1 large egg yolk
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 degrees F. Line two baking sheets with parchment paper. Set aside.
  • In a large mixing bowl, mix all purpose flour, baking soda, baking powder and salt.
  • In a separate bowl, whisk melted butter, 1 ¾ cups of coconut sugar, egg, egg yolk, and vanilla extract until fully combined and no lumps remain.
  • Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients. Using a spatula, stir to ensure no flour pockets remain and ingredients are evenly distributed. At first, you might feel like there is not enough liuid to the amount of flour, but the recipe is correct.
  • Place the reserved ¼ cup coconut sugar on a plate. Divide dough into 24 portions, each about 2 tablespoons, rolling between hands into balls. Working in batches, gently roll each cookie ball in the coconut sugar making sure each ball is coated with the sugar.
  • Place coconut sugar cookies on the prepared baking sheet, spacing them about 2 inches apart, 12 dough balls per sheet. Using the back of a glass or a ramekin, lightly press on each cookie to slightly flatten.
  • Bake one sheet at a time until cookies are browned and edges have begun to set but centers are still soft , 12 to 14 minutes, rotating baking sheet halfway through baking. When they first come out of the oven they will look like they are underbaked. This is normal. Resist the temptation to bake them longer.
  • Cool cookies on a baking sheet for 5 minutes. Using a metal spatula, transfer cookies to a wire rack and cool to room temperature.

Notes

  • Don’t be alarmed if they look underbaked: When they first come out of the oven, they will look underbaked. Resist the temptation to bake them longer. I learned this the hard way during my recipe testing. If you let them bake longer than 14 minutes they become too hard.
  • If you want to bake with less sugar, you can skip the part where you roll them in sugar before baking.
  • Melted butter: When getting all the ingredients ready, I recommend starting with melting the butter first so that it will cool while you are getting the rest of the ingredients ready.
  • To Store: Let the cookies come to room temperature on the cooling rack. Place them in an airtight container or a cookie jar with a tight fitting lid. They should keep fresh up to 3 days.
  • To Freeze: Place raw portioned cookies on a baking sheet and place in the freezer. Let them freeze for at least 4 hours or overnight. Transfer them into a freezer-safe container (or freezer bag), get the air out as much as possible and store in the freezer. They should be good for up to a month.
  • To Thaw: You do not need to thaw these cookies overnight. Instead, take them out before you preheat the oven. Place them on the cookie sheet and let them sit on the counter while the oven is preheating. Add only 1 more minute of baking time.
  • An earlier version of this recipe was different than this version. After hearing from a few readers I decided to test it and change it into a different, hopefully better, coconut sugar cookie recipe.

Nutrition

Calories: 103kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 33mg | Sodium: 80mg | Potassium: 17mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 225IU | Calcium: 8mg | Iron: 1mg

This recipe was originally published in 2016, but updated with new photos and recipe in December 2021.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/coconut-sugar-cookies/feed/ 31
Almond Flour Cake https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-cake/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-cake/#comments Wed, 01 Dec 2021 22:15:07 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=46781 Can’t get enough? Be sure to check out all of my almond flour desserts! All of these recipes are made…]]>

Can’t get enough? Be sure to check out all of my almond flour desserts! All of these recipes are made with everyday ingredients without the use of refined sugars. Plus, if you live in a place where you can’t get your hands on almond flour, be sure to check out my guide on How To Make Almond Flour At Home.

Almond Flour Cake sliced on a plate

Why Should You Make This Recipe?

Looking for a dessert as easy as it is scrumptious? Look no further! Moist, fluffy, and irresistibly sweet, my almond flour vanilla cake recipe is one that you’ll come back to again and again.

  • Easy and quick to make, almond flour sponge cake only requires 2 bowls, 1 whisk, and 1 hour to put together.
  • This simple almond flour cake recipe can be served in countless ways, whether as a keto-friendly birthday cake, a morning coffee cake, or a healthy flourless cake with whipped cream or frosting on top! Below, I made sure to cover all of the recipe variations to make this basic recipe work for your occasion.
  • Low-carb, gluten-free, and grain-free, this paleo almond cake recipe is a good idea for anyone following a special diet (or just looking for a sugar-free treat!). Below, you will find the details to make it keto-friendly as well.

Ingredients Notes

There’s a reason why this is the best almond flour cake recipe out there. With only a few natural, pantry-ready ingredients, you can whip up this healthy dessert any day of the week.

Ingredients for the recipe
  • Dry Ingredients: Gather together almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt.
  • Wet Ingredients: For this recipe, you’ll need large eggs, maple syrup, coconut oil, vanilla extract, and lemon zest.
  • Optional Toppings: If you want to turn this into a birthday cake or want to simply jazz-it-up, top it off with my Maple Whipped Cream, Vegan Chocolate Frosting, and seasonal fruit.

Ingredient Substitutions & Variations

Almond flour cake recipes make some of the most flexible desserts. Whether you’re substituting sweeteners or exchanging extracts, there are so many ways to make this recipe your own.

  • Honey: Got a sweet tooth? Just use honey instead of maple syrup for an almond flour honey cake you can’t get enough of. (Tip: Honey cake will turn out darker than the original version, so don’t worry if it looks burnt.)
  • Almond Meal: You can use almond meal and almond flour interchangeably and easily turn this recipe into a ground almond cake with no sugar. Plus, you can even make ground almonds using blanched almonds at home!
  • Oil: Any vegetable oil will work for this recipe. Though I use coconut oil, both avocado olive oil (a light flavored one) and grapeseed oils can be used as easy substitutions.
  • Almond extract (optional): Add a rich, nutty flavor to your cake by replacing the vanilla extract with 1/4 teaspoon of almond extract. Though keep in mind that a little goes a long way so don’t be tempted to put more.
  • Orange zest: Want a milder citrus flavor in your almond flour cake mix recipe? Orange zest can be used instead of lemon zest to give your cake a softer taste. Or if you can’t get enough of the zesty flavors, try my Almond Flour Lemon Cake for even more lemony goodness.

How To Make Cake with Almond Flour?

Out of all the desserts made with almond flour, this is one of the easiest. With one whisk, two bowls, and a baking tin, you can have this healthy almond cake ready to eat in less than an hour.

Steps showing how to make the recipe
  1. Preheat the oven & prepare the cake tin: Set the oven to 325 degrees F. Line a 9-inch pan (I used this springform pan) with parchment paper.
  2. Mix the dry ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, mix the almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt until fully combined.
  3. Mix the wet ingredients: Whisk the eggs, maple syrup, oil, and vanilla extract in a separate bowl, making sure the ingredients are fully blended.
  4. Combine the ingredients: Pour the wet ingredient mixture into the dry ingredients and whisk until no lumps remain.
photos showing how to make and bake almond flour cake
  1. Transfer the mixture: Pour the cake batter into the prepared pan. If necessary, use a spatula to even out the layer.
  2. Bake: Place the pan in the center rack of the oven and bake for 40-45 minutes, or until the cake is golden brown and its center is firm.
  3. Let it Cool: Let the cake rest in the pan for 5-10 minutes before removing the cake and transferring it to a wire cooling rack. Let the cake cool before adding any desired toppings.
Almond meal cake decorated with whipped cream
  1. Decorate the cake – optional: If preferred, spread it with whipped cream and seasonal fruit like fresh blueberries, or even pomegranate arils.

Ways to Serve

Almond cake with almond flour is irresistible as-is, but it’s even better with these yummy variations. Add a dusting of sugar or a layer of fresh strawberries—you can’t go wrong!

  • Powdered sugar and fresh seasonal fruit: Add these two simple ingredients on top of the cake for a scrumptious, picture-perfect dessert. (Who can say no to fresh berries?)
  • Sliced almonds and coconut sugar: Add a little crunch to this simple almond meal cake by adding sliced almonds and a sprinkling of 1-2 tablespoons of coconut sugar.
  • Layered cake: Turn this fluffy almond cake into a 2-layer masterpiece by doubling the recipe and adding Maple Cream Cheese Frosting, Maple Whipped Cream, or even Chocolate Icing Without Butter!
  • 6-inch almond cake recipe: Got something to celebrate? Turn this recipe into a layered almond flour birthday cake by splitting the batter between two 6-inch cake tins and baking for 40-45 minutes.
Almond cake with almond flour topped off with whipped cream

How to Store, Freeze, and Thaw

Unlike other desserts, this recipe for a cake made with almond flour isn’t just delicious the day you bake it. With storage so simple, you can save this treat for any day of the week.

  • Storage: Bring your cake to room temperature, then store it in an airtight container for up to 2 days on the kitchen counter.
  • Freezing: First, let your cake reach room temperature. Then, tightly wrap it in plastic wrap and place it in an airtight container. Your cake can then be frozen for up to 1 month.
  • To Thaw: When ready to eat, take the cake out of the freezer and let it sit at room temperature for 30 minutes. To warm it up, heat the cake in a low-temperature oven (250 degrees F) for 10 minutes or thoroughly warmed.

Expert Tips:

Even when you’re making a simple almond flour cake recipe, it’s nice to have a helping hand. These tips will help this moist cake come out the perfect way every time you bake it.

  • Don’t worry if your cake turns a dark color once it’s baked. Since we are using maple syrup or honey, it is normal for it to be darker than compared to a cake made with granulated sugar. 
  • Be sure to let your cake fully cool on a wire rack after baking. If you cut into it too soon, the middle will be wet, look like it is underbaked, and it won’t maintain its spongy consistency when stored.
  • Whisk well: When baking with almond flour, it is important that you whisk the batter until everything is thoroughly mixed and no chunks of almond flour are left. 
  • Oil the pan: Be sure to oil the pan generously going into the corners and crevices so that you can easily get it out after it is baked.

How To Make Keto Almond Cake?

In recent years, baking with almond flour has become synonymous with paleo and keto baking as almond flour is low-carb, gluten and grain-free.

You can turn this into a keto almond flour cake by making a few changes to the recipe. However, please know that the version made with keto sweeteners, in my case – erythritol, is less sweet, lighter in color, and not as moist compared to the version made with maple syrup/honey.

To turn this into a keto cake with almond flour, use 1 cup erythritol (this is the brand – affiliate link- I used) and ⅓ cup almond milk (or whole milk) in place of maple syrup. Follow the rest of the original recipe, including the baking time, as written.

Cake with almond flour sliced on a plate

FAQs

Whether it’s your first time baking or you’re just curious about this recipe, below are some of the frequently asked questions that might help you as you make this easy almond flour cake:

Can I substitute coconut flour for almond flour?

Because coconut flour absorbs so much liquid, I don’t recommend using coconut flour in place of almond flour for this recipe. No one wants a dry, crumbly cake texture!

Is almond flour cake healthy?

Healthier than white flour, almond flour is low-carb, rich in vitamin E, and helpful in regulating blood sugar. Though everything is good in moderation, Almond Flour Cake is a dessert you can feel good about.

How to make almond flour cake moist?

Because almond flour doesn’t absorb liquid as regular flour does, you don’t have to worry about your cake coming out dry. Moist almond flour cake is guaranteed with this foolproof recipe!

Why does almond flour not rise?

In other desserts, gluten often helps the batter rise. However, because almond flour doesn’t contain any gluten, it needs other ingredients—like eggs—to give it body. You can use leaveners like baking powder and baking soda to help. However, even with that, it will rise less compared to baked goods made with flours that contain gluten.

Will this recipe work without eggs (or with flax eggs)?

No. Eggs are necessary to help this gluten-free almond flour cake rise and give it shape. Also, because almond flour is heavier than all-purpose flour, flax eggs—lighter than regular eggs—won’t work, either.

You Might Also Like:

If you enjoyed this recipe, please know that we have many more dessert recipes with almond flour. Below are a few others that you might also like:

If you try this Almond Flour Cake recipe or any other Almond Flour Cake recipes we shared on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Almond flour cake sliced from top view
Print

Almond Flour Cake Recipe

A moist and light Almond Flour Cake recipe that happens to be gluten free, low carb, and paleo-friendly. Try this easy flourless cake to treat yourself or to wow your friends and family in your next gathering.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 45 minutes
Total Time 55 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 344kcal

Ingredients

For the Almond Flour Cake

  • 2 cups almond flour 8.4 oz.
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 4 large eggs at room temperature
  • cup + 2 tablespoons maple syrup at room temperature
  • ¼ cup coconut oil melted and cooled, plus more for greasing the pan
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1 teaspoon lemon zest

Optional Toppings

Instructions

  • Pre-heat the oven to 325 degrees. Grease an 9-inch cake pan or a springform cake pan generously with oil. Line it with parchment paper and set it aside.*
  • For the dry ingredients: Mix together almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt in a large bowl.
  • For the wet ingredients: In a separate bowl, whisk together eggs, maple syrup, oil, and vanilla extract until emulsified.
  • Pour wet ingredients into the dry ones and whisk until thoroughly combined and no lumps remaining.
  • Transfer the cake batter into the prepared pan. Distribute it evenly throughout the pan evenly using a spatula. If preferred, sprinkle it with sliced almonds.
  • Bake in the center rack for 40-45 minutes or until it turns golden brown with its center firm to the touch. It will look darker in color and perhaps even a bit underbaked. That is normal.
  • Let the cake cool in the pan for 10 minutes and then take it out and let it cool on a wire rack. Make sure it is fully cooled before topping with any of the optional toppings.
  • Slice and serve.

Video

Notes

  • Don’t worry if your cake turns a dark color once it’s baked. Since we are using maple syrup or honey, it is normal for it to be darker than compared to a cake made with granulated sugar.
  • Be sure to let your cake fully cool on a wire rack after baking. If you cut into it too soon, the middle will be wet, look like it is underbaked, and it won’t maintain its spongy consistency when stored.
  • 6-Inch Almond Cake Recipe: If you want to make a two-layered 6-inch cake, just split the batter equally between two 6-inch tins. Then, bake both tins for 40-45 minutes at 325 degrees F., making sure to rotate them halfway through. Let the cakes fully cool on a rack before adding any toppings.
  • To Make it Keto- friendly: You can turn this into a keto almond flour cake by making a few changes to the recipe. However, please know that the version made with keto sweeteners, in my case – erythritol, is less sweet, lighter in color, and not as moist compared to the version made with maple syrup/honey. To turn this into a keto cake with almond flour, mix together 1 cup erythritol and ⅓ cup almond milk (or whole milk) and use it in place of maple syrup. Follow the rest of the recipe, including the baking time, as written.
  • The calorie and nutrition information below does not include any of the optional toppings listed. It is for the basic recipe.

Nutrition

Calories: 344kcal | Carbohydrates: 25g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 25g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 82mg | Sodium: 300mg | Potassium: 118mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 17g | Vitamin A: 119IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 140mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-cake/feed/ 25
Nut and Seed Bread https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-cranberry-nut-loaf/ https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-cranberry-nut-loaf/#comments Fri, 08 Oct 2021 07:28:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11056 Fan of using superfood packed seeds used in the recipe? Be sure also to check out our Seed Crackers recipe…]]>

Fan of using superfood packed seeds used in the recipe? Be sure also to check out our Seed Crackers recipe for a homemade cracker you can make from scratch.

healthy nut and seed bread sliced from the front view

Ingredients:

This list of ingredients might look long, but they are mostly ingredients that you likely already have in your pantry.

Ingredients for the recipe are portioned out on a marble backdrop

To start, grab raw walnuts, pumpkin seeds, old fashioned rolled oats (gluten-free certified), dried cranberries, whole flaxseeds, psyllium husks (also known as psyllium whole husks), chia seeds, kosher salt, ground cinnamon and nutmeg, unsweetened pumpkin puree, water, maple syrup, and vegetable oil. 

Substitutions & Variations:

  • Switch up the nuts: The recipe below uses raw walnuts and pumpkin seeds (aka pepitas) but you can play with your favorite nut and seed combinations. Chopped raw almonds and raw sunflower seeds is another delicious combination.
  • Dried fruits: I used dried cranberries (sweetened with orange juice) but you can use any of your favorite dried fruits. Dried apricots, raisins, and even dried figs would work. 
  • Change up the spices: It’s easy to change the flavor profile of this recipe if you’re not a fan of cinnamon or nutmeg.Other spices like ground ginger, cardamom, or even cloves would all go well in this bread.
  • Vegetable Oil: You can use coconut oil (melted and cooled), avocado oil, a light olive oil, or sunflower oil in this recipe.
  • Pumpkin Puree: Be sure to use unsweetened pumpkin puree instead of pumpkin pie filling. If you are not a fan of pumpkin you can also use applesauce.
  • To make it keto friendly: If you’re on a keto diet simply omit the dried fruit in the recipe and use an equal amount of erythritol syrup instead of maple syrup to make this nut & seed bread keto-friendly. 
  • Whole flaxseeds: You do not need to grind your flaxseeds for this recipe.

A Quick Note on Psyllium Husks:

The one, somewhat unusual ingredient in this gluten-free bread recipe is psyllium husks. If you are not familiar, allow me to explain:

  • Psyllium husks, also named as Psyllium Whole Husks, is an ingredient used in keto and gluten-free baking in place of eggs because when it comes into contact with liquid it turns into a gel-like consistency. It is also a natural source of fiber that doesn’t include wheat. This Keto Dinner Rolls recipe is a good example of how it is used in a bread recipe.
  • It has multiple health benefits, but the most popular one is that it acts like a sponge in the digestive tract, absorbing toxins and bad bacteria. For that reason, it is also marketed as a “colon cleanser” for people with digestive difficulties.
  • It can be found in the gluten-free aisle of your local grocery store, natural health food stores, or online (affiliate link). 
  • If this is your first time consuming psyllium husks, it is recommended to try a small dose as various sources on the internet cautions people as some allergic reactions or side effects have been recorded.
  • As you are shopping for psyllium seed husks, you might see a similar product called Psyllium Husk Powder. They are not the same thing so be sure to purchase the correct one.

How to Make This High Protein Bread?

walnuts and pumpkin seeds on a baking sheet
  1. Roast the nuts & seeds: Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F. Spread walnuts and pumpkin seeds on a baking sheet and roast until lightly browned, 10-15 minutes. Remove from the oven and set aside to cool.
person mixing the dry and wet ingredients in a bowl
  1. Mix the dry ingredients: Place all the dry ingredients—cooled walnuts and pumpkin seeds, oats, cranberries, flaxseeds, psyllium husks, chia seeds, kosher salt, ground cinnamon, and grated nutmeg—in a large bowl. Toss to combine.
  2. Add in the wet ingredients: Stir in the pumpkin puree, water, maple syrup, and oil. Mix until all of the dry ingredients are mixed with the wet ones.
Bread is placed in a loaf pan and covered with stretch film.
  1. Let it rest: Line a 9X5 inch loaf pan with parchment paper and lightly grease with cooking spray. Transfer the dough into the loaf pan rounding slightly on top. Be aware that it will not rise in the oven as it bakes. Cover with stretch film and let it sit at room temperature for 2 hours upto 8 hours.
  2. Bake: When ready to bake, preheat the oven to 400 degrees F. If preferred, sprinkle it with sesame seeds and bake it for 1 hour 15 minutes. Be aware that the finished product will turn golden brown and feel firm to the touch. Let cool completely and then slice before serving.

How to Serve 

There are so many great ways to serve this vegan nut bread loaf and below are a few of my favorite ways to share it with my family and friends:

  • Spread it with cheese: A generous amount of mascarpone or cream cheese spread over this nut and seed bread is guaranteed to satisfy. But if you want to treat yourself, then try my maple cream cheese frosting.
  • With your favorite nut butter and/or jam on top: If you prefer to take the vegan route, try it with a generous spread of your favorite almond, peanut butter, or jam. 
  • Serve it as a part of your meat and cheese board: Slice it and make it a part of your holiday cheese boards to serve with your favorite fruits, dips, and spreads.
High protein bread sliced from the top view

How to Store, Freeze, and Thaw

This no-flour nut bread stores well, which is one reason why I always include it in my weekly meal prep.

  • To Store: Bring it to room temperature, slice it, enjoy some, and place the leftovers in an airtight container. Store it in the fridge for up to 2 weeks. When ready to serve, heat it in your toaster oven.
  • To Freeze: Slices of this nut and seed bread can be placed in an airtight container and frozen for up to two months. Just make sure it is fully cooled to room temperature before freezing.
  • To Thaw: Take it out of the freezer and let it sit on the counter for 10 minutes and toast in the oven or in your toaster.

Expert Tips

Here are a few helpful tips to help you make this healthy nut bread recipe:

  • Prep it before bed: If you think the waiting part is the hardest, do what I do and make it right before bed. That way, when you wake up the next day, all you have to do is bake it and enjoy it for breakfast.
  • Roasting Nuts: I get it. Roasting nuts requires an extra few minutes, and you can skip the roasting part. However, doing so brings out the earthy flavors of the nuts and is, in my opinion, worth the effort.
  • Let the bread cool completely: I know how hard it is to wait for freshly baked bread to cool, but it is a necessary step that should not be skipped.
  • Are you unsure what your bread will look like when it’s done? Because this recipe doesn’t use flour or a leavening agent (like baking soda or baking powder), it doesn’t rise. Spread your dough artfully, and it will look the same way when it’s finished baking in the oven!
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Why Should You Make This Recipe? 

If you are a fan of roasted nuts and enjoy consuming superfood-packed seeds, you are in for a treat. Because this healthy nut and seed bread recipe is packed with those and more. But that is not all! Here are a few more reasons why you should give it a go:

  • Low carb: While all nut breads are high in protein, my nut & seed bread is also low carb! Served in slices, it is perfect for breakfast or an afternoon snack when you need an extra energy boost.
  • Gluten Free and Keto-Friendly: This vegan nut bread loaf is free of eggs, dairy, and flour. It’s gluten free and with a few minor adjustments, it’s easily adaptable to be keto-friendly, too! 
  • Easy to customize: You can take this basic recipe and customize it with what you have on hand. Don’t care for pumpkin puree? Use my unsweetened applesauce. Not a fan of walnuts? Use pecans (or even a mixture of nuts). Sky’s the limit to make it your own.
  • Wholesome and Nutritious: This gluten free seed bread is nutritious and packed with healthy fats and superfoods like chia seeds, pumpkin seeds, and flaxseeds. Plus, it’s high in protein, which means it is very filling and it goes great with any meal including your favorite soups and salads!
  • Perfect Meal Prep: It stores and freezes well so you can make a batch over the weekend and enjoy it throughout the week.

Other Bread Recipes You Might Also Like:

I adapted this recipe from my friend Alanna’s (of Bojon Gourmet) cookbook Alternative Baker. Her book and blog are my go-to sources for GF baking. As she was creating this nut and seed loaf, she was inspired by the Adventure Bread made at Josey Baker’s The Mill in San Francisco.

And if you can’t get enough of delicious homemade bread, here are a few more recipes for you:

Nut and Seed Bread Sliced from the front view
Print

Nut and Seed Bread

This nut and seed bread is a vegan, gluten-free, low-carb, high protein, and no flour recipe that you can make with 20 minutes hands on time. It stores well so you can make it a part of your weekly meal prep, use some right away and freeze the rest for later.
Course Bread
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour 15 minutes
Resting time 8 hours
Total Time 9 hours 35 minutes
Servings 8 Slices
Calories 488kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups raw walnut halves (175 g)
  • 1 cup raw unsalted pumpkin seeds (140 g)
  • 2 ¾ cups GF old-fashioned rolled oats (250gr)
  • 1 cup dried cranberries (145 gr)
  • ½ cup flaxseeds (90gr)
  • 1/3 cup psyllium husks (30gr)
  • ¼ cup chia seeds (40gr)
  • 2 teaspoon kosher salt (9 gr)
  • ¾ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon freshly grated nutmeg
  • 1 can unsweetened pumpkin puree (15-oz)
  • 1 cup water (235) ml
  • ¼ cup maple syrup (60ml)
  • ¼ cup vegetable oil (60ml) avocado, sunflower and light olive oil would all work
  • 1 tablespoon sesame seeds optional

Instructions

  • Pre-heat the oven to 325 F (165 C) degrees. Spread the walnuts and pumpkin seeds on a sheet pan and toast until golden, 10-15 minutes. Take it out of the oven and set aside.
  • Mix together the rolled oats, cranberries, flaxseeds, psyllium husks, chia seeds, salt, cinnamon, and nutmeg in a large mixing bowl. Stir in the walnuts and pumpkin seeds.
  • Add the pumpkin puree, water, maple syrup, and oil. Using a wooden spoon, stir well to make sure that the all the ingredients are evenly distributed and the dough is moistened through.
  • Line a 9X5 (23cm X 13cm) loaf pan with parchment paper. Gently transfer the dough into the pan. Gently pack it into the pan while rounding it slightly on top. Cover it tightly with a piece of plastic wrap and let it sit in room temperature, 2-8 hours.
  • When ready to bake, preheat the oven to 400 degrees. Bake the loaf for 1 hour 15 minutes. The top of the loaf will be deeply bronzed.
  • Let it cool completely.

Notes

Substitutions & Variations:

  • Switch up the nuts: The recipe below uses raw walnuts and pumpkin seeds (aka pepitas) but you can play with your favorite nut and seed combinations. Chopped raw almonds and raw sunflower seeds is another delicious combination.
  • Dried fruits: I used dried cranberries (sweetened with orange juice) but you can use any of your favorite dried fruits. Dried apricots, raisins, and even dried figs would work. 
  • Change up the spices: It’s easy to change the flavor profile of this recipe if you’re not a fan of cinnamon or nutmeg. Other spices like ground ginger, cardamom, or even cloves would all go well in this bread.
  • Vegetable Oil: You can use coconut oil (melted and cooled), avocado oil, light olive oil, or sunflower oil in this recipe.
  • Pumpkin Puree: Be sure to use unsweetened pumpkin puree instead of pumpkin pie filling. If you are not a fan of pumpkin you can also use applesauce.
  • To make it keto-friendly: If you’re on a keto diet simply omit the dried fruit in the recipe and use an equal amount of erythritol syrup instead of maple syrup to make this nut & seed bread keto-friendly.
  • Whole flaxseeds: You do not need to grind your flaxseeds for this recipe.
  • As you are shopping for psyllium seed husks, you might see a similar product called Psyllium Husk Powder. They are not the same thing so be sure to purchase the correct one.

Storage & Freezing Instructions:

  • To Store: Bring it to room temperature, slice it, enjoy some and place the leftovers in an air-tight container. Store it in the fridge for up to 2 weeks. When ready to serve, heat it in your toaster oven.
  • To Freeze: Slices of this nut and seed bread can be placed in an airtight container and frozen for up to two months. Just make sure it is fully cooled to room temperature before freezing.
  • To Thaw: Take it out of the freezer and let it sit on the counter for 10 minutes and toast in the oven or in your toaster.
  •  

Nutrition

Serving: 8slices from a 9X5 loaf pan. | Calories: 488kcal | Carbohydrates: 39g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 35g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Sodium: 591mg | Potassium: 353mg | Fiber: 15g | Sugar: 17g | Vitamin A: 19IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 143mg | Iron: 3mg

This recipe is adapted (with almost no changes) Alana Taylor-Robins cookbook – Alternative Baker.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-cranberry-nut-loaf/feed/ 31
Paleo Pumpkin Bread Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/paleo-pumpkin-bread/ https://foolproofliving.com/paleo-pumpkin-bread/#comments Sat, 02 Oct 2021 13:21:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=35967 Today’s recipe, Paleo Pumpkin Bread with Almond Flour is the newest addition to my collection of almond flour recipes. If…]]>

Today’s recipe, Paleo Pumpkin Bread with Almond Flour is the newest addition to my collection of almond flour recipes. If you are like me, and enjoy baking with healthier ingredients that are minimally sweetened with natural sweeteners this pumpkin bread recipe is one to try. 

If you are a fan of gluten-free and paleo quick bread recipes, be sure to also check out my Almond Flour Zucchini Bread, Paleo Banana Bread with Almond Flour, Almond Flour Bread Recipe, and Paleo Apple Cake recipe.

Gluten Free Pumpkin Bread with almond flour sliced from the top view

Why Should You Make This Recipe?

  • Simple ingredients & 15 minutes of hands-on time: Packed with warm fall spices like pumpkin pie spice, and ground cinnamon, and sweetened with coconut sugar it comes together in less than 15 minutes and requires no special equipment. 
  • Make it a quick bread or serve it as a muffin: I based this recipe on my Paleo Pumpkin Muffins recipe that I shared a few years back. The recipe is versatile enough to make it a quick bread or a muffin.
  • Made with wholesome ingredients: While I am a huge fan of the traditional Pumpkin Bread made with butter, this almond pumpkin bread uses no oil. Plus, it is made with almond flour and sweetened a bit less than a cup of coconut sugar, it is the perfect loaf if you are in need of a healthy pumpkin bread recipe.

Ingredients You Will Need:

This gluten-free paleo pumpkin bread recipe is made with canned pumpkin puree (for convenience) and a handful of pantry ingredients broken up into dry and wet categories. They are all simple ingredients you probably have in your pantry.

Dry Ingredients:

Almond Flour Pumpkin Loaf dry ingredients placed on a marble backdrop

For the dry ingredients, gather together blanched almond flour (almond meal would also work), baking soda, pumpkin spice, ground cinnamon, and kosher salt.

Pro Tip: Do not have almond flour at home? No worries, you can easily make it at home using raw almonds in just a few quick steps. Check out my foolproof step-by-step guide to making almond flour at home.

Wet Ingredients:

For the wet ingredients, you will need large eggs (at room temperature), coconut sugar, pumpkin puree (not pumpkin pie filling), and vanilla extract.

Wet ingredients for Paleo pumpkin loaf

Additionally, if you want you can use optional toppings like dark chocolate chips and pumpkin seeds.

A quick tip on using oil: You might be wondering if I forgot to add oil to the list of ingredients. Well, I promise you that it is not a typo.

One of my favorite things about baking with almond flour is that, in most cases, baked goods made with almond flour do not require an additional amount of oil. I learned this when I was testing my Almond Flour Chocolate Cake

While this is not the case with every almond flour recipe, I strive to minimize to use of any additional oil if I can. Luckily, this pumpkin bread with almond flour recipe worked perfectly without needing any oil added to the ingredients list. 

How To Make Paleo Pumpkin Bread?

All it takes is two bowls, a loaf pan, and a few easy steps to make this recipe for grain-free, gluten-free, and refined sugar-free pumpkin bread with almond flour. Simply:

Person mixing dry ingredients in a bowl from the top view
  1. Mix together the wet ingredients: Place almond flour, baking soda, pumpkin spice, ground cinnamon, and a pinch of salt in a large bowl. Give it a good whisk to break the chunks of almond flour and ensure that all dry ingredients are thoroughly mixed.
Person mixing the wet ingredients from the top view
  1. Whisk wet ingredients until emulsified: In a bowl, whisk together the eggs, coconut sugar, pumpkin puree, and vanilla extract until emulsified.
Person mixing the batter for clean pumpkin bread
  1. Make the batter: Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ones and mix until everything is thoroughly mixed.
  2. Prepare the loaf pan: I used a loaf pan that is  8 ½ by 4 ½ but 9 by 5 would also work. Simply grease it generously with oil and line it with a piece of parchment.
Batter placed in a loaf pan ready for baking
Almond flour pumpkin loaf batter topped off with chocolate chips and pumpkin seeds
  1. Transfer the batter to the loaf pan and bake: Pour the pumpkin bread batter into the loaf pan. Distribute it evenly using a spatula (or the back of a spoon). If using, sprinkle with naturally sweetened chocolate chips and pumpkin seeds and bake in a preheated 350 F degree oven for 65-70 minutes or until a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean.
Almond Flour Pumpkin Bread sliced on a cutting board
  1. Allow it cool and serve: Let the almond flour pumpkin loaf cool for 5-10 minutes, then remove it from the pan and place on a wire rack to cool completely. Slice it up and serve.

How To Store and Freeze?

  • Storage: If you have any leftovers of this refined sugar-free pumpkin bread, let pumpkin bread cool to room temperature, slice it, and wrap the slices in parchment paper. You can store them on the kitchen counter up to 3 days or in the refrigerator for up to 5 days.

Pro Tip: I prefer using parchment paper instead of plastic wrap as using plastic traps moisture and makes your pumpkin bread overly wet.

  • Freezing: Alternatively, you can place individually wrapped slices in a freezer bag and store them in the freezer up to a month. When ready to serve, simply pop it in your microwave or oven to warm up.

How To Serve?

This easy paleo pumpkin bread is delicious enough to serve by itself with your morning cup of coffee or tea. However, you can also take it up a notch and spread it with a few tablespoons of:

You can also serve it with a cup of whole milk or homemade almond milk for the perfect fall treat for yourself.

Sliced sugar free pumpkin bread with almond flour from close up view

Recipe Variations:

  • Paleo Pumpkin Chocolate Chip Bread: I used a few tablespoons of my favorite naturally sweetened chocolate chips to top it off at the end. However, if you want you can also add in chocolate chips into the batter and turn it into a more chocolate-y pumpkin chocolate chip bread.
  • Whole30 Pumpkin Bread: Whole30 diet restricts any use of sugar or sugary things, but if you are in need of a treat without breaking the rules you can make this almond flour pumpkin bread recipe without coconut sugar.
  • Keto Pumpkin Bread: If you are following a ketogenic diet then you can swap coconut sugar with monk fruit sweetener (affiliate link) using the same amount (¾ cup). If you are new to using monk fruit sweetener in your baking this is a great article to learn more about it.

If you thought that you cannot make pumpkin bread without flour think again. Because let me tell you, this grain-free and gluten-free pumpkin bread recipe is just as good, if not better than the added sugar and oil-packed version of pumpkin bread that is sold at grocery stores. 

Can’t Get Enough Pumpkin? Here are a few more recipes:

If you try this Paleo Pumpkin Bread recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Paleo pumpkin bread with almond flour sliced
Print

Paleo Pumpkin Bread with Almond Flour Recipe

Paleo Pumpkin Bread recipe that is also gluten-free, dairy-free, low-carb, refined sugar-free, grain-free, and keto and Whole30 friendly with a few adjustments. With only 9 ingredients, you can make this almond flour pumpkin bread with only 15 minutes of hands on time. Serve with a cup of coffee, milk or tea for a healthy breakfast or snack.
Course Breakfast Sweets, Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour 5 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 20 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 244kcal

Ingredients

For the dry ingredients:

  • 2 cups almond flour or almond meal 238 grams
  • 1 teaspoon baking soda
  • 1 teaspoon pumpkin spice
  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • Pinch of salt

For the wet ingredients:

  • 3 large eggs at room temperature
  • ¾ cup coconut sugar 100 grams
  • 1 cup pumpkin puree*
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

Topping (optional)

  • A handful of pumpkin seeds
  • 2 tablespoons chocolate chips

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 F. degrees. Grease and line an 8 1/2 by 4 1/2 loaf pan (or 9X5 would also work) with parchment paper. Set aside.
  • Mix together all the dry ingredients in a large bowl.
  • In a separate bowl, whisk together all the wet ingredients.
  • Fold in the wet ingredients to dry ones and mix until they are fully combined.
  • Place the batter into the prepared loaf. Distribute it evenly using a spatula or the back of a spoon. Top it off with pumpkin seeds and chocolate chips, if using.
  • Bake for 65-70 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out clean.
  • Let it rest on a wire rack for 5-10 minutes, remove from the pan, and let it cool before slicing.
  • Serve.

Notes

  • How To Store? If you have any leftovers of this refined sugar-free pumpkin bread, bring it to room temperature, slice it, and wrap the slices in parchment paper. You can store them on the kitchen counter up to 3 days or in the refrigerator for up to 5 days.
  • How To Freeze? You can place individually wrapped slices in a freezer bag and store them in the freezer for up to a month. When ready to serve, simply pop it in your microwave or oven to warm up.
  • Pumpkin Puree: You can use canned or homemade pumpkin puree. If you are using canned pumpkin puree make sure that it is not pumpkin pie filling.

Nutrition

Calories: 244kcal | Carbohydrates: 22g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 16g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 61mg | Sodium: 191mg | Potassium: 86mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 12g | Vitamin A: 4855IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 80mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/paleo-pumpkin-bread/feed/ 16
Pumpkin Bread Pudding Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-bread-pudding/ https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-bread-pudding/#comments Mon, 27 Sep 2021 17:51:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1448 Why Should You Try This Recipe? Can’t get enough of pumpkin recipes? If so, you are in the right place.…]]>

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

Can’t get enough of pumpkin recipes? If so, you are in the right place. This Pumpkin Pecan Bread Pudding is exactly what you need because it is:

  • The perfect fall pumpkin dessert, not to mention it is comforting, pleasantly sweet, and amazingly delicious.
  • A great way to use leftover pumpkin puree and leftover bread.
  • Made with simple ingredients and easy to customize and make your own with various (optional) add-ins like dried fruit, nuts, and spices.
Pumpkin Challah Bread pudding freshly baked in a casserole dish a portion taken out with a bowl of creme fraiche on the side

The best bread for fall-inspired bread pudding

First and foremost, we must discuss the bread.

Challah bread is cut into cubes by a person from the top view

Homemade challah is my preferred enriched bread of choice. It’s soft, deeply golden, and super satisfying. Plus, this recipe offers a great excuse to use the version of challah bread with raisins. A loaf of French brioche is another great option.

Ingredients needed for this recipe

I swapped out a few ingredients from my original pumpkin maple bread pudding to provide a clean and healthy recipe without refined sugar.

Ingredients for the recipe are laid out on a marble backdrop

Gather together two cans of pumpkin puree, whole milk, heavy whipping cream, large eggs, maple syrup, cinnamon, nutmeg, allspice, kosher salt, vanilla extract, Challah bread, pecans, and raisins.

A few helpful tips on ingredients:

  • Pumpkin: Make sure to purchase Pure Pumpkin Puree (no added sugar) versus Pumpkin Pie Filling (added sugar and spices). Fresh pumpkin puree is another great option.
  • Milk + Heavy Cream: Full-fat of both dairy products adds body and richness. It is dessert, after all! Substitute 1 ⅔ cups half-and-half (half milk, half cream) for a slightly richer custard.
  • Maple Syrup: Any color (dark, amber, golden) of pure maple syrup is wonderful. Use whatever you have on hand. Alternatively, you can use a cup of brown sugar or even coconut sugar as a sweetener in this recipe.
  • Cinnamon, Nutmeg + Allspice: The touch of ground spices really make this pumpkin dessert recipe taste like fall. Feel free to use 2 teaspoons of Pumpkin Pie Spice (or pumpkin spice) instead.

How to make this recipe?

All it takes is one large bowl, a whisk, and a 9×13 inch baking dish (or a 9 or 10-inch pie plate) to get this pumpkin pudding mixed together and ready for the oven. Simply:

A woman is mixing the batter
  1. Whisk together the wet ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk together pumpkin puree, whole milk, heavy cream, eggs, maple syrup, cinnamon, nutmeg, allspice, kosher salt and vanilla extract.
Person adding and mixing Challah into the batter
  1. Add bread and mix-ins. Add the Challah bread pieces, pecans, and raisins.
Person mixing pecans and raisins
  1. Soak. Give it a gentle toss. Cover with stretch film and let it soak for 30 minutes.
  2. Preheat and prep. Ten minutes before the soaking time ends, preheat the oven to 325 °F. Spray a 9X13 inch baking dish with oil.
Pumpkin Maple Bread Pudding before and after it is baked.
  1. Transfer. Transfer the challah pumpkin mixture into the greased baking dish. Spread it using the back of a spatula to make sure that it is in an even layer. Sprinkle with a few tablespoons of pecans, if using.
  2. Bake! Bake for 50 to 55 minutes. Let it cool for 15 minutes on a wire rack and serve while it is still warm or at room temperature.

Serving suggestions:

This pumpkin dessert recipe is so delicious, like you-can’t-stop-eating-it delicious.

Pumpkin Bread Bread Pudding topped off with creme fraiche in a bowl with a spoon

Variations for this pumpkin spiced bread pudding:

  • Pumpkin apple bread pudding: Wash, peel, core and dice 1-2 tart apples (such as Granny Smith) and saute over low heat in 1 Tablespoon butter. Cool and add to the pumpkin custard mixture.
  • Pumpkin chocolate chip bread pudding recipe: Add 1 cup dark, milk or white chocolate chips along with the mix-ins.
  • Switch it up by using different nuts: Add or replace the pecans with 1 cup chopped walnuts.
  • Pumpkin Bread Bread Pudding: I have seen a few recipes online for pumpkin bread bread pudding (say that 5x fast!) which uses leftover pumpkin bread. I have never tested this myself as I feel it would be too sweet and steal away from the silky pumpkin custard. However, if you want to give it a go, feel free to try using half Challah half pumpkin bread to add in more pumpkin goodness into the recipe.
  • Sweet Potato Puree: If you’d rather make this recipe with sweet potatoes use an equal amount of sweet potato puree instead of pumpkin puree.

Making Ahead & Dessert prep for Thanksgiving:

This recipe works wonders made ahead of time, which is why I always make sure to make it as a Thanksgiving dessert.

Simply prep it the night before, cover it tightly with plastic wrap, and set it in the fridge overnight.

Remove from the fridge an hour beforehand, then bake in the oven following the recipe card below. If baking directly from the fridge, simply add 5-10 minutes to the baking time.

Storage and reheating instructions

The leftovers of this easy bread pudding recipe will keep for up to 2 days in the fridge. Cover with plastic wrap and keep it in the same baking dish you made it in. Or, cut into individual portions and place in an airtight container with squares of parchment between each piece.

To rewarm, place the entire pumpkin casserole, covered (to prevent from drying out) in a 350-degree oven for 15-20 minutes or until it is thoroughly warmed.

For individual bread pudding squares, place on a parchment-lined baking sheet, tent with foil, and bake for 8-10 minutes or until warmed through.

Pumpkin Challah Bread pudding freshly baked in a casserole dish with a bowl of creme fraiche on the side

Expert Tips:

  • Use your favorite type of bread. Jewish Braided Bread and Brioche bread (aka buttery French bread) are soft, pillowy enriched breads that make for a tender, bouncy pudding. If using day-old stale bread, French baguette, savory country, or crusty artisan bread, I recommend adding an additional ⅓ cup milk or cream to the pumpkin custard.
  • Use fresh or canned pumpkin puree. Both work beautifully. Two cans equals approximately 3 ⅔ cups puree.
  • Do not use canned Pumpkin Pie Filling. This is sweetened with sugar and additional spices.
  • Push down the bread gently into the custard. If the custard doesn’t fully cover the bread cubes, give it a gentle nudge occasionally during the 30-minute soaking time.
  • Allow the bread pudding to sit for 30 minutes before baking. This allows the bread to soak up all those rich, custardy flavors.
  • Allow it to rest once baked. The bread further soaks up even more of the mixture.
  • The center will spring back to the touch when it’s ready. This ensures the eggs are fully cooked through.
  • If you prefer more of a simple, everyday recipe made without pumpkin, my all-time favorite one is my friend Jessica’s Bread Pudding recipe and this delicious Crustless Pumpkin Pie.

FAQs:

What is the ideal ratio of bread to liquid for bread pudding?

I found the best ratio of liquid to bread is 1 ¾ cup liquid: 10 cups 1-inch cubed bread. This bakes a pumpkin pudding that is not too dry, not too soggy. If you prefer your bread pudding wet (or if using day-old bread, French baguette, savory country, or crusty artisan bread), add another ⅓ cup of milk or cream.

Does a bread pudding qualify as a dessert?

Absolutely. This recipe can be served by itself or with ice cream, whipped cream, or cream Fraiche on the side.

What is the ideal temperature to serve bread pudding?

You can serve bread pudding warm fresh out of the oven, at room temperature, or even right out the fridge.

More Pumpkin Recipes You Might Like:

If you try this delicious pumpkin bread pudding recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Pumpkin Bread Pudding Recipe in a casserole dish right out of the oven
Print

Pumpkin Bread Pudding Recipe

To me, this Maple Pumpkin Bread Pudding recipe is the dictionary definition of a scrumptious fall breakfast. Whether you want to treat your family over the weekend or you have leftover pumpkin puree from making pie, this pumpkin bread pudding is a treat. Made with challah bread and sweetened with maple syrup, it is easy and quick to put together and oh so delicious.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Prep Time 45 minutes
Cook Time 55 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 40 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 418kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 15 oz. cans Pumpkin Purée – no sugar added
  • 1 cup whole milk
  • 2/3 cup heavy cream
  • 4 large eggs
  • 1 cup maple syrup
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons ground cinnamon
  • 1/4 teaspoon ground nutmeg
  • 1/4 teaspoon all spice (or pumpkin spice)
  • 1/8 tsp kosher salt
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons vanilla extract
  • 1 tablespoon butter – room temperature
  • 1 Challah 10 cups of Challah bread – cut in to small chunks
  • 1/2 cup pecans chopped
  • 1/2 cup raisins

Instructions

Whisk wet ingredients:

  • In a large mixing bowl, whisk together pumpkin puree, whole milk, heavy cream, eggs, maple syrup, cinnamon, nutmeg, allspice, kosher salt and vanilla extract.

Add in the mix ins and bread:

  • Add in the cubed Challah bread, pecans, and raisins in the bowl.
  • Give it a gentle toss. Cover with stretch film and let it soak for 30 minutes.

Preheat the oven:

  • Ten minutes before the soaking time ends, pre-heat the oven to 325 °F. Spray a 9X13 inch baking dish with oil.

Bake:

  • Transfer the challah pumpkin mixture into the prepared baking dish. Spread it evenly using the back of a spatula.
  • Sprinkle with a few tablespoons of pecans, if using.
  • Bake for 50 to 55 minutes. Let it cool for 15 minutes and serve while it is still warm (preferably with ice cream on top).

Video

Notes

  • Use your favorite type of bread. Jewish Braided Bread and Brioche bread are soft, pillowy enriched bread that makes for a tender, bouncy pudding. If using day-old stale bread, French baguette, savory country, or crusty artisan bread, I recommend adding an additional ⅓ cup milk or cream to the pumpkin custard.
  • Use fresh or canned pumpkin puree. Both work beautifully. Two cans equals approximately 3 ⅔ cups puree.
  • Do not use canned Pumpkin Pie Filling. This is sweetened with sugar and additional spices.
  • Push down the bread gently into the custard. If the custard doesn’t fully cover the bread cubes, give it a gentle nudge occasionally during the 30-minute soaking time.
  • Allow the bread pudding to sit for 30 minutes before baking. This allows the bread to soak up all those rich, custardy flavors.
  • Allow it to rest once baked. The bread further soaks up even more of the mixture.
  • The center will spring back to the touch when it’s ready. This ensures the eggs are fully cooked through.
  • To store: Leftovers will keep for up to 2 days in the fridge. Cover with plastic wrap and keep it in the same baking dish you made it in. Or, cut into individual portions and place in an airtight container with squares of parchment between each piece.

Nutrition

Calories: 418kcal | Carbohydrates: 50g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 22g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Cholesterol: 150mg | Sodium: 100mg | Potassium: 368mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 35g | Vitamin A: 748IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 152mg | Iron: 1mg

This recipe is adapted with minor changes from Anne Burrell and Suzanne Lenzer’s “cook like a rockstar” cookbook.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-bread-pudding/feed/ 7
Almond Flour Apple Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/naturally-sweetened-apple-almond-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/naturally-sweetened-apple-almond-muffins/#comments Sat, 25 Sep 2021 13:57:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11298 Why Should You Make This Recipe?  This easy recipe is a wonderful addition to my foolproof Almond Flour Desserts collection.…]]>

Why Should You Make This Recipe? 

This easy recipe is a wonderful addition to my foolproof Almond Flour Desserts collection. If you have under an hour of free time, these paleo almond cinnamon muffins are a delicious and easy way to celebrate the fall season, one muffin at a time!

  • Visually Impressive: These Almond Flour Apple Muffins are picture-perfect treats that will have all your guests fooled as to just how easy they are to make and decorate!
  • Minimally Sweetened: The natural sweetness of the apples and maple syrup means that there is no refined sugar in these healthy apple muffins. 
  • In Season: These delicious muffins are an easy way to bake with the in-season apples you pick this time of year! Seasoned with a hint of cinnamon and that natural apple flavor, this fall treat will warm you up on the inside.
Apple Almond Flour muffins on a plate
  • Quick Clean Up: This recipe only requires one large bowl, one small bowl, and one whisk, so no long and tedious clean up afterwards. Just one more thing that makes this recipe so easy!
  • Paleo, Gluten Free and Dairy-free: These apple muffins are paleo friendly and gluten free, so you can meet many dietary restrictions in group settings with just one simple recipe.

Ingredients:

These Almond Flour Apple Muffins only require 12 simple ingredients, many of which you likely already have in your pantry. 

Ingredients for the recipe are laid out on a marble backdrop

Gather your almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, kosher salt, ground cinnamon, eggs, maple syrup, oil, vanilla extract, apple slices, and chopped walnuts.

Helpful Ingredient Notes including Substitutions:

  • Oil:  I recommend using vegetable oil or melted coconut oil, but don’t use olive oil for this recipe!
  • Almond Flour: This recipe calls for almond flour, although you can use almond meal interchangeably. Almond meal is a bit thicker than almond flour, but either creates a smooth textured muffin. Don’t have access to almond flour? No problem, follow my recipe for a simple DIY almond meal or almond flour at home. 
  • Apples: Any of your favorite juicy apples will work in this recipe. My personal favorites are Gala Apples or Honeycrisp Apples, but if you prefer a more sour apple, Granny Smith Apples or Pink Lady Apples are great alternatives. You can also do a mix and match with different apples to get a balance of sweet, sour and tart!
  • Slicing Apples: When preparing your apples of choice, it is important to slice them very thinly with a mandoline or a knife. Slicing thinly and evenly will ensure that they cook completely and thoroughly. If you are baking for younger children, or just prefer smaller pieces, you can cut your apple slices in half.
  • Maple Syrup: Pure maple syrup and agave nectar can be used interchangeably, depending on your taste preference and availability!

How to Make?

This paleo apple muffin recipe takes just a few steps from start to finish and is completed in just under an hour. Because of how easy these are to prepare, you can make these in advance to enjoy throughout the week, or as a spontaneous treat on the weekend!

How to make gluten free apple muffins step by step photos
  1. Dry Ingredients: Measure out and add your dry ingredients to a mixing bowl and mix together until completely combined. 
  2. Wet Ingredients: Measure out and ddd your wet ingredients to a separate bowl and whisk until completely combined.
  3. Combine: Simply pour your wet ingredients into the dry ingredients and mix together until all the ingredients are fully combined. 
  4. Add Apples: Gently fold in the thinly sliced apple pieces into the muffin batter just until combined. 
Apple muffins in muffin tin showing how to garnish step by step
  1. Pour into Muffin Tins: Divide batter into your prepared muffin pan. Make sure you have 12 equally filled muffin tins with the apple pieces dispersed evenly. 
  2. Decorate: Although this step is optional, it creates for beautifully decorated apple almond muffins. Thinly slice half an apple (again, your choice of apple) and lay three slices on top of each muffin. Each apple slice can slightly overlap to create a fan effect for an additional visual appeal. 
  3. Add chopped walnuts: For an additional texture and nutty flavor, add a small handful of chopped walnuts onto each muffin as well. 
  4. Bake: Bake your muffins at 325 degrees F for 35 minutes, or until the tops of your muffins turn golden brown. Allow your muffins to cool completely, at least 30 minutes in the tin or on a cooling rack, before enjoying!

How To Serve:

  • Enjoy these gluten-free apple muffins with your morning coffee or tea, or serve with my Homemade Almond Milk on any brisk day this fall!
  • If you cannot get enough of apple goodness, try serving it with a few tablespoons of my unsweetened applesauce on the side.

How to Store, Freeze & Thaw

The best part about these paleo apple cinnamon muffins is that they store and freeze well. Simply follow the steps below for delicious apple muffins every time:

  • To Store: This recipe makes 12 apple almond muffins that can be stored in an airtight container for up to 3 days at room temperature, or up to 5 days in the refrigerator. If you keep it in the fridge, warm them in a low-heat (250 degrees F oven) for 5 minutes before serving.
  • To Freeze: You can freeze these muffins for up to one month after making them. Allow the baked muffins to reach room temperature before placing them into the freezer.
  • To Thaw: Once you are ready to enjoy the muffins, remove from the freezer and allow to thaw for 15 minutes before baking at 250 degrees F for 5-8 minutes, or until they are warmed through.
Paleo Apple Cinnamon Muffins on a cooling rack

Expert Tips

  • Slicing Apples: If you own a mandoline, this is a great time to use it to thinly slice your apples. Big apple chunks will not work for this recipe, as they will not bake thoroughly and evenly. If you are looking to purchase a mandoline, I suggest this mandoline. Of course, you can always use a knife to slice your apples.
  • Muffin Tin Liners: I love using parchment paper muffin liners for all of my muffins. If you use parchment paper muffin liners (affiliate link), you do not need to grease your muffin tins. However, if you use regular paper liners, I recommend greasing your tins so that your liners do not stick and result in messy clean up. 
  • Wet Ingredients: I suggest having your wet ingredients at room temperature so that you can develop a velvety smooth muffin batter and evenly baked paleo almond meal muffins. 
  • Do not skip on cooling: While I know that it is hard to wait, do not skip on the cooling process. These almond apple muffins need at least 20-30 minutes to cool for best results.
  • Apples & Maple Syrup: As I mentioned above, you can use your own preference of apples, or a mix of different types of apples like tart apples and sour apples. However, if you are using sweet apples, you can decrease the amount of maple syrup that you use so that your muffins are not overly sweet. Start with using two tablespoons of less maple syrup and go from there.
  • Decoration: The decoration on top is optional, but it is very simple to achieve and beautiful at the end! 
  • Coconut Flour: Do not replace your almond flour with coconut flour, as the batter consistency will be off and it will not work for this recipe.

Similar Gluten Free Muffins You Might Like:

If you enjoyed these apple muffins with almond flour, here are a few other paleo and gluten-free almond flour muffins recipes you might like:

Other Apple Recipes You Might Like:

[/su_note]

 

Gluten free almond flour apple muffins served on a plate
Print

Almond Flour Apple Muffins Recipe

These gluten-free and paleo Almond Flour Apple Muffins are perfect for the chilly mornings of autumn to accompany your coffee. Naturally sweetened with maple syrup and apples, they are a healthier alternative to muffins made with granulated sugar.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Cooling Time 20 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 5 minutes
Servings 12 muffins
Calories 229kcal

Ingredients

Dry Ingredients:

  • 2 cups almond flour (8.4 oz.)
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon

Wet Ingredients:

  • 3 large eggs at room temperature
  • ½ cup +2 tablespoon maple syrup
  • 3 tablespoons coconut oil melted and cooled (avocado and grapeseed oil would also work)
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

Add Ins and Toppings:

  • 1 apple Medium sized & Thinly sliced + more as garnish
  • ½ cup walnuts chopped

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 325 degrees F. Line a 12-cup muffin pan with parchment liners.
  • Mix almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, kosher salt, and ground cinnamon in a bowl until no lumps remain.
  • In a separate bowl, whisk together eggs, maple syrup, coconut oil, and vanilla extract on a bowl until emulsified.
  • Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ones and mix until fully combined.
  • Fold in the sliced apples.
  • Divide the batter evenly in the muffin tin.
  • If preferred, top each muffin with 3 slices of apples (like I did in the pictures) and sprinkle them with walnuts.
  • Bake in the oven for 35 minutes or until the top of the muffins turn golden brown.
  • Let it cool for 30 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Apples: Any of your favorite juicy apples will work in this recipe. My personal favorites are Gala Apples or Honeycrisp Apples, but if you prefer a more sour apple, Granny Smith Apples or Pink Lady Apples are great alternatives. You can also do a mix and match with different apples to get a balance of sweet, sour, and tart.
  • Slicing Apples: If you own a mandoline, this is a great time to use it to thinly slice your apples. Big apple chunks will not work for this recipe, as they will not bake thoroughly and evenly. If you are looking to purchase a mandoline, I suggest this one. Of course, you can always use a knife to slice your apples.
  • Muffin Tin Liners: I love using parchment paper muffin liners for all of my muffins. If you use parchment paper muffin liners, you do not need to grease your muffin tins. However, if you use regular paper liners, I recommend greasing your tins so that your liners do not stick and result in messy clean up. 
  • Wet Ingredients: I suggest having your wet ingredients at room temperature so that you can develop a velvety smooth muffin batter and evenly baked paleo almond meal muffins. 
  • Apples & Maple Syrup: As I mentioned above, you can use your own preference of apples, or a mix of different types of apples like tart apples and sour apples. However, if you are using sweet apples, you can decrease the amount of maple syrup that you use so that your muffins are not overly sweet. Start with using two tablespoons of less maple syrup and go from there.

Nutrition

Calories: 229kcal | Carbohydrates: 16g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 195mg | Potassium: 84mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 69IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 86mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/naturally-sweetened-apple-almond-muffins/feed/ 82
Peach Blueberry Galette https://foolproofliving.com/peach-blueberry-galette/ https://foolproofliving.com/peach-blueberry-galette/#comments Fri, 13 Aug 2021 11:43:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=25449 Why Should You Make This Recipe? Visually Impressive: This Peach Galette recipe is my go-to summer dessert for entertaining. And…]]>

Why Should You Make This Recipe?

  • Visually Impressive: This Peach Galette recipe is my go-to summer dessert for entertaining. And it never fails, every time I put it on the table I see people’s faces light up followed by them asking me for the recipe.
  • Lazy Man’s Pie: Some people refer to galette as “Lazy Man’s Pie” as you don’t have to stress about making the pie dough, rolling it out, and making it look picture perfect. With my foolproof galette dough recipe, you still get the buttery crust we all love with minimal effort and without any of the stress.
  • Any stone fruit would work: You can use this basic recipe and switch up the fruit. During the summer months, I switch it up with other fresh fruits like apricots, cherries, and nectarine.
  • Can be made ahead: I usually like to serve this peach and blueberry galette warm right after I serve dinner with a scoop of ice cream on top of each slice. So, I make the whole thing before dinner and pop it in the oven after I serve the main course. This way, it is nice and warm by the time I am ready to serve dessert.
Peach blueberry galette topped off with ice cream from the top view

What is a galette dessert?

A galette is a rustic French dessert made by rolling the pastry dough into a large circle, filling it with fruit, and then rolling the edges of the dough onto the fruit before baking it directly on the baking sheet rather than in a pie pan.

The galette dough is very similar to pie dough but easier to manage since there is no fitting into the pie pan or cramping that needs to be done. Unlike carefully decorated picture-perfect pies, galettes usually look rustic and more amateur-like. To me, it is the easiest way to enjoy a fruit-filled buttery pie without the extra work.

Ingredients:

You will need two sets of ingredients to make this easy peach blueberry galette recipe:

Ingredients for galette with blueberries and peach
  1. Galette dough: To make the buttery pastry crust, you will need all-purpose flour, kosher salt, unsalted butter, and ice water.
Ingredients for the fruit filling
  1. Fresh Fruit Filling: In terms of the fruit, I used ripe peaches and plum along with almond flour, vanilla extract, coconut sugar and sliced almonds.

Ingredient Notes & Substitutions:

  • Butter: If you have ever made any pie dough before, you know that the most important ingredient here is butter. When it comes to butter for galette dough, I prefer cultured butter (some people call it European Style dough) that has over 82% fat content. I find that it produces an easy to manage galette dough and a flaky and nicely browned galette at the end. And when it comes to butter, Vermont Creamery’s cultured butter is my favorite. They recently started selling it in an easy-to-measure stick format that is not only delicious but also convenient for all your cooking and baking needs.
  • Fresh fruit mixture: You can use nectarines or white peaches instead of yellow peaches and swap blueberries with blackberries or even strawberries. Just make sure that peach slices are cut evenly to ensure even baking.
  • Plums: While you don’t have to add plums, I find that it breaks the sweetness of the peaches and gives the end product a welcome sour taste.
  • Coconut Sugar: If you don’t have any, you can use an equal amount of brown sugar.
  • Almond Flour: You can make almond flour at home using blanched almonds. With that being said, almond flour is an optional ingredient. If you don’t have any, you can omit using it. Also, almond meal can be used instead of almond flour.
  • Almond Extract: If you enjoy the almond flavors, you can add 1/4 almond extract into the fruit filling. I do not recommend adding more though as it would be overpowering.

How to make a galette with blueberries and peach?

This blueberry peach galette recipe has four folds:

Make the galette dough:

I recently shared my foolproof technique for making the galette dough from scratch in two ways: In the food processor and in a large bowl by hand. Below are the steps for making it in the food processor (because it is faster), but if you want to learn how to make it by hand, be sure to check out my galette dough recipe.

Showing how to make galette dough in a food processor
  1. Place all-purpose flour and salt in the bowl of a food processor fitted with the metal blade. Pulse 3-4 times to mix.
  2. Add in the cubed cold butter and pulse until the mixture resembles coarse sand. You want the butter pieces to look like small lentils. This process takes about ten 1-second pulses. 
  3. While the machine is still running, add in the ice water one tablespoon at a time until the dough starts to collect on the sides and form into a ball. I think this, the fact that the dough forms into a ball giving an idiot-proof visual cue of doneness, is the part that makes this recipe foolproof. Be sure to watch the how-to video in the recipe card to get a visual of what I mean. 
galette dough for peach and blueberry galette recipe
  1. Transfer dough onto a lightly floured surface and form it into a 4-inch flat disk. Wrap it tightly with a piece of plastic wrap and let it sit in the fridge for at least 45 minutes up to 2 days. 
  2. Take it out of the fridge and let it sit on the counter for 10-15 minutes before rolling it out. However, be aware that you might have to wait longer if the dough has been sitting in the fridge for more than 4 hours. 

Prepare the fruit filling:

To prepare the blueberry peach filling:

  1. Slice the peaches and plums in ¼-inch thick slices and place in a bowl with the blueberries.
  2. Sprinkle it with coconut sugar and let it macerate while you are waiting for the dough to cool in the fridge.

Assemble and bake:

The last step is assembly. To do so:

  1. Pre-heat oven to 375 F degree oven.
Showing how to make peach blueberry galette with step by step photos
  1. Roll dough into a 12-inch circle on a lightly floured surface. Gently roll the dough onto the rolling pin and transfer it onto a piece of parchment paper.
  2. Sprinkle the dough with almond flour (or almond meal) for additional nutty flavors.
  3. Place the peach mixture in the center of the dough mounting it in the middle making sure to leave a 2-inch border around the edge. You will have some liquid left in the bowl, I would use only 1-2 tablespoons of it in the filling and discard the rest to avoid the fruit juices making the galette soggy.
  4. Fold the edges towards the middle onto the fruit pleading gently every 2-3 inches. Brush the galette dough with egg wash (a beaten egg mixed with a tablespoon of water) and sprinkle it with almond slices.
  5. Sprinkle the galette with a tablespoon of coconut sugar (optional) or any other coarse sugar like turbinado sugar.
  6. Transfer it onto a prepared baking sheet. Bake in a preheated oven for 50-55 minutes for a delicious, flaky, and rustic peach galette recipe.
  7. Let it cool on the counter for a few minutes. Dilute a tablespoon of honey with a tablespoon of water and lightly brush the top of the fruit.
  8. Slice and serve.
A slice of blueberry nectarine galette is photographed from the front view

How to serve this fruit galette recipe?

While you can certainly serve this blueberry peach galette by itself, here are a few ways you can take it to a whole other level:

  • Ice Cream: A few scoops of vanilla ice cream is definitely a nice addition, but if you can get your hands on it try blackberry or blueberry ice cream (like I used in the pictures) as well.
  • Creme fraiche: If you want to do it like the French, serve it with a dollop of creme fraiche on the side. The tangy flavor of cream fraiche pairs beautifully with the sweetness coming from the fruit.
  • Serve it warm, cold, or at room temperature. It is delicious in every possible way.

How To Store & Reheat?

  • Storage: Leftover peach galette can be stored in an airtight container up to 2 days. Be sure to bring to the room temperature before storing.
  • To reheat: Heat in a preheated 300 degrees F oven for 5-8 minutes before serving.

Expert Tips:

  • Almond Slices: When I first baked this blueberry galette, I was a little worried that the thinly sliced almonds wouldn’t be able to stand the 50-minute 375-degree oven heat and burn. However, this was not the case. Yes, they were browned a little bit, but not burned at all. And they added a nice crunch to the overall recipe. I wanted to mention this just in case you had that question in mind as well.
  • Cold butter and ice cold water are a must: For a flaky crust, make sure that your butter is cold. I usually cut it up into cubes and pop it in the freezer for 10-15 minutes while I am working on the rest of the ingredients.
  • Squeeze of fresh lemon juice and zest: If you want to brighten up the flavors, you can add in a small amount of lemon zest and lemon juice into the fruit mixture.
Rustic peach blueberry tart topped off with ice cream

Variations for this peach blueberry galette

What I love about this blueberry and peach galette recipe is that it is so versatile. You can use any fruit you have on hand. Below are a few variations that you can make with summer fruits:

  • Blueberry Nectarine Galette: Swap peaches with nectarines
  • Peach Blackberry Galette: Swap blueberries with blackberries
  • Nectarine Galette Recipe (or 1-type of fruit): If you prefer, you can use only one kind of fruit. Nectarines, peaches, apricots, blueberries, etc. all work well for filling in this recipe.

FAQs:

Can I use canned peaches to make a peach galette?

If peaches are not in season, you can use canned peaches instead. Though I would recommend draining them as extra moisture may cause a soggy galette. Additionally, since most canned peaches are mixed with sugar syrup, I recommend skipping on adding any sugar into the fruit filling. 

How about a peach galette using frozen peaches?

While my favorite peach galette recipe is made with fresh summer peaches, you can make this recipe with frozen peaches that are fully thawed. If you decide to do so, be sure to thaw your peaches on paper towels so that they are fully softened and not too watery.

Can I assemble this galette in advance?

You sure can. I usually assemble the whole thing an hour before serving and keep it in the fridge until I am ready to bake it. The important thing is to make sure that you are draining the fruit filling to get all the liquid out (because we do not want a soggy dough) before placing it onto the galette dough. Also, keeping it in the fridge and baking in a preheated oven help to produce a flaky galette recipe.

How about a peach galette with puff pastry? Can I use storebought puff pastry instead of galette dough?

Yes, you can. Though in my opinion, the version made with galette dough is better. Still, if you prefer the convenience of puff pastry you can follow the recipe exactly as is and use it instead of the homemade galette dough. The only difference would be the time of baking. Puff pastry bakes faster than pie crust so I recommend baking in a 425 F degree oven for 15-18 minutes or until the crust turns golden brown.

Other peach and blueberry recipes you might like:

Other peach recipes you might like:

Peach blueberry galette fresh out of the oven with ice cream on top
Print

Peach Blueberry Galette Recipe

This delicious Peach Blueberry Galette recipe has all the amazing flavors of a pie without all the stress. It is a rustic fruit tart recipe you can make in no time.
Make the easy homemade galette dough, fill it with the juicy summer fruit, fold the sides of the dough onto the fruit, and bake for the ultimate summer dessert. 
Course Dessert
Cuisine French
Prep Time 1 hour 30 minutes
Cook Time 55 minutes
Total Time 2 hours 25 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 383kcal

Ingredients

For The Galette Dough:

  • 1 ½ cups all-purpose flour, more to flour the surfaces (213 gr.)
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 10 tablespoons cold unsalted butter, cut into small cubes (142.5 gr.)
  • 4-5 tablespoons ice-cold water

For The Filling:

  • 2 peaches medium-size* – sliced ¼ inch thick slices
  • 1 plum sliced ¼ inch thick slices
  • ½ cup blueberries
  • 1 ½ tablespoons coconut sugar or brown sugar
  • 2 tablespoons almond meal or almond flour optional
  • 1 large egg lightly whisked
  • ½ cup sliced almonds with or without the skin on
  • 1 tablespoon honey (optional)

Instructions

  • To make the galette dough: Place flour and salt in the bowl of a food processor. Pulse for a few times to mix. Add in the cold butter cubes. Pulse 8-10 times until butter resembles small clumps.
  • Turn the machine on and add in 4 tablespoons of ice-cold water in one tablespoon increments.
  • At this point, it should start to come together and form into a ball. If not add in the rest of the water until it does. 
  • Transfer onto a lightly floured surface, form it into a 4-inch disk, and wrap with plastic. Place in the fridge for at least 1 hour or overnight.*
  • Take it out of the fridge 10 minutes before you are ready to roll it out.
  • To make the filling: Place peaches, plums, blueberries in a bowl. Sprinkle it with coconut sugar. Set it aside to macerate. 
  • Pre-heat the oven to 375 F degrees (190 C.) Prepare a sheet of parchment paper that will fit into the baking sheet.
  • To assemble: Lightly flour your working surface. Roll the dough into a large 12-inch circle. Transfer onto the parchment paper and then onto the baking sheet. 
  • If you are using, sprinkle it evenly with almond meal leaving a 2-inch border on the sides. 
  • Spread the fruit on top slightly mounting in the middle, again leaving a 2-inch border around the edges.
  • Roll the sides of the dough overlapping as you go around and pleating the dough.
  • Whisk egg with a tablespoon of water to make egg wash.
  • Brush the outer crust with egg wash and sprinkle with sliced almonds lightly pressing to make sure they stick.
  • Bake 50-55 minutes or the crust turns golden brown. Transfer the galette onto a wire rack to cool. 
  • If preferred, dilute honey with a tablespoon of water and lightly brush the top of the fruit.
  • Serve while it is still warm.

Video

Notes

  • The dough can be kept in the fridge upto 2 days or can be frozen (tightly wrapped) upto a month.
  • Prep-time below includes 1 hour resting of the dough in the fridge.
  • Storage: Leftover peach galette can be stored in an airtight container up to 2 days. Be sure to bring to the room temperature before storing.
  • To reheat: Heat in a preheated 300 degrees F oven for 5-8 minutes before serving.
  • *Peaches: I prefer medium-ripened peaches for this recipe. If they are hard, I leave it out a day before I plan on making this recipe.
  • A word on almond slices: When I first baked this blueberry galette, I was a little worried that the thinly sliced almonds wouldn’t be able to stand the 50-minute 375-degree oven heat and burn. However, this was not the case. Yes, they were browned a little bit, but not burned at all. And they added a nice crunch to the overall recipe. I wanted to mention this just in case you had that question in mind as well.
  • Cold butter and ice-cold water are a must: For a flaky crust, make sure that your butter is cold. I usually cut it up into cubes and pop it in the freezer for 10-15 minutes while I am working on the rest of the ingredients.
  • A squeeze of fresh lemon juice and zest: If you want to brighten up the flavors, you can add a small amount of lemon zest and lemon juice into the fruit mixture.

Nutrition

Calories: 383kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 10g | Cholesterol: 62mg | Sodium: 155mg | Potassium: 221mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 620IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 67mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/peach-blueberry-galette/feed/ 17
Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-zucchini-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-zucchini-muffins/#comments Sat, 31 Jul 2021 15:03:51 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=43058 When my Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins hit the table, they’re gone in seconds, and it’s no secret why. Moist, chocolatey,…]]>

When my Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins hit the table, they’re gone in seconds, and it’s no secret why. Moist, chocolatey, and bursting with warm cinnamon flavor, these portable treats are as delectable as they are easy to make.

This recipe also meets a wide range of dietary needs. Not only are these chocolate zucchini muffins low carb, but they’re also naturally sweetened, paleo-friendly, and gluten-free—just like my Almond Flour Zucchini Bread recipe! And I made sure to include the keto version in the recipe.

Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins on a plate

Craving even more bite-sized almond flour desserts? Hit your sweet spot with my other scrumptious, gluten-free muffin recipes, like Almond Flour Pumpkin Muffins, Almond Flour Apple Muffins, and Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins.

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

When life gives you a recipe for easy low-carb zucchini muffins, it’s time to take out the muffin tin! You won’t believe how much there is to love about this oven-baked treat:

  • These zucchini almond muffins can easily be keto friendly. Simply substitute coconut sugar for an equal amount of monk fruit sweetener (affiliate link)
  • No fancy equipment is needed for this simple recipe. If you have two bowls, a whisk, and a grater, you’re good to go.
  • With 15 minutes of prep and 35 minutes in the oven, these healthy muffins are ready to eat in less than an hour. Not to mention, they make the best grab and go breakfast for busy mornings.
  • A good amount of zucchini makes this healthy zucchini muffin recipe a delicious way to get in your daily vegetables.

Ingredients

With healthy ingredients like all-natural coconut sugar and antioxidant-filled cinnamon, these high-fiber zucchini muffins are as good as they are good for you!

Ingredients for the recipe are laid out

Zucchini

For this recipe, you’ll need about 1½ cups (255 grams) of grated and squeezed zucchini. Because zucchinis vary so much in size and have a high water content, it’s best to use a kitchen scale or dry measuring cups to measure the squash after it’s grated and wrung out.

Wet Ingredients

The wet ingredients you need are eggs, grapeseed or coconut oil, coconut sugar, and vanilla extract.

Wet ingredients are laid out in small bowls

To make chocolate chip zucchini muffins, gather walnuts and chocolate chips, as well. My personal go-to for chocolate chips is Enjoy Life Semi-Sweet Morsels (affiliate link). However, you can also use other brands, like Lily’s (affiliate link), to make these zucchini chocolate chip muffins keto!

Dry Ingredients

For dry ingredients, gather baking soda, kosher salt, ground cinnamon, and almond flour. My favorite brand to use is Blue Diamond Almond Flour (affiliate link), but you can skip the grocery store all together with my easy recipe for how to make almond flour at home!

Dry ingredients from top view

Also, almond flour and almond meal can be used interchangeably to make these healthy zucchini muffins.

How To Make

Gluten-free zucchini chocolate muffins may be unbelievably delicious, but they’re also unbelievably easy to make! You can have these treats ready to serve in seven simple steps.

  1. Prep the equipment: Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. and insert muffin liners (affiliate link) into a 12-cup muffin tin.
Photos showing how to remove excess water from zucchini
  1. Prep the zucchini: Use the large holes of a box grater to shred the zucchini. Then, place the shredded zucchini in the middle of a clean kitchen towel and collect the edges. Over a large bowl or kitchen sink, wring out as much excess water as possible.
Person showing the steps of making these healthy zucchini muffins
  1. Mix the dry ingredients: Whisk together the almond flour, baking soda, salt, and cinnamon in a large mixing bowl. 
  2. Mix the wet ingredients: Whisk together the eggs, oil, coconut sugar, and vanilla extract in a separate bowl. Continue mixing until the liquid is smooth and thoroughly blended.
  3. Make the batter: Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients and gently mix. When the mixture is just combined, fold in the grated zucchini and the walnuts.
  4. Bake the muffins: Spoon equal amounts of batter into the tin’s 12 muffin cups. Then, sprinkle chocolate chips over the muffin tops and press them gently into the batter. Bake the muffins for 35 minutes, or until a toothpick comes out clean from their centers. 
  5. Cool and serve: Let the muffins rest for 5-10 minutes before removing them from the muffin pan. Leave them on a wire rack until completely cool, and then they’re ready to eat!

Quick Tip: After mixing together the wet and dry ingredients, it will look like you don’t have enough batter. However, the batter will grow once you add the zucchini because of all the extra moisture it adds. Plus, walnuts and chocolate chips will take up significant space in your batter, once added.

paleo zucchini muffins almond flour in muffin tip after they are baked

Variations:

Whether you want to take your spice rack for a spin or keep to a new diet, this sugar-free zucchini muffins recipe can be adjusted to meet your every need.

  • Want a recipe for keto chocolate zucchini muffins made with almond flour? To make this treat keto-friendly, all you have to do is swap out coconut sugar for a monk fruit sweetener (affiliate link) and use a brand of chocolate safe for keto diets, like Lily’s (affiliate link).
  • Leave out the nuts and chocolate: A great thing about this recipe is that it’s just as delectable without walnuts and chocolate.
  • Try out new spices: Tired of cinnamon? Add cardamom and/or ginger instead to add a zesty and bold note to these paleo zucchini muffins.
  • Change up which nuts you use: Sliced almonds and pistachios work just as well as walnuts in this recipe.
  • Make it a quick bread: You can use the same batter to make it as a quick bread. Simply follow my recipe for Almond Flour Zucchini Bread.

Other Zucchini Dessert Recipes You Might Like

From chocolate zucchini bread to gluten-free zucchini muffins, you can find every recipe you need right here the next time you want to satisfy your sweet tooth.

Almond flour zucchini muffins on a plate from top view
Print

Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins Recipe

Healthy Zucchini Muffins made with almond flour and sweetened with coconut sugar. Easy to make, gluten, dairy, and grain-free. They are the perfect moist and fluffy muffins you can make during the zucchini season
Course Naturally sweetened dessert
Cuisine American
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 12 muffins
Calories 234kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups Shredded Zucchini (255 gr)

Dry Ingredients:

  • 2 cups almond flour or almond meal (240 gr)
  • 1 teaspoon baking soda
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon

Wet Ingredients:

  • 2 large eggs at room temperature
  • ¼ cup grapeseed or coconut oil melted and cooled
  • ½ cup coconut sugar (66gr)
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

Optional Add Ins:

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 degrees F. Grease and line 12 cup muffin tin with muffin liners.
  • Shred zucchini using the large section of a box grater. Place it in the middle of a kitchen cloth, collect it from the edges, and squeeze as much liquid as possible. Set it aside.
  • Whisk together the almond flour, baking soda, salt, and ground cinnamon in a bowl.
  • Whisk together eggs, oil, coconut sugar, and vanilla extract in a separate bowl.
  • Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ones and mix until combined.
  • Fold in the shredded zucchini and walnuts.
  • Divide the batter in amongst the cups of the muffin tin.
  • Sprinkle each cup with chocolate chips.
  • Bake for 30-35 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean.
  • Remove from the oven and let it cool for 5 minutes on the counter. Remove the zucchini muffins from the muffin tin and let them cool completely on a wire rack or on the counter.
  • Serve while still slightly warm.

Notes

  • Storage & Freezing: Be sure to bring them to room temperature before storing. Cover with plastic wrap and store them in the fridge for 4-5 days. Or, you can keep them in an airtight container for up to 3 months in the freezer.
  • Serving: When you’re ready to eat these muffins, you don’t have to worry about letting them thaw. Just leave them on the kitchen counter until they’re room temperature or microwave them until warm.
  • To make these keto-friendly: Swap coconut with an equal amount of Monk fruit sweetener and use Lily’s chocolate chips.
  • My favorite muffin liners are these parchment muffin liners. They are so easy to remove from the muffins after they are cooled down. Not to mention, they make the clean up after a breeze.

Nutrition

Calories: 234kcal | Carbohydrates: 13g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 28mg | Sodium: 213mg | Potassium: 94mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 74IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 54mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-zucchini-muffins/feed/ 21
Paleo Zucchini Bread with Almond Flour https://foolproofliving.com/paleo-zucchini-bread/ https://foolproofliving.com/paleo-zucchini-bread/#comments Sat, 10 Jul 2021 07:55:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=33982 Over the years of writing this blog, I have already shared the recipes for my favorite Classic Zucchini Bread and…]]>

Over the years of writing this blog, I have already shared the recipes for my favorite Classic Zucchini Bread and Vegan Zucchini Bread recipes on this blog. This time, I wanted to put my current favorite baking flour, almond flour, to good use to create a recipe for a gluten-free, grain-free, low-carb, naturally-sweetened (refined sugar-free), and paleo version of zucchini bread.

I also wanted to add this recipe along with my Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins recipe into my ever-growing library of Almond Flour recipes.

A sliced paleo zucchini bread with almond flour from the front view

After taking some inspiration from my other paleo quick bread recipes like Almond Flour Banana Bread, Paleo Apple Cake, and Paleo Carrot Cake, this almond flour zucchini bread recipe came to be. Moist, tender, and full of healthy ingredients, I prefer it much more to standard zucchini bread. Plus, it is a great way to use extra zucchini you have on hand if you are growing them in your backyard.

Ingredients

This flourless zucchini bread recipe is made with farm-fresh zucchini and a handful of pantry ingredients broken up into dry and wet categories.

For the dry ingredients, gather together almond flour, baking soda, kosher salt, and ground cinnamon.

For the wet ingredients, you will need eggs, grapeseed (or coconut) oil, coconut sugar, and vanilla extract.

Optional add-ins include walnuts and chocolate chips.

A few helpful tips for ingredients:

  • Zucchini. Select zucchini that are firm and heavy for their size, with green, glossy skin and no blemishes. To ensure success with this recipe, once grated, place the zucchini in a clean kitchen towel and wring out as much water as possible.

PRO TIP: The number of zucchini you need depends on the size. As with all vegetable and fruit quick breads, I recommend using a digital kitchen scale for the grated zucchini (dry measuring cups are the second best option). For the recipe, you need about 1 ½ cup of (or 255 grams) of shredded and squeezed zucchini.

  • Almond Flour. I prefer to use almond flour made at home, but on those days when I am short on time, Blue Diamond Almond flour (affiliate link) is my go-to brand of choice. Almond flour (made blanched almonds) and almond meal (almonds with their skin) can be used interchangeably.
  • Chocolate Chips. Chocolate chips are a completely optional garnish but highly recommended. My favorite brand is Enjoy Life Semi Sweet Morsels (affiliate link). They contain two ingredients – unsweetened chocolate and cane sugar. For paleo (and keto) approved chocolate chips, Lily’s (affiliate link) are a great option and come in a variety of cocoa percentages.

How to make?

All it takes is two bowls, a loaf pan and a few easy steps to make this recipe for grain free, paleo, and gluten free paleo zucchini bread. Simply:

Step by step photos of how to get the liquid out of zucchini
  1. Prep and shred the zucchini. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees Fahrenheit, then grease and line a loaf pan with parchment paper. Use the large holes of a box grater to grate the zucchini.
  2. Squeeze the zucchini to remove the excess moisture. Place the shredded zucchini onto the center of a clean kitchen towel, collect it from the edges and wring out as much liquid as possible over a large bowl or the kitchen sink.

Dry ingredients from the top view
person mixing dry ingredients in a bowl
  1. Mix the dry ingredients. In a large bowl, whisk together the almond flour, baking soda, salt and cinnamon.
wet ingredients from top view
A woman is whisking the wet ingredients
  1. Whisk the wet ingredients. In a separate bowl, whisk together the eggs, oil, coconut sugar and vanilla extract until smooth, silky and emulsified.
The rest of the ingredients for almond flour zucchini bread with no banana
A woman is mixing the bread batter
  1. Make the zucchini batter. Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients and mix until just combined. Fold in the zucchini and walnuts.

QUICK TIP: As you fold the batter it will feel somewhat thick. That is normal. As a matter of fact, this is something that we want because zucchini will release more of its juices as it bakes in the oven, which in turn will yield a perfectly moist loaf rather than a soggy one.

paleo chocolate zucchini bread in a loaf pan being held by a woman
  1. Bake! Transfer the batter into the prepared loaf pan and sprinkle with chocolate chips (if using), gently pressing into the surface. Bake for 55-60 minutes, or until a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean.
  2. Cool and slice. Allow to cool in the pan for 5-10 minutes, then remove the almond zucchini bread from the pan and place on a wire rack to cool completely. Slice and enjoy!

How To Store?

Once cooled completely, this low carb zucchini bread can be stored wrapped in parchment paper or in an airtight container on the kitchen counter for up to 2 days or in the fridge for up to 5 days.

I would not recommend wrapping the loaf in plastic wrap as it will trap too much moisture and make the bread soggy (almond flour contains an extra dose of fat and moisture as compared to regular wheat flour).

A sliced paleo chocolate almond flour zucchini bread from the top view

How to freeze and thaw?

This zucchini bread freezes beautifully, too.

To store properly in the freezer, cool completely, slice into eight thick pieces and follow one of two methods:

  1. Place into a large plastic freezer storage bag with small squares of parchment paper between each slice (this facilitates easy removal of each slice) and seal tight.
  2. Wrap each piece individually with pre-cut parchment paper, then tightly in plastic wrap.

Label, date, and freeze for up to 3 months.

When ready to enjoy, there is no need to thaw before defrosting. Simply leave out on your kitchen counter to bring to room temperature or pop a slice in your toaster until warmed through.

Add Ins & Substitutions

You can easily switch things up by:

  • Use different spices: Swap ground cinnamon with cardamom and/or ginger
  • Add chocolate into the batter: If you like your zucchini bread more chocolate-y, add 1/4 cup chocolate chips into the batter and then some more on top in the end.
  • Use different nuts: Use sliced almonds or pistachios instead of walnuts.
  • Don’t care for nuts or chocolate? No problem. Simply omit using them.

FAQs

How to transform it into keto zucchini bread?

The foundation of this zucchini bread recipe is Gluten-Free, Low-Carb and Paleo, but to turn it into a keto-friendly quick bread, simply replace the coconut sugar with an equal amount (1:1) of monk fruit sweetener (affiliate link) and use a keto-approved brand of chocolate chips such as Lily’s (sweetened with erythritol and stevia). If you are new to using keto sweeteners like I am, you can find this article on monk fruit sweeteners helpful.

Can I use the same batter to make paleo zucchini almond muffins?

You can transform the zucchini loaf cake into individual almond flour zucchini muffins. Simply, scoop the batter into a 12-cup muffin tin lined with parchment paper cupcake liners. Bake in a preheated 350 degree oven for 30-35 minutes, or until the center springs back to the touch.

Other Zucchini Recipes You Might Like:

If you enjoyed this paleo zucchini bread recipe you might also like these zucchini season favorites.

A sliced almond flour paleo zucchini bread from the front view
Print

Paleo Zucchini Bread with Almond Flour (No Banana)

Paleo Zucchini Bread with almond flour that is also gluten free, dairy-free, and with a minor adjustment keto friendly as well. It is a deliciously moist and flavorful quick bread recipe that is topped with chocolate chips.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 20 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 369kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups shredded zucchini (255gr) ~ 2 medium zucchini

Dry Ingredients:

  • 2 cups almond flour 240 gr
  • 1/2 teaspoon baking soda
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon

Wet Ingredients:

  • 2 large eggs at room temperature
  • ¼ cup grapeseed or coconut oil melted and cooled
  • ½ cup coconut sugar (66gr)
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

Optional Add Ins:

  • ½ cup walnuts chopped
  • ¼ cup semi-sweet chocolate chips as a garnish

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 degrees F. Grease and line a 8X4 or 9X5 loaf pan with parchment paper.
  • Shred zucchini using the large section of a box grater. Place it in the middle of a kitchen cloth, collect it from the edges, and squeeze as much liquid as possible. Set it aside.
  • Whisk together the almond flour, baking soda, salt, and ground cinnamon in a bowl.
  • Whisk together eggs, oil, coconut sugar, and vanilla extract in a separate bowl.
  • Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ones and mix until combined.
  • Fold in the shredded zucchini and walnuts.
  • Transfer the batter into the loaf pan.
  • Sprinkle it with chocolate chips, if using.
  • Bake 55-60 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean.
  • Remove from the oven and let it cool for 5 minutes on the counter. Remove the zucchini loaf from the pan and let it cool completely on a wire rack or on the counter.
  • Slice and serve.

Video

Notes

  • To turn this into Paleo Zucchini Muffins: Scoop the batter into a 12-cup muffin tin lined with parchment paper cupcake liners. Bake in a preheated 350 degree oven for 30-35 minutes, or until the center springs back to the touch.
  • Best way to store: Once cooled completely, this low carb zucchini bread can be stored wrapped in parchment paper or in an airtight container on the kitchen counter for up to 2 days or in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Best way to freeze: Let it cool completely. Wrap each piece individually with pre-cut parchment paper, then tightly in plastic wrap. Label, date and freeze up to 3 months.

Nutrition

Calories: 369kcal | Carbohydrates: 24g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 29g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Cholesterol: 47mg | Sodium: 332mg | Potassium: 142mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 14g | Vitamin A: 114IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 80mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/paleo-zucchini-bread/feed/ 27
Almond Flour Strawberry Cake (Gluten Free & Paleo) https://foolproofliving.com/strawberry-almond-flour-cake/ https://foolproofliving.com/strawberry-almond-flour-cake/#comments Fri, 04 Jun 2021 09:58:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14370 A Strawberry Almond Cake recipe made with almond flour and 8 other simple ingredients might come as too good to…]]>

A Strawberry Almond Cake recipe made with almond flour and 8 other simple ingredients might come as too good to be true. However, topped off with my 5-minute Maple Whipped Cream and infused with rich vanilla extract, this almond cake is nothing short of perfection. It is my favorite of all the Almond Flour Recipes I have shared over the years.

It is naturally sweetened, fresh, and spongy, which makes it one of my most irresistible paleo desserts

Almond flour strawberry cake with a slice being taken out.

If you’re as in love with this treat as I am, then you’ll fall head over heels for my other easy almond flour cake recipes: Almond Flour Apple Cake, Almond Flour Carrot Cake, Almond Flour Lemon Cake and even Almond Chocolate Cake. They are all based on this Paleo Almond Cake recipe.

Why I Love This Recipe:

I might be biased but I call this “The Best Strawberry Cake Ever” because it is not only delicious, visually impressive, but a versatile dessert.

Here are a few reasons why you should make it:

  • All you need is 9 simple ingredients, two bowls and a whisk to make it. Great recipe to make with kids after a pick-your-own strawberries day.
  • It is minimally sweetened with maple syrup and chunks of fresh strawberries and made with healthy nutrient-packed almond flour. So, it is a great cake recipe if you are following a low carb and low sugar diet.
  • Because it is so light and spongy, it doubles as both an almond sponge cake and a paleo strawberry shortcake.
  • Most almond flour cake recipes you find on the internet use both almond flour and coconut flour. You can cut your shopping list in half because this recipe only uses almond flour.
  • Can be served as an elegant one-layer cake or a fancy two-layer birthday cake. I made sure to include the instructions to bake it in a 6’’, 8’’, or 9’’ cake pan or in a muffin pan, so you are covered.

Ingredients Notes:

As I mentioned earlier, you’ll need 9 simple ingredients to make this strawberry almond cake recipe.

Ingredients for the recipe are on a marble backdrop
  • Dry Ingredients: Gather together almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt. 
  • Wet Ingredients: Gather eggs, maple syrup, avocado oil (melted and cooled), vanilla extract, and fresh strawberries.
  • Optional Toppings: I am using my Maple Syrup Whipped Cream and fresh strawberries.

Substitutions: 

Missing an ingredient? No problem! Here are a few handy substitutions:

  • Maple Syrup: Agave nectar can be used instead of maple syrup to naturally sweeten this dish—no refined sugar necessary.
  • Almond Flour & Almond Meal: Almond flour and almond meal can be used interchangeably. Be aware that if you use almond meal the cake will be a bit denser. If you can’t find almond flour or meal, you can also make your own almond flour at home.
  • Oil: Any tasteless oil like coconut oil (melted and cooled) will work for this paleo strawberry cake. Grapeseed oil or avocado oil are great substitutions as well.

How To Make Strawberry Almond Flour Cake?

Using two bowls, a whisk, and a cake tin, this low carb strawberry dessert is quite easy to make.

Person showing how to make the batter for the cake
  1. Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F. Then, use oil to grease an 8’’ or 9’’ cake tin*. Once the tin is generously greased, line it with parchment paper and set it aside.
  2. Prepare the dry ingredients. In a large bowl, mix together almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt.
  3. Prepare the wet ingredients. In a separate, small mixing bowl, combine the eggs, maple syrup, oil, and vanilla extract. Whisk the ingredients until they are thoroughly combined.
  4. Combine the wet and dry ingredients. Pour the wet ingredient mixture into the dry ingredient mixture. Whisk them together until no lumps remain.
Person folding strawberries into the batter and spreading the batter into the pan
  1. Fold the fresh strawberries into the cake batter.
  2. Pour the cake batter into the prepared pan. Use a spatula to evenly spread the mixture within the tin.
  3. Bake cake until it turns golden brown and its center is firm to the touch—about 40-45 minutes. 
  4. Let the cake cool for 5 minutes in the pan. Then, gently transfer the cake to a wire rack to finish the cooling process. 
Person assembling cake
  1. Assemble the cake. When the cake has fully cooled, place it in the center of a cake stand or serving plate. Spread an even layer of maple whipped cream frosting over the cake and decorate it with sliced strawberries. For an extra special touch, garnish the cake with fresh mint leaves.

Instructions To Make It a 6” inch Two Layer Cake:

Alternatively, you can use two 6 inch cake tins to bake the cake to turn it into double layer cake, especially if you are planning to serve it as an almond flour birthday cake.

Person serving Almond Flour Shortcake on a cake stand

If you decide to do so you do not need to double the recipe. You can use the same exact recipe you see below but use two cake pans instead of one. Simply:

  1. Pour equal amounts of the batter into two greased and parchment-lined 6’’ cake tins. Place them on a large baking sheet.
  2. Bake the two cakes for 40-45 minutes, until both are golden brown and their centers are firm to the touch. To ensure that the cakes come out evenly baked, rotate the tins halfway through the baking process.
  3. Cool the cakes in their tins for 5 minutes. Then, gently remove the cakes from their tins and transfer them to a wire rack to finish cooling.
  4. To assemble, slice 6-8 strawberries to use in the middle layer of the cake. Place the first 6’’ cake on a cake dish and cover it with half of the maple whipped cream frosting. Spread the whipped cream in an even layer before decorating it with half of the strawberry slices. Then, place the second 6’’ cake on top of the first—directly on top of the whipped cream layer. Spread the remaining whipped cream on top. Finish by decorating the cake with the remaining sliced strawberries and fresh mint leaves.

How To Serve:

If you ask me, I’d say this grain free strawberry cake is the ideal all-purpose dessert and can be served it various ways. Here are a few options:

  • A simple tea time treat: Serve it by itself for an effortless cake. It is perfectly moist and light to stand on its own.
  • A summery almond flour shortcake: Serve it topped off with whipped cream and chunks of strawberries for a guilt free shortcake.
  • Make it a double layer cake: Turn it into a masterpiece by using the same recipe and two 6 inch cake pans or an 8 inch cake pan and doubling the recipe.
  • Serve it as strawberry cupcakes: Bake it in a muffin tin instead to make almond flour strawberry muffins and then top it off with whipped cream to turn them into a cupcake.

Make Ahead, Storage, and Freezing Instructions:

When you’re baking a cake for an event, the last thing you want to do is rush to make it the day of. That’s why I love how easy it is to make this paleo strawberry shortcake recipe ahead of time and store afterward!

Because there is no gluten in this flourless strawberry cake, it comes out incredibly moist. To keep it as fresh as possible, wait until it is completely cool before storing it.

  • Make Ahead: You can make this cake up to one day in advance. Just bring the cake to room temperature after baking, wrap it up, and store it in the fridge until it’s time to eat. Let the cake return to room temperature before frosting it (this will take about 15 minutes). Then, it’s ready to serve.
  • Storage: This frosted cake can be stored in an airtight container for up to 2 days.
  • Freezing: Almond flour baked goods freeze well. In fact, this almond flour white cake can be frozen for up to a month! Just bring the cake to room temperature, wrap it tightly, and store it in the freezer. To unfreeze, take the cake out of the freezer and wait about fifteen minutes for it to return to room temperature.
strawberry almond cake is served on a plate with a slice on a plate in the background

Variations:

  • Add orange zest: Add orange zest (or lemon zest) to your cake batter to add a more luscious tang to its flavor. 
  • Make it chocolate-y: Instead of using whipped cream, use my vegan chocolate frosting recipe for a cake that tastes just like chocolate-coated strawberries!
  • Spread it with cream cheese frosting instead: Use my maple cream cheese frosting for a delectable gluten free almond flour cake.
  • Use almond extract: Can’t get enough of the almond flours? Add in ¼ teaspoon almond extract into the batter.
  • Switch up your berries: Strawberries aren’t the only berry in season during the summer months. Play around with which berries you use to top this healthy almond cake to keep its fruit flavor fresh.
  • Go berry-free: Not a berry fan? Make this recipe without strawberries for a more classic almond flour vanilla cake.
  • Experiment with the maple whipped cream topping: Cover the whole cake with the topping for a light and creamy twist or cover it partially for a subtler maple taste. You can even serve the whipped cream on the side.
  • For a dairy free version: Use coconut milk whipped cream instead.

Tips For Success:

  • Bring the cake to room temperature: It’s important that the cake is fully room temperature before frosting it so that the frosting doesn’t melt.
  • It will turn golden brown: Towards the end of baking time, the cake will turn golden brown and your kitchen will smell amazing. Don’t be alarmed by the changing of the color. It’s normal for the cake to look darker than cakes made with all-purpose flour because almond flour changes its color as it bakes.

FAQs:

Can I make make Almond Flour Strawberry Cupcakes using this recipe?

Yes, you can. To do so, divide the batter in a 12-cup muffin tin. Bake at 325 degrees F. for 25-27 minutes. Let it come to room temperature. Spread each muffin with whipped cream and garnish with strawberries and mint leaves, if using.

Can I substitute almond flour for regular flour in a cake?

Almond flour and all purpose flour have different textures and different ways of interacting with the rest of the ingredients, mainly because almond flour has no gluten and all purpose flour does. Therefore, it is not recommended to use one in place of the other.

How do you make almond flour cake rise?

Half a teaspoon baking powder for every cup of almond flour will help rise the cake. You can also use psyllium husk and ground flax seeds to add body to almond flour baked goods. With that being said, compared to cakes baked with all purpose flour, almond flour does not rise as much.

Equipment I Used:

Below you will find the equipment I used to make this recipe. Please know that these are affiliate links.

Other Naturally Sweetened Almond Flour Recipes You Might Like

Almond Flour Chocolate Cake – Foolproof Living ~ Almond Dutch Baby with Honeyed Kumquats – Snixy Kitchen ~ Low-Carb Double Chocolate Blender Muffins – All Day I Dream About Food ~ How To Make Almond Flour – Foolproof Living ~ Flourless Chocolate Cupcakes – Foolproof Living

Almond Flour Strawberry Cake on a serving plate
Print

Almond Flour Strawberry Cake Recipe

An easy to make recipe for strawberry almond flour cake. Made with almond flour and sweetened with maple syrup, this strawberry shortcake is gluten free, refined sugar free, and paleo friendly. No special equipment needed, all you need is two bowls and a whisk.
Course Cakes, Naturally Sweetened
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 45 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 5 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 559kcal

Ingredients

For the Almond Flour Cake:

  • 2 cups almond flour (8.4 oz.)
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder*
  • ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 3 large eggs at room temperature
  • cup maple syrup or honey
  • ¼ cup avocado oil plus more for greasing the pans
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1/2 cup fresh strawberries sliced

For Maple Whipped Cream

  • cup heavy cream (8 fluid ounces), cold
  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup
  • 1/2 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1/8 teaspoon kosher salt

As Garnish:

  • 1 cup fresh strawberries cut into quarters
  • 4-5 leaves fresh mint

Instructions

  • Pre-heat the oven to 325 degrees. Grease an 8 or 9 inch can pan generously with oil. Line with parchment paper and set aside.
  • To Prepare the dry ingredients: Mix together the almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt in a large bowl.
  • To the wet ingredients: Whisk together eggs, maple syrup, oil and vanilla extract in a bowl until emulsified.
  • Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients. Fold in 1/2 cup of the strawberries. Stir just until fully combined.
  • Pour batter into the prepared pan. Using a spatula (or back of a spoon), spread evenly.
  • Bake for 40-45 minutes making sure to rotate the pan halfway through the baking for even baking. In the end, the cake should turn golden brown with its center firm to the touch.
  • Let the cake cool in the pan for 5 minutes and then take it out and cool on a wire rack. Make sure that it is fully cooled down to room temperature before assembling the cake.
  • To make the Whipped Cream: Attach the whisk attachment to a standing mixer or a hand mixer. Add all the ingredients into a mixing bowl.Whisk in medium-low speed until foamy, about 1 minute. Increase the speed to high and whip until soft peaks form, 1-2 minutes.
  • To assemble: Place cake on a serving plate. Spread it with the whipped cream using a spatula. Garnish with the rest of the sliced strawberries and fresh mint leaves, if using.
  • Serve with a few dollops of whipped cream on the side.

Notes

  • For the paleo version, in place of 1 teaspoon of baking powder, you can mix together 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar.
Instructions to make it as a 6-inch two layer cake: If you’d rather make a two layer cake, you do not need to double the recipe. You can use the same exact recipe but use two cake pans instead of one. Simply:
  1. Pour equal amounts of the batter into two greased and parchment-lined 6’’ cake tins.  Place them on a large baking sheet.
  2. Bake the two cakes for 40-45 minutes, until both are golden brown and their centers are firm to the touch. To ensure that the cakes come out evenly baked, rotate the tins halfway through the baking process.
  3. Cool the cakes in their tins for 5 minutes. Then, gently remove the cakes from their tins and transfer them to a wire rack to finish cooling.
  4. To assemble, slice 6-8 strawberries to use in the middle layer of the cake. Place the first 6’’ cake on a cake dish and cover it with half of the maple whipped cream frosting. Spread the whipped cream in an even layer before decorating it with half of the strawberry slices. Then, place the second 6’’ cake on top of the first—directly on top of the whipped cream layer. Spread the remaining whipped cream on top. Finish by decorating the cake with the remaining sliced strawberries and fresh mint leaves.
You can make cupcakes using this recipe: To do so, simply divide the batter in a 12-cup muffin pan and bake for 25-27 minutes. Frost each muffin with whipped cream and garnish with strawberries and mint.
  • Make Ahead: You can make this cake up to one day in advance. Just bring the cake to room temperature after baking, wrap it up, and store it in the fridge until it’s time to eat. Let the cake return to room temperature before frosting it (this will take about 15 minutes). Then, it’s ready to serve.
  • Storage: This frosted cake can be stored in an airtight container for up to 2 days.
  • Freezing: Almond flour baked goods freeze well. In fact, this almond flour white cake can be frozen for up to a month! Just bring the cake to room temperature, wrap it tightly, and store it in the freezer. To unfreeze, take the cake out of the freezer and wait about fifteen minutes for it to return to room temperature.
An earlier version of this recipe used Mascarpone Whipped Cream instead of Heavy Cream Whipped Cream. Since mascarpone whipped cream (made with maple syrup) is prone to curdling, in the updated version I used maple syrup whipped cream instead. If you prefer that version, you can follow the recipe below:
Place 8 ounces of mascarpone cheese  in the bowl of a standing mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, and whip it for 1 minute. Slowly add 3/4 cup heavy cream (at room temperature), 1/4 cup maple syrup, and 1 teaspoon vanilla extract in the bowl and mix until it turns light and fluffy.

Nutrition

Calories: 559kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 43g | Saturated Fat: 16g | Cholesterol: 120mg | Sodium: 318mg | Potassium: 178mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 25g | Vitamin A: 814IU | Vitamin C: 21mg | Calcium: 198mg | Iron: 2mg

This Gluten Free Strawberry Almond Cake Recipe was initially published on June 2017, but I have tested a few more times and now (in June 2021) updating it with some additional helpful information and a few new photographs to help you as you make it in your own kitchen.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/strawberry-almond-flour-cake/feed/ 84
Strawberry Mascarpone Tart https://foolproofliving.com/strawberry-mascarpone-tart/ https://foolproofliving.com/strawberry-mascarpone-tart/#comments Sat, 15 May 2021 07:15:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=19159 This recipe is sponsored by Vermont Creamery, but as always all opinions are my own. Got some fresh strawberries to…]]>

This recipe is sponsored by Vermont Creamery, but as always all opinions are my own.

Got some fresh strawberries to use up? Well, you are at the right place my friend! Because today we are splurging on a delicious mascarpone strawberry tart that is easy to make and oh-so-delicious.

A woman is serving Maple Sweetened Strawberry Mascarpone Tart topped off with strawberries

Why Should You Make This Recipe:

If you have never tried your hand in making mascarpone filling for a tart, this is a great recipe to start. But that is not the only reason why I think this strawberry tart recipe is awesome. Here are a few other reasons why you will love this recipe:

  1. The gluten free almond flour crust and the maple sweetened mascarpone filling are mildly sweet perfectly complimenting the naturally sweet strawberries
  2. It is visually impressive making it a perfect brunch dish for our favorite spring holidays like Easter and Mother’s day
  3. Ready in about 30 minutes but it is best if you let it cool in the fridge for a few hours
  4. While it has three different components all of them can be made in advance
  5. Gluten free and paleo friendly

Ingredients Notes & Substitutions:

This easy strawberry mascarpone tart recipe has three sets of ingredients for each component; Almond Flour Crust, Mascarpone Filling, and Strawberry Topping. Below are a few helpful notes to help you with ingredients:

Ingredients for strawberry and almond tart recipe
  • Almond flour vs. Almond Meal: You can use almond flour and almond meal interchangeably in this recipe. If you can’t find almond flour at the market, feel free to read my post on how to make almond flour at home.
  • Maple syrup: You can substitute maple syrup with agave nectar or honey in this recipe
  • Cold ingredients for best results: Mascarpone cheese is prone to curdling so it is imperative that all you mascarpone filling ingredients are cold.
  • Seasonal fresh fruit: I used fresh sliced strawberries and blackberries but any of your favorite fruit that you find in your local farmers market would work here.

Preparations To Make The Tart:

While it might seem like this strawberry and mascarpone dessert has too many steps, with just a bit of prep you can make with just 30 minutes of hands on time. The recipe has 3 components:

  • Gluten-Free Almond Flour Crust
  • Mascarpone Whipped Cream Filling
  • Strawberry Topping

Now, let’s talk about each of them in detail.

Gluten-Free Almond Flour Tart Crust

If you have been following me for a while, you know that I am a big fan of almond flour recipes.

In the past, I used to make this tart with all purpose flour. However, I have been experimenting with almond flour tart crust for some time now and I finally found a good recipe that is “foolproof”. So I thought why not change things up and make the tart dough with almond flour instead.

To make it:

  1. Prep the tart pan: Preheat the oven to 350 F degrees. Grease a 9-inch tart pan with a removable bottom with coconut oil using a pastry brush. Be sure to cover all the corners and crevasses of the pan.
  2. Process: Place almond flour (or almond meal) and salt in the bowl of a food processor and process for 5 seconds or until combined. Add in the 2 tablespoons coconut oil, maple syrup, and egg into the almond flour mixture and process until the mixture forms a ball.
  3. Shape: Transfer the mixture into the tart pan. Using your fingers, press and push dough into the pan evenly making sure to stretch it towards the edges of the pie tin. Be sure to watch the how-to video in the recipe card to see how I do it.
  4. Bake & cool: Bake in the oven for 10-12 minutes or until it turns golden brown. Set aside to cool completely to room temperature before filling.

Pro Tip: Almond flour crust is different than tart crust made with all purpose flour. It doesn’t expand or rise so you won’t need to cover it or fill it with pie weights.

Mascarpone Whipped Cream Filling

Have you ever made Mascarpone Whipped Cream Filling? If not, this recipe is a good one to start. In my opinion, creamy mascarpone cheese whipped with heavy cream, maple syrup and vanilla extract is truly an indulgence. It is a creamy and soft filling that literally melts in your mouth. To make it, simply:

  1. Mix heavy cream, maple syrup and vanilla extract in a mixing cup.
  2. Place mascarpone in the bowl of a standing mixer fitted with the whisk attachment. Turn the mixer on in medium-low speed and slowly pour in the heavy cream mixture. Whisk until it is light and fluffy. To test, remove the whisk attachment and turn it upside down. If it is able to hold up, it is good to go.
    Alternatively, you can place the mascarpone cheese in a large bowl and use a hand mixer with whisk attachment. Simply start whisking it in medium speed and pour in the heavy cream mixture until it is thickened.
  3. Gently fold in the zest of a lime (lemon zest would also work) using a spatula making sure to not break the mascarpone mixture. Keep it in the fridge as you are prepping the fruit mixture.

When it comes to mascarpone cheese, I always look for Vermont Creamery’s Mascarpone Cheese as I think it is currently the creamiest mascarpone cheese that is sold in supermarkets. Having visited their farm and production facility during their yearly Vermont Cheese Camp back in 2016, I know first hand that every one of their products are the highest quality you can get your hands on.

If you have some extra mascarpone cheese on hand and looking for things to make with mascarpone, be sure to try my Mascarpone Filled Dates and Poached Pears with Mascarpone recipes.

Strawberry Tart with Mascarpone Cheese made with almond flour tart crust being spread with mascarpone cream from the top

The Strawberry Topping:

To make the strawberry topping:

  1. Slice strawberries (or your choice of fresh fruit) in small pieces and place them in a medium bowl.
  2. Drizzle with maple syrup and add in chopped fresh mint. Give it a toss.
A woman is garnishing Gluten Free Strawberry Mascarpone Tart with strawberries

How To Assemble and Serve:

To assemble:

  1. Remove the now-cooled crust from the tart tin and place on a large plate or cake stand.
  2. Spread the creamy mascarpone filling evenly in the tart crust smoothing out towards the edges with a spatula.
  3. Place the tart in the fridge for 1 hour up to 4 hours.
  4. Garnish it with strawberry mixture and blackberries. Slice and Serve.
Maple Sweetened Strawberry Mascarpone Tart with fruit on a cake stand

Make Ahead & Storage Instructions:

Make Ahead:

  • Tart Crust: You can make the tart dough up to 2 days in advance. Simply cover the dough with plastic wrap and keep it in the fridge until you are ready to use it. When ready, follow the instructions in the recipe to bake the crust.
  • Mascarpone filling: You can make the mascarpone filling a day in advance, cover it with stretch film, and keep it in the fridge until you are ready to use.

To Store:

Place the tart into an airtight container and store it in the fridge. It should be fresh up to 2 days.

Strawberry and Mascarpone Tart on a cake stand with roses in the background

Helpful Tips:

  • The ratio of mascarpone to heavy cream: As you will see in the recipe below, the ratio for mascarpone cheese to heavy cream is 1 to 2. The recipe below makes just enough filling to fill the tart crust, but if you want to make more and use it in other recipes feel free to use this ratio to make more.
  • Add more maple syrup if you want it sweeter: I prefer my Strawberry Mascarpone Tart to get its sweetness from strawberries so I added just a little bit of maple syrup into the filling, but if you like it sweeter you are more than welcome to add more.

FAQs:

Is Mascarpone gluten free?

Yes, it is. Since it is made by mixing heavy cream with lemon juice (or other acidic ingredients like vinegar or citric acid), it does not have any wheat or gluten in it. As a result, mascarpone cheese is gluten-free.

Can I use pie crust instead of almond flour pie crust?

Yes, you can. This Sweet Shortcrust Pastry recipe is my go-to recipe whenever I need a foolproof pie crust.

Got More Strawberries?

There you have it friends, a delicious paleo-friendly and gluten-free fruit tart made with an almond flour crust. If you have some leftover strawberries that you need to use, below are a few other delicious strawberry recipes from the archives:

Strawberry Mascarpone Tart Recipe Image
Print

Strawberry Mascarpone Tart

Recipe for a spring inspired Strawberry Mascarpone Tart. This gluten-free and maple-sweetened tart is made with almond flour crust, filled with creamy and mildly sweetened mascarpone cream filling and topped off with fresh strawberries.
Course Naturally sweetened dessert
Cuisine American
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 12 minutes
Total Time 32 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 392kcal

Ingredients

For the Almond Flour Tart Crust:

  • 2 tablespoons coconut oil plus more for greasing the pan
  • 2 cups plus 2 tablespoons almond flour (or almond meal) 8.40 ounces
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1 tablespoon maple syrup
  • 1 large egg

For the Mascarpone Whipped Cream:

  • 8 oz. Heavy Cream cold
  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 4 oz. Mascarpone cheese cold
  • Zest of a lime

For the Strawberry Topping:

  • 1 cup strawberries hulled cut into small chunks
  • 1 tablespoon maple syrup (optional)
  • 4-5 leaves of fresh mint sliced thinly
  • Handful of blackberries optional

Instructions

  • To make the almond flour tart crust: Pre-heat the oven to 350 degrees. Generously grease a 9-inch tart pan (preferably with a removable bottom) with coconut oil. Set aside.
  • Place almond flour (or meal) and salt in the bowl of a food processor and process for 5 seconds or until combined.
  • Add in the 2 tablespoons coconut oil, maple syrup, and egg and process until the mixture forms a ball.
  • Transfer the mixture into the tart pan. Using your fingers, press the dough into the pan evenly. Bake in the oven for 10-12 minutes or until golden brown.
  • Set aside to cool completely.
  • To make the Mascarpone Whipped Cream: Mix together heavy cream, maple syrup, and vanilla extract in a cup.
  • Place mascarpone in the bowl of a standing mixer fitted with the whisk attachment. Turn the mixer on in medium-low speed and slowly pour in the heavy cream mixture. Whisk until it is light and fluffy. To test, remove the whisk attachment and turn it upside down. If it is able to hold up, it is good to go.
  • Gently fold in the zest of a lime. Keep it in the fridge as you are prepping the fruit mixture.
  • To make the Strawberry Topping: Place them in a bowl, drizzle with maple syrup and add in the mint. Give it a stir.
  • To assemble the Strawberry Mascarpone Tart: Gently remove the tart crust from the tart pan onto a plate or cake stand.
  • Spread the Mascarpone whipped cream evenly in the tart crust smoothing out towards the edges with a spatula. Place the tart in the fridge for 1 hour up to 4 hours.
  • Garnish it with strawberry mixture and blackberries. Slice and Serve.

Video

Notes

  • Mascarpone filling ingredients: It is imperative that the ingredients for the mascarpone filling, particularly mascarpone cheese and heavy cream are cold. Otherwise, the filling might curdle. 
  • To make ahead: You can make the tart dough up to 2 days in advance. Simply cover the dough with plastic wrap and keep it in the fridge until you are ready to use it. When ready, follow the instructions in the recipe to bake the crust. You can make the mascarpone filling a day in advance, cover it with stretch film, and keep it in the fridge until you are ready to use.
  • To Store: Place the tart into an airtight container and store it in the fridge. It should be fresh up to 2 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 392kcal | Carbohydrates: 15g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 35g | Saturated Fat: 15g | Cholesterol: 73mg | Sodium: 100mg | Potassium: 79mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 645IU | Vitamin C: 11mg | Calcium: 114mg | Iron: 1mg

The almond flour crust portion of this recipe is adapted from the cookbook Sweet Laurel (affiliate link).

This Strawberry Mascarpone tart recipe was originally published on May 2018. It has been updated with additional helpful information and with no changes to the originally published recipe on May 2021.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/strawberry-mascarpone-tart/feed/ 36
Almond Flour Chocolate Cake https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-chocolate-cake/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-chocolate-cake/#comments Fri, 07 May 2021 13:02:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14763 Chocolate cake is one of those life luxuries that need no introduction. And if you know me well, you know…]]>

Chocolate cake is one of those life luxuries that need no introduction. And if you know me well, you know I am a fan of baking with almond flour. I had originally shared this Maple-Sweetened Almond Flour Chocolate Cake recipe back in 2017, and it has been a reader favorite ever since. 

Since then, I have also created other almond flour cakes like Almond Flour Carrot Cake, Strawberry Almond Flour Cake, Almond Flour Apple Cake, Lemon Almond Cake, and Almond Flour Brownies. I based all of these recipes on this cake made with almond flour with minor ingredient changes.

Almond Flour Chocolate Cake topped off with strawberries on a plate

With this update, I am answering all the questions I have received over the years and even showing you how to turn this healthy flourless cake into a birthday cake. If you need a dark, decadent and elegant cake recipe, you are in for a treat, even if you are new to making a cake with almond flour.

Why You Should Make This Recipe

If you ever needed an excuse to make this chocolate almond cake recipe, then this one’s for you!

I love it because it’s:

  • Mixed in just one bowl with a whisk in under 10 minutes using only 7 simple ingredients. No other equipment is needed.
  • Can be served in several ways: Serve it by itself, spread it with frosting or whipped cream, or make two batches and make a layered cake.
  • Perfect for parents who are looking for a chocolate cake recipe made without processed sugars for their children. My recipe here is mildly sweetened with less than a cup of maple syrup.
  • Flourless, low carb, gluten-free, refined sugar-free, paleo-friendly.
  • Super forgiving and can be made with a number of substitution swaps – keep reading to learn more!

Ingredient Notes:

The ingredient list is short and sweet, with only 7 pantry staples. Gather together coconut oil, almond flour, unsweetened cocoa powder, baking soda, kosher salt, large eggs, maple syrup, and vanilla extract. It is best if they are all at room temperature.

Ingredients for the recipe are laid out

Below are a few helpful notes, including a few substitutions:

  • Almond Flour: Almond flour and almond meal can be used interchangeably in this recipe. You can also make your own almond flour 
  • Make it with honey: Use ½ cup of any light-colored honey instead of maple syrup 
  • Make it with agave nectar: If you want to substitute maple syrup with agave, be sure to use an equal amount of it
  • Cocoa Powder: This recipe uses Unsweetened Cocoa Powder, and it will not taste good if you use its Dutch Processed version. 

How to Make

This low carb chocolate cake recipe comes together in minutes in one large bowl. Simply;

person greasing pan with oil
  1. Preheat the oven to 325 F degrees. Line an 8-inch* springform pan with parchment paper and grease it generously with melted coconut oil using a pastry brush. Set aside.
Person showing how to make gluten free chocolate with almond flour in 4 steps
  1. To make the cake batter: Mix the almond flour, cocoa powder, baking soda, and salt in a large mixing bowl. Add the eggs, maple syrup, and vanilla extract into the almond flour mixture and whisk until thoroughly combined. You can whisk wet ingredients and dry ingredients in separate bowls, but I have found success in mixing them in the same bowl, so I no longer bother dirtying two bowls.
person pouring chocolate cake batter to the pan and leveling it
  1. Pour the batter into the prepared pan. Bake for 35 minutes, or until a toothpick or a cake tester inserted in the middle comes out clean.
  2. Let it cool on the kitchen counter for 10 minutes. Gently run a knife over the edges and transfer the cake onto a cake plate. Let it cool to room temperature.
Person spreading cake with chocolate frosting

How to Serve / Topping Ideas:

My favorite thing about this almond flour chocolate cake recipe is that it is so versatile. Here are a few ways to serve it:

  • Serve it by itself: This is one of those incredible chocolate cakes that can stand on its own with a cup of coffee, tea, or even a glass of almond milk. You can lightly dust it with powdered sugar (if you must) or top it off with ice cream as well.
Maple Sweetened Almond Flour Chocolate Cake photographed from the top
  • Spread it with Whipped Cream: Make a batch of my Maple Whipped Cream and spread a generous amount on top. Garnish it with fresh berries or any other seasonal fruit.
Almond flour chocolate cake spread with chocolate frosting with a knife on the side
  • Frost it with Chocolate Frosting: If you’d rather have a dairy-free alternative as a spread, use my Healthy Chocolate Frosting recipe made with almond butter, cocoa powder, and maple syrup.

How to Turn it Into a Paleo Birthday Cake?

If you want to take it a bit further, you can turn it into a celebratory layer cake. How to do this was one of the most asked questions I received, especially from young moms (with children with strict dietary restrictions) looking for a low sugar and low carb birthday cake recipe.

A slice of cake pulled out

To make a layered chocolate birthday cake (or a cake that would work for any celebration), simply:

  1. Make two batches of the same cake (aka double the recipe)
  2. Place them on a wire rack and let cool to room temperature.
  3. Place the first layer of cake in the middle of a large plate (or a cake platter), spread half of the chocolate frosting evenly over the top. Place the second layer on top. Spread the rest of the chocolate frosting and garnish with strawberries (or any seasonal fruit would also work)

Because I like that deep chocolate flavor, I used chocolate frosting, but you can use whipped cream to layer as well.

How to Store & Freeze

  • Storage Instructions: The cake can be stored, unfrosted, and without the fruit in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days.
  • Freezing Instructions: To freeze, I recommend first slicing the cake into eight pieces. Place on a parchment-lined baking sheet and freeze for 1 hour. Transfer the now frozen cake slices to an airtight container or large plastic freezer storage bag with small squares of parchment between each piece. Seal tight, label, date, and freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Thawing Instructions: To thaw, leave it out on the kitchen counter for about 15 minutes for the cake to loosen up, then enjoy!

If you make the layered version, I recommend keeping it in an airtight container in the fridge. It should keep fresh up to 2 days.

Tips for Success:

  • Cocoa Powder: Use natural cocoa powder rather than Dutch-processed cocoa. The baking soda needs the acidity in the cocoa to react and add lift while baking. Dutch-processed cocoa would result in a flat cake.
  • Cake Pan: Both an 8-inch or 9-inch round cake pan or springform pan will work. The baking time remains relatively the same, but I would start checking the 30-minute mark for the best results.
  • Coconut Flour? Do not replace almond flour with coconut flour. Coconut flour is super absorbent and bakes up entirely different. Stick to blanched almond flour or almond meal.
  • Use different fruit depending on the season: I am a big fan of berries but come the holiday season, I use pomegranate seeds. I also love decorating it with fresh mint. If you love the combination of chocolate and mint, it works wonderfully in this almond chocolate cake recipe.
  • Love dark chocolate? If you want a cake with a deeper chocolate flavor (more of an Almond Flour Dark Chocolate cake), melt a teaspoon of espresso powder in two teaspoons of water and add that in the batter.
  • Want to turn this into cupcakes instead? No problem, try my Almond Flour Chocolate Cupcakes recipe instead (Hint: It’s the same recipe!)

Equipment Used:

More Chocolate Recipes:

I have heard so many of my readers refer to this as the best chocolate cake recipe that they have ever made. I hope you get to try for yourself and feel the same way. And if you cannot get enough of chocolate, here are a few more reader favorites that you might also like:

Want more recipes made with almond flour?

Here are a few of my favorites:

If you try this Chocolate Almond Flour Cake recipe or any other one of my Almond Flour Cake recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Almond flour chocolate cake garnished with strawberries on top
Print

Almond Flour Chocolate Cake Recipe

Imagine a chocolate cake without butter and processed sugar that is made with whole ingredients. This Almond Flour Chocolate Cake is that cake. It is made with almond flour and naturally sweetened with maple syrup. Gluten-free & Paleo Friendly
Course Cake
Cuisine American
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 306kcal

Ingredients

For The Cake:

  • 1 tablespoon coconut oil to grease the pan
  • 1 ¼ cups almond flour or almond meal (5.25 oz. or 148 gr.)
  • ½ cup unsweetened cocoa powder (1.5 oz. or 43 gr.)
  • ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 4 large eggs at room temperature
  • ¾ cup + 2 tablespoons maple syrup (approximately 230 ml)
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract

As Topping (optional)

  • 1 cup maple whipped cream or healthy chocolate frosting
  • 1 cup fresh berries and other seasonal fruits
  • 3-4 leaves of fresh mint thinly sliced (julienned)

Instructions

  • Pre-heat the oven to 325 F degrees. Line an 8-inch* spring form pan with parchment paper and grease it generously* with coconut oil. Set aside.
  • To make the batter: Mix together the almond flour, cocoa powder, baking soda, and salt in a bowl. In a separate mixing bowl, beat the eggs. Add in the maple syrup and vanilla extract and whisk until fully combined.
  • Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients and whisk until thoroughly combined.
  • Pour the batter into the greased pan. Bake for 35-40 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out clean.
  • Let it cool on the kitchen counter for 10 minutes. Gently run a knife over the edges and transfer the cake onto a cake plate. Let it cool to room temperature.
  • When ready to serve, spread the maple whipped cream or chocolate frosting over the top and decorate it with fruit and mint. Slice and serve.

Video

Notes

  • Make sure to grease the pan well. Otherwise it might not come off easily.
  • This recipe makes one 8-inch cake. You can serve it as it is or spread it with maple whipped cream or healthy chocolate frosting
  • To Make it a Layered Cake: If you want to turn it into a layered cake make two batches of this cake. Let them fully cool to room temperature. If you want to follow my footsteps (like I did in the photos), use my healthy chocolate frosting recipe in between the layers and on top. Garnish it with fresh strawberries or any other seasonal fruit.
  • Cake Pan: If you do not have an 8-inch spring form pan, a 9-inch pan would work as well.
  • Honey instead of Maple Syrup: If you want to use honey instead of maple syrup, simply use 1/2 cup light flavored honey and follow the rest of the recipe as it is.
  • Storage Instructions: The one layer cake can be stored, unfrosted, and without the fruit in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days.
  • Freezing Instructions: To freeze, I recommend first slicing the (one layer) cake into eight pieces. Place on a parchment-lined baking sheet and freeze for 1 hour. Transfer the now frozen cake slices to an airtight container or large plastic freezer storage bag with small squares of parchment between each piece. Seal tight, label, date, and freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Thawing Instructions: To thaw, leave it out on the kitchen counter for about 15 minutes for the cake to loosen up, then enjoy!
 

Nutrition

Calories: 306kcal | Carbohydrates: 30g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Cholesterol: 102mg | Sodium: 255mg | Potassium: 191mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 22g | Vitamin A: 345IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 101mg | Iron: 2mg

This recipe was originally published in August 2017. It has been updated with new photos and helpful information in May 2021 based on comments and questions I received throughout the years. 

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-chocolate-cake/feed/ 240
Healthy Chocolate Frosting https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-chocolate-frosting/ https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-chocolate-frosting/#comments Wed, 05 May 2021 20:00:48 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=40821 One of the most popular recipes on this blog is my Almond Flour Chocolate Cake. I receive many emails, mostly…]]>

One of the most popular recipes on this blog is my Almond Flour Chocolate Cake. I receive many emails, mostly from young mothers, thanking me for sharing such a great low sugar and low carb chocolate cake recipe that they can serve their children.

One of those moms recently asked me how to turn that almond flour chocolate cake recipe into a paleo birthday cake. And because no cake is birthday-cake worthy without frosting, I had to develop a healthier chocolate frosting recipe that I could spread all over the cake.

Healthy chocolate frosting spread on a spoon

Why should you make this recipe?

In addition to being the best substitute for butter and powdered sugar-packed frosting recipes, this paleo chocolate frosting is terrific because it:

  • Is made with five simple ingredients and comes together in the food processor in less than 5 minutes.
  • Can be adjusted to make it work for your taste buds and dietary needs. Not a fan of nut butters (i.e., almond butter or peanut butter)? Swap it with sunflower butter. Want it sweeter? Add in more maple syrup.
  • Has a deep chocolate flavor, and it is easily spreadable. Perfect for any of your cupcake, cake, or brownie recipes (like my Almond Flour Brownies) to use in place of regular frosting.

Ingredients & Substitutions:

To make this easy vegan chocolate frosting recipe, you will need:

Ingredients for the recipe are laid out on a marble countertop
  • Your choice of unsweetened nut butter (or seed butter): I used creamy almond butter, but you can use any of your favorite nut butters. Peanut butter, cashew butter, and walnut butter would all work. If you are allergic to nuts, you can use seed butters like tahini (sesame butter), sunflower seed butter, or even pumpkin seed butter.
  • Unsweetened Cacao Powder: Make sure it is unsweetened. My favorite brand is Valhrona (affiliate link)
  • Plant-based milk: I wanted this recipe to be dairy-free, so I used homemade almond milk, but any plant-based, dairy-free milk would work.
  • Maple Syrup: If you do not have maple syrup on hand, you can use an equal amount of agave nectar or honey instead. If you use honey, it won’t be vegan, but it will be a good substitute. You can also use coconut sugar, but you might have to add a few more tablespoons of almond milk to compensate for the liquid sweetener if you use that.
  • Vanilla Extract

ProTip: For best results, make sure that all your ingredients are at room temperature.

How to make chocolate frosting without sugar?

Making this healthy frosting recipe is so easy and has only three folds:

Four images showing how to make the recipe step by step
  1. Gather everything in the food processor: Place all ingredients in your food processor attached with the blade attachment.
  2. Pulse: Pulse 8-10 times in 1-second increments or until it is thoroughly combined and has a creamy texture. Stop the machine, scrape down the sides with a rubber spatula, and repeat until it reaches a soft and creamy consistency.
  3. Taste & Spread: Give it a taste and add in more sweetener if you prefer it to be sweeter. Once it is to your liking, spread over cakes, brownies, and cupcakes as you please.

What Makes This Recipe Healthy?

I call this easy frosting recipe healthy because it is made without butter and confectioners sugar (aka powdered sugar). Instead, it uses wholesome ingredients like unsweetened nut butters packed with good-for-you healthy fats and a natural sweetener like maple syrup.

This doesn’t mean that you should eat all of it in one sitting, but when consumed in small amounts, this paleo-friendly and vegan cake frosting is a healthier alternative than traditional frosting.

Variations:

  • Add in a pinch of salt: I usually add in a pinch of flaky sea salt when I am using it in my almond flour brownies or cake flour brownies recipes.
  • Use dried fruits as a sweetener: If you prefer not to use maple syrup or honey, you can also use dried fruits such as dates or unsulphured apricots. If you decide to do so, be sure to soak them in hot water for at least an hour before and drain them before using. For this recipe, I would start with 5-6 dates (or apricots) and increase it if it is not sweet enough to your liking. You will have to process longer, but it will still be delicious.

Make-Ahead & Storage Instructions:

  • Make-ahead instructions: You can make this healthy cake frosting a day in advance and keep it in the fridge in an airtight container. When you first take it out of the refrigerator, it will be hard. Let it sit on the counter for 30 minutes until it comes to room temperature, and stir it before using it in your recipe.
  • Best way to store: Place in an airtight container such as a mason jar and keep it in the fridge. It will stay fresh for up to 3 days.
A bowl of paleo frosting in a bowl from top view

Recipe Ideas To Put It To Use:

You can spread this refined sugar-free frosting over any of your favorite cupcakes, brownies, cakes, and even cookies. Here are a few recipes I use it in:

FAQs:

What if I don’t have a food processor?

If you do not have a food processor, you can use a blender as well. If you do not have either, you can place everything in a medium bowl and whisk until it reaches your desired creaminess. However, I recommend using ingredients that are at room temperature.

Can I place it in a piping bag to decorate my cake?

Yes, you can, with a minor adjustment. The frosting recipe below uses seven tablespoons of almond milk. I recommend using one or two tablespoons less if you plan to use it to decorate your cakes.

Can I use this recipe as chocolate icing?

This healthy chocolate cake frosting would not work as icing as it has a much thicker consistency.

Can I use it as a chocolate glaze?

Again, the consistency is too thick to pour it as a glaze. You can adjust it to your desired consistency by adding in more almond milk, but it will still not be as thin as a chocolate glaze.

Other Basic Recipes:

I am a big fan of having a few back-pocket recipes that I can use in more than one recipe. If you agree and enjoyed this healthy vegan frosting recipe, you might also like the recipes below:

Healthy Chocolate frosting in a bowl with a spoon and strawberries on the side
Print

Healthy Chocolate Frosting

This Healthy Chocolate Frosting recipe is made without butter or powdered sugar. Instead, I used almond butter (or any other nut/seed butter like peanut butter can be used), cacao powder, maple syrup, almond milk, and vanilla extract. It comes together in a food processor in just about 5 minutes.
Course Vegan & Naturally-Sweetened Dessert
Cuisine American
Prep Time 5 minutes
Total Time 5 minutes
Servings 1 cup
Calories 1975kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup almond butter unsweetened & creamy – At room temperature
  • ½ cup cocoa powder unsweetened
  • cup maple syrup at room temperature
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 7 tablespoons almond milk unsweetened

Instructions

  • Place ingredients in the bowl of a food processor fitted with the blade attachment.
  • Pulse 8-10 times, in 1-second increments, or until it is creamy and spreadable. You may have to stop the machine and scrape down the sides a once or twice to make sure that everything is throughly mixed.

Notes

  • The calorie information below is for the whole frosting. I usually use it in an 8-inch cake which yields 8 slices, which in turn would be for 8 servings.
  • Nut Butter: If you have nut allergies, you can use sunflower or tahini instead of nut butters (i.e, almond, cashew, or peanut butter)
  • Sweetener: You can use agave nectar or honey (a non vegan option), instead of maple syrup.
  • Storage & Make ahead: You can make this healthy chocolate frosting recipe a day in advance, place it in an airtight jar, and keep it in the fridge. It should keep fresh up to 3 days. Be sure to let it sit on the counter 30 minutes before you are ready to use and give it a stir before using.
  • No food processor? If you do not have a food processor, you can use a blender. It is a little bit messier with a blender but it would work. If you do not have both of those equipments, you can use a bowl and a whisk. It would take a bit longer but it would still work

Nutrition

Calories: 1975kcal | Carbohydrates: 146g | Protein: 61g | Fat: 146g | Saturated Fat: 14g | Sodium: 174mg | Potassium: 2786mg | Fiber: 40g | Sugar: 78g | Vitamin A: 3IU | Calcium: 1167mg | Iron: 15mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-chocolate-frosting/feed/ 22